Skip to content

4.8/5 from 790+ Google reviewsLevel 1 B-BBEESETA & QCTO accredited

Archive

Category Archives for "Archive"

Formations professionnelles au Bénin : informatique, gestion de projet et Excel en français

Les organisations au Bénin peuvent former leurs équipes avec BOTI, un organisme de formation professionnelle basé à Johannesburg, en français et avec des formateurs francophones. Les formations ont lieu en ligne en direct, depuis Cotonou, Porto-Novo ou toute autre ville disposant d’une bonne connexion. Le Bénin a une heure de retard sur Johannesburg : une journée de formation de 8 h 30 à 16 h à Johannesburg se déroule de 7 h 30 à 15 h à Cotonou. Voir toutes les formations BOTI en français.

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Ce que l’on recherche au Bénin

Les données de recherche Google pour le Bénin sur les douze derniers mois montrent que la plupart des recherches de formation se font en français, et que l’informatique est le thème professionnel le plus recherché, suivi de :

  • La gestion de projet
  • Excel
  • Les cours d’anglais
  • Le community management et les réseaux sociaux
  • Le marketing digital
  • La cybersécurité

Les recherches en anglais depuis le Bénin portent surtout sur les certifications en gestion de projet.

Les formations BOTI en français qui y répondent

BOTI n’enseigne pas l’anglais comme langue étrangère.

Comment se déroule la formation

  • En ligne en direct : un formateur anime la session en temps réel, et les participants se connectent depuis leur ordinateur.
  • Dans vos locaux au Bénin : nos formateurs se déplacent.
  • À Johannesburg, dans les locaux de BOTI à Sunningdale ; vérifiez les conditions de visa avant le voyage.
  • Les dates sont fixées avec votre organisation.

À la fin de la formation, chaque participant reçoit une attestation de participation BOTI. Ces formations courtes ne sont ni diplômantes ni certifiantes.

In English

BOTI, a corporate training company based in Johannesburg, trains teams in Benin in French, with French-speaking trainers, and in English. Benin is one hour behind Johannesburg. See BOTI’s corporate training courses in English.

Questions fréquentes (FAQ)

BOTI propose-t-elle des formations en français au Bénin ?

Oui. Les formations sont animées en français par des formateurs francophones, en ligne en direct, dans les locaux de BOTI à Johannesburg ou dans vos locaux, où nos formateurs se déplacent.

À quelle heure se déroulent les formations en ligne ?

Le Bénin a une heure de retard sur Johannesburg : une journée de formation de 8 h 30 à 16 h à Johannesburg se déroule de 7 h 30 à 15 h à Cotonou.

Quelle formation informatique pour des débutants ?

La formation informatique et bureautique pour débutants dure deux jours : Windows, fichiers, e-mail, sécurité en ligne et premiers pas avec Word et Excel.

Les participants reçoivent-ils une attestation ?

Oui. À la fin de la formation, chaque participant reçoit une attestation de participation BOTI. Ces formations courtes ne sont ni diplômantes ni certifiantes.

Commencez par la formation informatique et bureautique ou par l’une des formations ci-dessus. Appelez le +27 11 882 8853, écrivez à [email protected] ou demandez une proposition. Chaque participant reçoit une attestation de participation BOTI ; ces formations ne sont pas certifiantes.

Burundi Course / Education

Burundi Course / EducationBurundi Course: BOTI can offer its courses (education) throughout Africa including Angola. Potential areas  (subject to availability) where course or courses / education can be offered include: Bubanza, BujumburaBururi, Gitega, Kirundo, Muyinga, Ngozi, .BENIN, Abomey-Calavi, Agbanta, Bohicon, Cotonou, Djougou, Glazoué, Kandi, Lokossa, Natitingou, Ouidah, Parakou, Porto-Novo, Savé, Seme Terminal, Tanguiéta, .BOTSWANA, Dukwi, Francistown, Gaberones Camp, Gaborone, Ghanzi, Hukuntsi, Jwaneng, Kasane, Khwai River Lodge, Letlhakane, Lobatse, Mahalapye, Maun, Mogoditshane, Orapa, Palapye, Shakawe, Suapan, Sunnyside, Tsabong, Tuli Lodge, .CONGO, THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE, Ango, Aru, Banana, Bandundu, Basankusu, Basongo, Beni, Boende, Boma, Bukavu, Bumba, Bunia etc 

TABLE BELOW REPRESENTS HYPOTHETICAL (NOT HISTORICAL) COURSE COMBINATIONS IN NEWLY OFFERED AFRICAN MARKET

Burundi course: Affordable –  Training Course / courses that are being offered in Africa  – Project Management, Soft skills, Computer training, excel training, PC training!
Town/ City Soft Skills Example 1 Soft Skills Example 3 IT Skills 1
.BURUNDI Professional Report Writing Skills Supply Chain Management Adobe In Design Advanced  Training Course
Bubanza Professional Business Writing Talent Management Adobe In Design Beginners  Training Course
Bujumbura Project Management Team Building For Managers Adobe Photoshop Training  Course
Bururi Project Management Courses Teamwork And Team Building Adobe Photoshop Training Course
Cibitoke Project Management Fundamentals Telephone AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course
Gitega Proposal Writing Telework And Telecommuting AutoCAD 3D Drawing Beginners  Training Course
Kirundo Public Finance Management Training The Art of Face to Face Communication AutoCAD Civil 3D
Muyinga Public Speaking The Art of Interviews AutoCAD Electrical Essentials Training Course
Ngozi Rapport The Professional Receptionist / PA AutoCAD Essentials Evening Classes

 

 

 Burundi Course

 

Course Education duration and fees

The training course are designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

BOTI can send trainers into your specific territory and customize training according to your individual company requirements. 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Introduction: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364
Training Course

This course assists you in preparing for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam 98-364. It provides knowledge in the following areas: Core Database Concepts, Creating Database Objects, Manipulating Data, Data Storage, and Administering a Database.

This course utilizes the same content as taught in the MOAC (Microsoft Official Academic Course).
Once this course is complete, learners will be equipped to:
• Be knowledgeable of Core Database Concepts
• Database Objects creation
• Data Manipulation and database administration
• Understand Data Storage and Databases

Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364
 Training Course
Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Outline: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Be knowledgeable of Core Database Concepts
• Database Objects creation
• Data Manipulation and database administration
• Understand Data Storage and Databases

 

 

Course duration and fees: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

The course (Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft’s latest part of their technology certification exams. These exams allow one to validate fundamental knowledge needed to start building a career using the technologies of Microsoft. This training can be seen as an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology. It should be noted that it assumes some training or hands-on experience however on-the-job experience is not assumed.
 

For the Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI administration and office support courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Introduction: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364
Training Course

This course assists you in preparing for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam 98-364. It provides knowledge in the following areas: Core Database Concepts, Creating Database Objects, Manipulating Data, Data Storage, and Administering a Database.

This course utilizes the same content as taught in the MOAC (Microsoft Official Academic Course).
Once this course is complete, learners will be equipped to:
• Be knowledgeable of Core Database Concepts
• Database Objects creation
• Data Manipulation and database administration
• Understand Data Storage and Databases

Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364
 Training Course
Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Outline: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Be knowledgeable of Core Database Concepts
• Database Objects creation
• Data Manipulation and database administration
• Understand Data Storage and Databases

 

 

Course duration and fees: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

The course (Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft’s latest part of their technology certification exams. These exams allow one to validate fundamental knowledge needed to start building a career using the technologies of Microsoft. This training can be seen as an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology. It should be noted that it assumes some training or hands-on experience however on-the-job experience is not assumed.
 

For the Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI administration and office support courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Database Administrator Course: Database Fundamentals and SQL Server Training

A database administrator course teaches you how relational databases are structured, how to create and query tables, and how data is stored, protected and maintained. At BOTI, the practical starting point is SQL Server querying, supported by related data, Access and Excel courses in our Microsoft Office and computer skills courses. This page explains the database administration fundamentals every data or database administrator needs, and which BOTI course to book.

Introduction: Database Administration Fundamentals

Database administration fundamentals cover five areas: core database concepts, creating database objects, manipulating data, data storage, and administering a database. These are the foundations for anyone who looks after company data, whether the job title is data administrator, database administrator, data capturer or reporting analyst.

This page was first written for a course aimed at Microsoft Technology Associate exam 98-364. BOTI does not run a training course for exam 98-364. If you are planning around that exam, check its current status with Microsoft before you book anything. The closest BOTI course is Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server: SQL Querying, a two-day course on writing queries against SQL Server databases.

Once you have worked through the fundamentals, you should be able to:

  • Explain core database concepts such as tables, records, fields, keys and relationships
  • Recognise and use database objects such as tables, views and indexes
  • Retrieve and change data with SQL statements
  • Understand how data is stored in a database and why structure matters
Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364
 Training Course
Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Outline: Database Administration Fundamentals

Here is what each of the five areas means in day-to-day work.

Core database concepts. A relational database stores data in tables made up of rows (records) and columns (fields). A primary key identifies each row, and foreign keys link tables to one another, for example linking an order to the customer who placed it. Good design avoids storing the same information in several places, which keeps data consistent.

Creating database objects. Administrators create and maintain the objects that hold and present data: tables, views (saved queries that show a chosen set of data), indexes (which speed up searches) and constraints (rules that stop bad data being entered, such as a blank ID number).

Manipulating data. SQL (Structured Query Language) is used to read and change data. The core statements are SELECT to retrieve data, INSERT to add rows, UPDATE to change them and DELETE to remove them. Filtering, sorting, grouping and joining tables are the skills used most often in reporting.

Data storage. Each column has a data type, such as text, number or date. Choosing the right types and structure keeps the database accurate and efficient as it grows.

Administering a database. Administration means keeping data safe and available: backing up and restoring databases, controlling who may see or change what, and monitoring the database so problems are found early. For personal information, this work also supports your organisation’s POPIA obligations.

Course duration

Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server: SQL Querying runs over two days. The course is designed so that delegates practise what they learn and can apply it to their own organisation’s data. For a quotation for your team, request a quote or contact BOTI.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge

A database administrator course suits people who are starting to work with company data, such as administrators, data capturers, junior analysts, IT support staff and report writers. It also suits Excel users whose spreadsheets have outgrown what a workbook can handle.

You do not need previous database experience to start with the fundamentals. Being comfortable with a computer, files and Excel spreadsheets will help. If you are unsure of your team’s starting level, ask BOTI to help you choose the right course.

Related courses for data and database administrators

Depending on your role, these BOTI courses build on or sit alongside database fundamentals:

For more on why SQL is worth learning, read our article Learn the language of the future with an SQL course.

Upcoming related public course dates are listed below.




Frequently asked questions

What does a database administrator course cover?

A database administrator course covers core database concepts, creating database objects such as tables, views and indexes, reading and changing data with SQL, how data is stored, and basic administration such as backups, restores and user permissions.

What is the difference between a data administrator course and a database administrator course?

A data administrator course usually focuses on capturing, organising and managing information and records, often in Excel or Access. A database administrator course focuses on the database itself: its structure, SQL queries, security and maintenance. Many people need some of both.

Which BOTI course should I take to start database administrator training?

Start with Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server: SQL Querying, a two-day course on writing queries against SQL Server databases. If your team works mainly in Access or Excel, Microsoft Access Beginners or Mastering Data and Records Management may be a better first step.

Can database training run in-house or online?

Yes. BOTI runs training in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

To build practical database skills in your team, book Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server: SQL Querying. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course

Introduction: Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course

There are an estimated 1 billion virtual workers in 2012, as well as the number is expected to continue climbing well into the future. With a global workforce you are provided with a cost effective as well as talented pool of staff members to draw from. With a virtual team you are given a Follow the Sun production environment.

With a virtual team you have the normal issues of a localized team, with the further Difficulties of distance as well as cultural differences. Virtual Team Generating as well as Management will supply you delegates the understanding to work with these Difficulties as well as succeed in a growing global workforce.

 Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course
Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Virtual Team Building And Management
 

For the Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives
• Pre-Assignment
• activity Plans as well as Evaluations

Component 2: Setting Up Your Virtual Team (I)
• Choose Self-Motivated individuals with Initiative
• Face to Face Meeting At First
• Diversity Will Add Value
• Experienced with Technology
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Setting Up Your Virtual Team (II)
• Personality Can Count as Much as abilities
• Rules of Engagement
• Setting up Ground Rules
• Activities to break the ices as well as Introductions
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Virtual Team Meetings
• Scheduling Will Always be an Issue
• Have a Clear Objective as well as Agenda
• Solicit further Topics in Advance
• Discourage Just Being Status Reports
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Communication (I)
• Early as well as Often
• Rules of Responsiveness
• Face to Face When potential
• Choose the Best Tool
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Communication (II)
• Be Honest as well as Clear
• Stay in Constant Contact
• Do Not Make Assumptions
• Setup Email Protocols
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Generating Trust
• Trust Your Team as well as They Will Trust You
• Be Aware of “Us vs. Them” Territorial Issues
• Share Best methods
• Create a Sense of Ownership
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Cultural Issues
• Respect as well as Embrace Differences
• Be Aware of Different Work Styles
• Know Your Team Members Cultural Background
• Working With Stereotypes
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: To Succeed With a Virtual Team
• Set Clear Objectives
• Create a SOP’s
• Build a Team Culture
• supply Timely suggestions
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Working With Poor Team Players
• Manage their particular Results, Not their particular Activities
• Be Proactive Not of Reactive
• Check in Often
• Eliminate Them
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Choosing the Right Tools
• Communication Software
• Collaboration as well as Sharing Tools
• Project Management Software
• utilize Whatever Works for You as well as Your Team
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Virtual Team Building And Management Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Trade Show Staff Training Training Course

Introduction: Trade Show Staff Training Training Course

Deciding to attend a trade demonstrate is a large investment for any business. Preparation is essential: It’s better not to go to a trade demonstrate than to go unprepared. Every person in your booth is an ambassador to your business, make sure they are prepared. Trade demonstrate attendees usually plan a list of whom they’re going to visit before ever entering the convention center doors, make sure you are on that list.

Make sure your staff has the right tools to succeed With the help of our Trade demonstrate Staff Training program. A successful trade demonstrate will benefit your business on numerous levels. The most basic statistic is that it can cost half as much to close a sale made to a trade demonstrate lead as to 1 obtained By Utilizing all other means. Get your staff trained as well as get to that trade demonstrate!

 Trade Show Staff Training Training Course
Trade Show Staff Training Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Trade Show Staff Training Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Trade Show Staff Training
 

For the Trade Show Staff Training Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Trade Show Staff Training Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives
• Pre-Assignment
• activity Plans as well as Evaluations

Component 2: Pre-demonstrate Preparation
• Prepare for Physical Issues
• Developing a awesome Elevator Speech
• Setting Up a Schedule
• Connect With Attendees
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Booth Characteristics as well as Setup
• Stand Out
• Create a Booth Manual/Checklist
• Technology
• Scout a High Traffic Area
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Booth Characteristics as well as Setup (II)
• Signage
• Match Your Brand
• Private Area
• Concentrate On a Message
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: During the demonstrate (I)
• business Objectives
• Highlighting Your Product
• Do Something Memorable
• Social Media
• Training Example
Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: During the demonstrate (II)
• Classic Do’s as well as Do Nots
• Gamification
• Walk the Floor
• Keep the Distractions Away
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Qualifying Visitors
• Know the Answer
• Engage With Qualifying Queries
• Body Language
• Listening abilities
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Engaging the Right individuals
• Prospects
• Time Wasters (Catch as well as Release)
• Press
• Competitors
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: The Rules of Engagement (I)
• Start With an Open Ended Question
• Record All Prospect Information
• Be particular with Your Message
• Get a Commitment
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: The Rules of Engagement (II)
• Have a Welcoming Environment
The Do’s as well as Do Nots of Business Cards
• Observational abilities
• When Not in the Booth
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: After the demonstrate
• Assessment Information as well as Rank Your Leads
• Follow up with Your Leads
• Send Information Promptly
• Key Learnings
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Trade Show Staff Training Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Time Management Training Course

A time management training course is a short, practical programme that teaches staff to plan their work, set priorities and stop reacting to crisis after crisis. If you are comparing short-term management certificate courses, BOTI’s one-day course ends with a BOTI certificate of attendance. It is one of BOTI’s workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Introduction: Time Management Training Course

Good personal time management matters in any workplace. People who use time management techniques well control their workload instead of spending each day reacting to one crisis after another. Their stress drops and their productivity rises, because they concentrate on the tasks that matter most to them and to the organisation.

This programme teaches those techniques in a practical way. Delegates build a set of skills that covers personal motivation, delegation, planning tools and crisis management. They also learn how to run meetings that are worth the time spent on them.

VideoWatch on YouTube
 

 Time Management Training Course

 

Who should attend

The course suits anyone who feels their day runs them, rather than the other way round. Examples include:

  • administrators, personal assistants and office staff who juggle requests from several people;
  • team leaders and new managers who need to plan their own work and delegate to others;
  • specialists and professionals whose diaries are full of meetings and email;
  • staff working in hybrid or remote teams who need a clear routine.

What delegates will be able to do

By the end of the day, delegates will be able to:

  • set S.M.A.R.T. objectives and rank them by importance;
  • use the 80/20 rule and the urgent-versus-important matrix to decide what to do first;
  • plan a week with a productivity journal and break large tasks into manageable chunks;
  • recognise why they procrastinate and apply practical ways to overcome it;
  • organise their workspace, email and calendar to control the flow of work;
  • delegate the right tasks to the right people and keep control of the outcome;
  • decide whether a meeting is needed, and run it with a clear agenda when it is.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Time Management Training Course

No prior experience or knowledge is needed. The course is presented in English.

Outline: Time Management Training Course

BOTI’s programme outline:

Component 1: Starting out
• Icebreaker activities
• Housekeeping and administration
• The parking area
• Programme objectives

Component 2: Setting objectives
• The 3 P’s
• S.M.A.R.T. objectives
• Prioritising your objectives
• Visualisation

Component 3: Prioritising your time and effort
• The 80/20 rule
• The urgent-versus-important matrix
• Assertiveness

Component 4: Planning carefully
• Creating your productivity journal
• Getting the most out of your productivity journal
• The glass jar: rocks, pebbles, sand and water
• Chunk, block and tackle
• Ready, Fire, Aim

Component 5: Tackling procrastination
• Why we procrastinate
• Nine ways to overcome procrastination
• Eat That Frog

Component 6: Crisis management
• When the storm hits
• Making a plan
• Executing the plan
• Key learnings

Component 7: Organising your workplace
• De-cluttering
• Controlling workflow
• Working with email
• Using calendars

Component 8: Delegating made easy
• When to delegate
• To whom should you delegate?
• How to delegate
• Keeping control
• The importance of full acceptance

Component 9: Setting a ritual
• What is a ritual?
• Building rituals around sleep, meals and exercise
• Examples of rituals
• Using rituals to make the most of your time

Component 10: Meeting management
• Deciding whether a meeting is necessary
• Using the PAT approach
• Building the agenda
• Keeping things on track
• Making sure the meeting was worthwhile

Component 11: Alternatives to meetings
• Instant messaging and chat
• Teleconferencing
• Email lists and online groups
• Collaboration applications

Component 12: Concluding
• Words from the wise
• Review of the parking area
• Key learnings
• Evaluations and completion of action plans

Delegation gets one component in this course. If your managers need more depth on it, BOTI also runs a separate one-day course, Delegation Skills Training.

 

Course duration and fees: Time Management Training Course

This is a one-day course. It is built around practical exercises, so delegates apply each technique to their own workload and leave with an action plan. Several formats are available:

Please contact BOTI for a quote for your group.

Short course or management certificate programme?

Many people searching for “management certificate programmes” want one of two things: a short course that builds a single skill quickly, or a longer qualification. This time management course is a short course. It runs for one day and ends with a BOTI certificate of attendance.

If you need a formal management qualification, BOTI offers longer routes:

Time management is a skill these longer programmes depend on. Many teams therefore start with the one-day course and move on to a qualification later.

Frequently asked questions

Do you get a certificate for the time management course?

Yes. Delegates who complete the one-day course receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. The course is a professional skills programme. It does not carry NQF credits.

Is this time management course a management certificate programme?

No. It is a one-day short course focused on one skill. If you need a formal management qualification, BOTI offers longer routes such as the Occupational Certificate: Office Supervisor. Ask BOTI which route fits your team.

How long is the time management training course?

The course runs for one day. BOTI also offers a two-day version called Essential Time Management Skills, and a three-hour online masterclass on time management and focus in a hybrid workplace.

Can the time management course be done part-time or online?

Yes. The course can run live online. The three-hour online masterclass also suits staff who cannot be away from work for a full day. For groups, BOTI can run the training in-house at your premises.

Who should attend a time management course?

Anyone whose workload feels out of control can benefit. This includes administrators, personal assistants, team leaders, new managers and specialists with full diaries. No prior knowledge is needed.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

As well as the public courses above, we can run this course for your team at your offices, online or at BOTI’s venue. Click the button to request a proposal or book the course:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

To book this course for yourself or your team, see Essential Time Management Skills (1 day), or request a quote. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Sources

  1. Occupational Certificate: Office Supervisor (SAQA ID 118740) – SAQA, 2026.
  2. National Certificate: Generic Management (SAQA ID 59201) – SAQA, 2026.

Telework And Telecommuting Training Course

Introduction: Telework And Telecommuting Training Course

Working in a home office requires a distinctive set of abilities. Teleworkers or virtual staff members have further Difficulties created by not being in a centralized office. Communication issues alone make it difficult job, as well as recognizing these Difficulties can help your delegates become awesome teleworkers.

By Utilizing Telework as well as Telecommuting your staff members will see a awesome improvement in their particular performance as well as well-being. Being a teleworker does have the advantages of flexible schedules, no commute, as well as saving the business money. Your delegates will establish the further abilities needed to be successful in their particular work from home environment.

 Telework And Telecommuting Training Course
Telework And Telecommuting Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Telework And Telecommuting Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Telework And Telecommuting
 

For the Telework And Telecommuting Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Telework And Telecommuting Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives
• Pre-Assignment
• activity Plans as well as Evaluations

Component 2: Essential abilities Required
• Self-Management
• Time Management
• Organizing as well as Planning
• Communication
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Self-Management (I)
• Solving Problems on Your Own
• Being as well as Staying Motivated
• You Have More Freedom, Do Not Abuse It
• You as well as Only You are Accountable
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Self-Management (II)
• understand as well as Eliminate Bad Habits
• Reflect on Mistakes, as well as Learn from Them
• Establish Good Habits
• Be Assertive With Yourself
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Time Management (I)
• Build a Little Flexibility Into Your Schedule
• Identify as well as Eliminate Time Wasters
• Working with Time Zones
• Utilizing Free Time carefully
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Time Management (II)
• The Urgent/essential Matrix
• Setting as well as Sticking to Deadlines
• The Glass Jar: Rocks, Pebbles, Sand, as well as Water
• understand When You are Procrastinating
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: business as well as Planning (I)
• Plan for further Stress
• When to Seek Help
• Being Proactive, not Reactive
• Establish Priorities as well as Attainable Objectives
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: business as well as Planning (II)
• Setting up Your Home Office
• Eliminate Unneeded or Distracting Items
• When Technology Fails?
• formulate a Normal Working Day
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Communication (I)
• Stay in the Loop
• utilize the Correct Medium
• Be Clear as well as To the Point
• Virtual Communication Can Be Impersonal
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Communication (II)
• Open as well as Frequent Communication
• Share Your Information
• Have a Collaborative Attitude
• Setting Expectations with Family as well as Friends
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: further Difficulties
• Generating Trust as well as Rapport
• Feeling Isolated
• Always in the Office
• Lack of or Less suggestions
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 
Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Team Building For Managers Training Course

Introduction: Team Building For Managers Training Course

Teamwork is a element of everyday business life. Whether It Is virtual, in the office, or on the road, we are often expected to be a functional element of a team. Having a strong team benefits every business as well as will lead to more achievements than not. Teamwork is how your delegates will elevate that event or project from just OK to awesome!

By Utilizing our Team Generating For Managers program delegates will be encouraged to explore the different aspects of a team, as well as Means that they can become a top-notch team performer. They will be provided the details as well as principles of Exactly What makes up a team, as well as Exactly What factors into being a successful team as well as team member. Activities that build camaraderie, formulate Solving Problems abilities, as well as stimulate interaction will supply your delegates Exactly What is needed to be a awesome team member.

 Team Building For Managers Training Course
Team Building For Managers Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Team Building For Managers Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Team Building For Managers
 

For the Team Building For Managers Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Team Building For Managers Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• Pre-Assignment Assessment
• program Objectives
• The Parking Area
• activity Plan

Component 2: Exactly What Are The Benefits Of Team Generating?
• Better Communication as well as Conflict Resolution
• Effectiveness
• Motivation
• Camaraderie
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Kinds Of Team Generating
• Games
• Activities
• Education
• Social Gatherings
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Creating Team Chemistry
• Games For Introductions
• Games To Build Camaraderie
• Games For Solving Problems
• Games To Stimulate Interaction
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Enhancing Team Strength
• Games To Build Trust
• Games To inspire
• Games To Build Communication
• Games For Conflict Resolution
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Engagement as well as Collaboration Activities
• Activities To Build Camaraderie
• Activities For Idea Sharing
• Activities To Build Trust
• Activities To Stimulate Interaction
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Generating a awesome Team Identity
• Activities To inspire
• Activities To Improve Working Together
• Activities To Build Communication
• Activities For Conflict Resolution
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Social Gathering
• Singing / Karaoke
• Dinner / Pot Lucks
• Physical Activities
• Meetings
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Common Mistakes When Team Generating
• Letting Cliques formulate
• Not Delegating Tasks
• Rewarding In Private / Criticizing In Public
• Disjointed Plans Of Grandeur
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Formatting A Team Generating Plan
• Describe The Goal
• Consult Team Members
• Research as well as Create Structure
• Keep It Fun
Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Evaluations as well as Improvements
• Was The Goal Met?
• Was The Team Generating Cohesive?
• Exactly What Did The Team Consider the Team Generating?
• How Can The Team Generating Be Improved For Next Time?
Concluding Training Example
• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment Of The Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Further reading
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Team Building For Managers Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Supply Chain Management Training Course

If you are asking where to study supply chain management in South Africa without committing to a long distance-learning programme, BOTI runs a practical one-day Supply Chain Management Course. It is delivered live online, in-house at your premises or at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. To compare it with related options in procurement, logistics, tendering and contracts, see BOTI’s supply chain, procurement and contracts courses.

Introduction: Supply Chain Management Training Course

Supply chain management (SCM) improves the coordination and relationships between suppliers, producers and customers. Goods and services are now sourced, made and delivered across many countries and many hands. Without a clear system, that process quickly becomes slow, costly and hard to control.

Good supply chain management helps a business lower costs, work more efficiently and keep customers satisfied. This SCM course gives your staff a working understanding of how supply chain management fits together and how it can improve almost any type of business, from manufacturing and retail to services and the public sector.

VideoWatch on YouTube

 Supply Chain Management Training Course
Supply Chain Management Training Course

Who should attend this supply chain course

The course is written for people who work in or alongside the supply chain and need a clear, shared vocabulary and framework. It suits:

  • Buyers, procurement officers and stores or warehouse staff
  • Planners, production and operations staff
  • Logistics, dispatch and receiving teams
  • Team leaders and supervisors who are new to a supply chain role
  • Finance, sales and customer service staff who depend on stock and delivery information

What you will be able to do after the course

  • Explain why supply chain management matters for cost, performance and customer satisfaction
  • Use core supply chain terms correctly, from procurement and forecasting to carrying cost and returns management
  • Tell the difference between strategic, tactical and operational supply chain decisions
  • Describe the five stages of the supply chain: plan, source, make, deliver and return
  • Follow the information, product and finance flows through your own supply chain
  • Apply basic inventory management and tracking practices, and spot bottlenecks before they cause shortages

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Supply Chain Management Training Course

This course will help delegates understand the essentials of supply chain management.

No prior experience or knowledge is required. The course is presented in English.

Outline: Supply Chain Management Training Course

The one-day programme is made up of twelve components. Each content component includes a practical example and short review questions so delegates can check their understanding.

Component 1: Getting started

  • Icebreaker activities
  • Housekeeping and administration
  • The parking lot (questions to return to later)
  • Programme objectives

Component 2: Why supply chain management?

  • Customer satisfaction
  • Improving performance
  • Lowering costs
  • Product development
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 3: Essential terms (I)

  • Procurement
  • Upstream and downstream
  • Raw material
  • Forecasting
  • Carrying cost
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 4: Essential terms (II)

  • Inventory
  • Order generation
  • Order taking
  • Order fulfilment
  • Returns management
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 5: The three levels of supply chain management

  • Strategic level
  • Tactical level
  • Operational level
  • The bullwhip effect
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 6: The five stages of supply chain management

  • Plan
  • Source
  • Make
  • Deliver
  • Return
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 7: The flows of supply chain management

  • The information flow
  • Data warehouses
  • The product flow
  • The finance flow
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 8: Inventory management

  • Levels of inventory
  • Just-in-time inventory
  • Keeping accurate records
  • Inventory calculator
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 9: Supply chain groups

  • The suppliers
  • The producers
  • The customers
  • The customer’s customer
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 10: Tracking and monitoring

  • Dashboards
  • RFID
  • Alert generation
  • Stock keeping unit (SKU)
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 11: Supply chain event management

  • Inventory alerts
  • Supplier alerts
  • Bottlenecks
  • Being proactive
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 12: Wrapping up

  • Words from the wise
  • Review of the parking lot
  • Key learnings
  • Evaluations and completion of action plans

Course duration and delivery: Supply Chain Management Training Course

This is a one-day training course. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn to their own work and leave with an action plan for improving their part of the supply chain.

BOTI runs the course in three ways: in-house at your premises for a team, at BOTI’s training venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online with a facilitator. For an in-house group, BOTI can use examples from your own industry.

Studying supply chain management online or by distance learning

Many people searching for supply chain management courses through distance learning want flexibility. They want to study from home or the office, without travelling or taking long periods off work. BOTI’s live online format gives you that flexibility, with a real facilitator, group discussion and practical exercises rather than self-paced reading.

Be clear about what you need before you choose:

  • A short, practical SCM course: if your aim is to understand supply chain concepts, speak the same language as your colleagues and improve how your team handles stock, orders and suppliers, a one-day course like this one is a sensible place to start.
  • Deeper skills in one area: follow on with a focused course in procurement, logistics, inventory, tendering or contract management (see the related courses below).
  • A full qualification: BOTI’s supply chain courses are short professional skills programmes, not qualifications. If you need a formal qualification in supply chain management, check that the programme is registered on the NQF before you enrol.

Related BOTI supply chain and procurement courses

For a plain-language overview of the field, read what supply chain management covers.

See the links below for related public courses:


 
 
 
 













Book or Obtain a Quote

As well as the public courses, BOTI runs this course for teams in-house, at the Sunningdale venue or live online. Use the button below to book or request a proposal, or request a quote.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Fill in the Form

Email Us

[email protected]

Frequently asked questions

Can I do a supply chain management course through distance learning?

Yes. BOTI runs its one-day Supply Chain Management Course live online, so you can attend from home or the office with a facilitator, group discussion and practical exercises. The same course is also available in-house at your premises or at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

Where can I study supply chain management in Johannesburg?

BOTI presents the Supply Chain Management Course at its training venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. Companies elsewhere in South Africa can book it in-house for a team or attend live online.

What does an SCM short course cover?

The course covers why supply chain management matters, essential terms such as procurement, forecasting and carrying cost, the strategic, tactical and operational levels, the five stages of plan, source, make, deliver and return, the information, product and finance flows, inventory management, tracking and monitoring, and supply chain event management.

How long is the supply chain management course?

The course runs over one day. Delegates who need more depth can follow it with BOTI’s two-day procurement, logistics or inventory courses, or the three-day tendering and supply chain governance course.

Is the BOTI supply chain management course accredited?

No. It is a non-accredited professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. It is not a qualification, so if you need a formal qualification in supply chain management, check that the programme is registered on the NQF.

To give your team a clear, practical grounding in how supply chains work, book the Supply Chain Management Course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Supervising Others: Practical Skills for Supervisors

Supervising others means getting work done through people: delegating, setting expectations, giving feedback, resolving conflict and developing your team, while still managing your own time. This guide covers six habits of effective supervisors – see all BOTI leadership and management courses.

What supervising others involves

Supervising others can be a tough job. Between managing your own time and projects, helping team members solve problems and finish tasks, and supporting other supervisors, the day fills up quickly. The supervisors who cope best rely on a few practical habits.

Six habits of effective supervisors

  1. Delegate well. Match tasks to people’s skills, explain the outcome you need, agree on a deadline and check in without taking the task back.
  2. Manage your own time. Plan the week, block time for your own priorities and batch routine admin.
  3. Set clear objectives and expectations. Agree on what good work looks like, for yourself and for each team member.
  4. Give regular feedback. Recognise good work specifically, and address problems early and privately.
  5. Resolve conflict. Listen to both sides, focus on the issue rather than the person and agree on a way forward.
  6. Develop your people. Coach team members to solve problems themselves, so that you are not the bottleneck.

Supervisory training at BOTI

BOTI’s separate Supervising Others course has been replaced by Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders (2 days), which covers the supervisor’s role, people skills, team building and getting the work done. Related courses include Coaching and Mentoring Course (2 days) and Essential Time Management Skills (1 day). For an accredited route, see the QCTO Occupational Certificate: Office Supervisor.

Request a quote

Frequently asked questions

What does a supervisor do?

A supervisor plans and allocates work, sets standards, gives feedback, resolves day-to-day problems and conflict, and develops the team, while managing their own time and tasks.

How should a supervisor delegate?

Match the task to the person’s skills, explain the result you need and the deadline, give the authority to do the work, and check in without taking the task back.

How do supervisors give effective feedback?

Be specific about the behaviour and its effect, praise good work promptly, and raise problems early, in private and with an agreed way forward.

Which BOTI course teaches supervisory skills?

Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders runs over two days, in-house, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Book BOTI’s Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders (2 days) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Social Learning Training Course

Introduction: Social Learning Training Course

Social Learning is an effective way to train your staff members By Utilizing modeling positive behaviors. It’s a awesome way to promote cohesion as well as involvement as it builds a culture of learning. Your delegates will Discover the best way to conduct role plays, share best methods, as well as supply constant as well as immediate suggestions.

With the help of our Social Learning program your delegates will be creating learning communities that benefit every facet of your business. They will be taught brand new behaviors By Utilizing observation as well as modeling as well as be instilled with a passion for learning.

 Social Learning Training Course
Social Learning Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Social Learning Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Social Learning
 

For the Social Learning Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Social Learning Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives

Component 2: Setting the Right Group Dynamic (I)
• Communicating
• Collaborating
• Sharing of Best methods
• Refining Ideas
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Setting the Right Group Dynamic (II)
• Diversity Builds understanding
• Social Interactions
• individuals Are Different
• Working With Challenging individuals
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: formulate a Social Learning Culture at Work (I)
• Making the Connection
• Tagging Star staff members
• Recognizing Teaching Movements
• Culture of Questioning
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: formulate a Social Learning Culture at Work (II)
• Safe to Share Environment
• Instilling a Passion for Learning
• Instill a Sense of Sharing
• Learning in the Social Unit
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: formulate a Social Learning Culture at Work (III)
• Eliminate anxiety about suggestions or Criticism
• Making A Social Unit
• Imitation as well as Modeling
• Empowering Learners
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Role Playing (I)
• Identify Work Related Scenarios
• Add Variables
• Assign Roles
• Prepare Role-Players
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Role Playing (II)
• Act it Out
• Debrief
• Mirror Good Examples
• General Role Playing Tips
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Utilizing the Right Tools (I)
• Gamification
• Critical Thinking
• Mentoring
• Social Media
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Utilizing the Right Tools (II)
• Relevant Resources Selection
• Job Shadowing
• understanding Management
• Social Facilitation
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Modeling as well as Observational Learning
• Inspired by Leaders
• Boosting Self-Efficacy
• Peer Role Models
• Generating Engagement
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Social Learning Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Sales Fundamentals Training Course

If you are looking for sales assistant courses online, BOTI’s one-day Sales Fundamentals course gives sales assistants and new sales staff a simple, repeatable sales process. It runs live online, in-house or at BOTI’s venue in Johannesburg. It is one of the practical courses in BOTI’s sales, marketing and customer care training courses.

Introduction: Sales Fundamentals Training Course

The idea of a sale is simple, but turning someone into a buyer can be complex. You have to show a person with a possible interest that acting on it is worth their time and their hard-earned money.

The Sales Fundamentals programme gives delegates a basic sales process and a set of practical sales tools they can use to close a deal, whatever the size of the sale. Delegates grow in confidence, learn to handle objections and learn when and how to close.

 Sales Fundamentals Training Course

Who this sales course is for

The course suits people who sell but have had little or no formal sales training. Typical delegates include:

  • sales assistants in retail stores, showrooms and trade counters;
  • new sales representatives and junior account staff;
  • telesales and inside sales staff who make warm and cold calls;
  • customer service staff who are now expected to upsell or cross-sell;
  • business owners and technical specialists who have to sell their own products or services.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Sales Fundamentals Training Course

No prior sales experience is needed. The course is presented in English.

Outline: Sales Fundamentals Training Course

The course is delivered in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. The programme outline covers the following components.

Component 1: Getting started

  • Icebreaker activities
  • Housekeeping and administration
  • The parking lot (questions to return to later)
  • Programme objectives

Component 2: Understanding the language of sales

  • Types of sales
  • Common sales approaches
  • Glossary of common terms

Component 3: Preparing to make the call

  • Developing possible solutions
  • Identifying your contact person
  • Doing a needs analysis

Component 4: Creative openings

  • A basic opening for warm calls
  • Warming up cold calls
  • Using the referral opening

Component 5: Making your pitch

  • Features and benefits
  • Stating your unique selling position
  • The question every customer wants answered

Component 6: Handling objections

  • Common types of objections
  • Basic techniques
  • Advanced techniques

Component 7: Closing the deal

  • Recognising when it is time to close
  • Closing techniques that work
  • Things to remember

Component 8: Following up

  • Thank-you notes
  • Resolving customer service issues
  • Staying in touch

Component 9: Setting goals

  • Why sales goals matter
  • Setting SMART goals

Component 10: Managing your data

  • Choosing a system that works for you
  • Using computerised systems
  • Using manual systems

Component 11: Using a prospect board

  • The layout of a prospect board
  • How to use your prospect board
  • A day in the life of your board

Component 12: Wrapping up

  • Words from the wise
  • Review of the parking lot
  • Key learnings
  • Evaluations and action plans

What delegates will be able to do

By the end of the day, delegates should be able to:

  • explain the main types of sales and choose an approach that fits the customer;
  • prepare for a call or a store conversation by doing a short needs analysis;
  • open warm calls, cold calls and referral conversations with confidence;
  • turn product features into benefits the customer cares about;
  • respond calmly to common objections such as price, timing and “I need to think about it”;
  • recognise buying signals and ask for the sale;
  • follow up, set SMART sales goals and keep track of prospects with a simple system.

Practical tips for sales assistants

Whether your team sells in a store, over the phone or online, the same basics apply:

  • Ask before you tell. Two or three open questions about what the customer needs will tell you which product to show.
  • Sell the result, not the specification. Customers buy what a product does for them. Link every feature to a benefit.
  • Treat objections as questions. An objection usually means the customer needs more information or reassurance.
  • Ask for the sale. Many sales are lost because nobody asked the customer to decide.
  • Follow up. A short thank-you message or call builds repeat business and referrals.

Course duration and format

This is a one-day course. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn straight away, with practical exercises built around the products and customers they deal with every day. For in-house groups, BOTI can tailor the examples to your industry.

Next steps after Sales Fundamentals

Once your team has the basics, these BOTI courses build on them:

If you need an accredited route, BOTI offers the National Occupational Certificate: Sales Representative (SAQA ID 121792). This is a QCTO occupational qualification at NQF Level 4[1], and the last date for enrolment is 30 January 2030[1]. It ends in an External Integrated Summative Assessment (EISA), and the QCTO issues the certificate.

Frequently asked questions

Can I do a sales assistant course online?

Yes. BOTI’s Sales Fundamentals course can be presented live online with a facilitator, so delegates can join from home, a store or the office. It can also run in-house at your premises or at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

What does a sales fundamentals course cover?

The course covers types of sales, preparing for a call, needs analysis, opening warm and cold calls, features and benefits, handling objections, closing, following up, setting SMART sales goals and tracking prospects with a prospect board.

Do I need sales experience to attend?

No. The course is designed for sales assistants, new sales staff and anyone who sells without formal training. It is presented in English.

Is the Sales Fundamentals course accredited?

No. It is a non-accredited professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. If you need a formal qualification, ask BOTI about the QCTO National Occupational Certificate: Sales Representative.

Book or Obtain a Quote

We run this course for individuals and for company groups. Click the button to view the course and book, or request a quote for your team:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Or Email Us

[email protected]

To give your sales assistants and new sales staff a clear process they can use from the next shift, book the Sales Skills: Basic Training – Sales Fundamentals course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Sources

  1. SAQA qualification record 121792: National Occupational Certificate: Sales Representative – South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), 2026.

Social Intelligence Training Course

Social intelligence is the ability to read social situations, understand other people’s intentions and build positive relationships at work. BOTI’s one-day Social Intelligence course teaches self-awareness, empathy, active listening, social cues, body language and rapport through practical exercises – see more workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Introduction: Social Intelligence Training Course

Social Intelligence is about understanding the environment you live in as well as having a positive impact on those around you.  You will become more confident in your particular social circumstances by learning how to express as well as interpret social cues.  You will learn how to create positive connections as well as increase your own, unique impact in social circumstances.

Increasing social intelligence benefits your professional as well as your personal life. It is a useful tool for coaching and personal development as you will learn a whole range of “people skills”. Enhancing active listening, understanding body language, as well as being more empathic will give you an edge during social interactions. Social interactions are a 2 way street, so you need to know the rules of the road.

Social Intelligence Training

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Social Intelligence Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Social Intelligence
For the Social Intelligence Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English

Outline: Social Intelligence Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives
• Pre-Assignment
• activity Plans

Component 2: Increase Your Self-Awareness
• Eliminate or Limit Self-Deception
• Ask for suggestions
• Be Open to Change
• Reflect on Your Actions
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: The Keys to Empathy
• Listening as well as Paying Attention
• Do Not Judge
• Shift Your View
• Do Not demonstrate Fake Emotions
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Active Listening
• Attunement
• Do Not Jump to Conclusions
• Shift your Focus
• Do Not Discount Feelings
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: knowledge on Behavior
• Perception
• Facts vs. Emotion
• Online Communication
• Pay Attention as well as Watch More
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Interpersonal Communication
• Give Respect as well as Trust
• Be Consistent
• Always Keep Your Cool
• Observing Body Language
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Social Cues (I)
• understand Social Circumstances
• The Eyes Have It
• Non-Verbal Cues
• Verbal Cues
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Social Cues (II)
• Spectrum of Cues
• Assessment as well as Reflect
• Being Adaptable as well as Flexible
• Personal Space
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Conversation abilities
• Current Events
• Conversation Topics
• Cues to Watch For
• Give individuals Your Attention
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Body Language
• Be Aware of Your Movements
• It’s Not Exactly What You Say, It’s The Manner In Which You Say It
• Open Vs. Closed Body Language
• Communicate with Power
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Generating Rapport
• Take the High Road
• Forget About Yourself
• Remembering individuals
• Ask Good Queries
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

Course duration: Social Intelligence Training Course

The course runs over one day, in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online, with practical exercises so that delegates can apply what they learn at work. Related courses are Mastering Emotional Intelligence (2 days), Body Language Basics Course (2 days) and Interpersonal Skills Course (1 day).

Request a quote

 [email protected]

Frequently asked questions

What is social intelligence?

Social intelligence is the ability to understand social situations and other people, read verbal and non-verbal cues, and use that understanding to build positive relationships.

How is social intelligence different from emotional intelligence?

Emotional intelligence focuses on recognising and managing emotions, your own and other people’s. Social intelligence applies that awareness to relationships: reading situations, adapting your behaviour and building rapport with others.

Can social intelligence be learnt?

Yes. Skills such as active listening, reading body language and adapting to social cues improve with practice and feedback, which is how the course is built.

Who should attend social intelligence training?

The course suits anyone who works with colleagues, clients or the public, especially new managers, team leaders and client-facing staff. No prior experience is needed.

How long is BOTI’s Social Intelligence course?

The Social Intelligence course runs over one day.

Book BOTI’s Social Intelligence Course (1 day) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Safety in the Workplace Training for Employees and Managers

Safety in the workplace training shows employees and managers how to spot hazards, follow safe procedures and build a written safety plan that people actually use. BOTI runs this training for South African teams through its health and safety training courses, in-house, at BOTI’s venue in Johannesburg or live online.

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Introduction: Safety In The Workplace Training Course

Workplace safety is everyone’s responsibility in a business. Companies have legal obligations to meet certain safety requirements, and many go further than the minimum. Safety standards and procedures must be put in place, and everyone needs to follow them for them to work.

This safety in the workplace training reviews common hazards and safe working techniques. By the end, delegates have the tools to help create a safety policy for their workplace. When employers identify and anticipate hazards, they can prevent injuries and keep staff safe.

BOTI no longer runs a separate one-day Safety in the Workplace course. The current course on this subject is the 2-day Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Course. The outline below shows the safety topics this training deals with. You can ask BOTI to confirm how the current course covers each one, or to tailor an in-house programme around your own site.

VideoWatch on YouTube

 Safety In The Workplace Training Course
Safety In The Workplace Training Course

Why employee safety training matters

Most workplace incidents have ordinary causes. A cable runs across a walkway, a desk is set up badly, a fire exit is blocked, a stressed colleague is ignored, or a new employee was never shown the procedure. Safety training turns rules on a notice board into habits people follow every day.

Good health and safety training for employees does three things:

  • It makes sure everyone knows the hazards in their own area and how to report them.
  • It shows managers and supervisors what they are responsible for, and how to promote and enforce safety standards fairly.
  • It gives the organisation a practical safety plan, with named roles, inspections, follow-up and training for new staff.

Safety is not only about machinery and fire. Health and safety training in the workplace also covers ergonomics at computer workstations, heat stress, wellness, stress, workplace violence, and drug and alcohol abuse. Each of these affects whether people go home unharmed.

Who should attend

This training suits supervisors, team leaders, line managers, office managers and HR staff who are responsible for staff wellbeing. It also suits employees who are taking on safety duties, such as joining a safety committee or helping with inspections. It works well as a group programme, because a shared understanding of hazards and procedures across a team is what keeps a workplace safe.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Safety In The Workplace Training Course

No prior experience or knowledge is required. The course is presented in English.

Outline: Safety In The Workplace Training Course

The programme is presented in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. It covers the following components.

Component 1: Starting out

  • Icebreaker activities
  • Housekeeping and administration
  • The parking lot (questions to return to later)
  • Programme objectives

Component 2: An overview

  • Workplace health and safety legislation
  • Roles and duties
  • Safety planning

Component 3: Types of hazards

  • Computer workstations
  • Ergonomics
  • Fire prevention
  • Fitness and wellness
  • Heat stress
  • Stress
  • Violence

Component 4: The manager’s role

  • Promoting and enforcing safety standards
  • Corporate culture
  • Responsibilities
  • Elements of a health and safety programme

Component 5: Training

  • Reasons for training
  • Definition
  • Orientation
  • On-the-job training
  • Safety meetings
  • Planning and conducting a training session

Component 6: Dealing with stress

  • Changing the situation
  • Relaxation techniques
  • Using routines to reduce stress
  • Avoiding stressors
  • Accepting what cannot be changed

Component 7: Workplace violence

  • What is workplace violence?
  • Identifying it
  • Addressing it
  • Implementing a workplace harassment policy

Component 8: Identifying your business hazards

  • Conducting an inspection
  • Prioritising deficiencies
  • Reporting and following up

Component 9: Drug and alcohol abuse

  • For staff members
  • For managers and supervisors
  • When to address it
  • Implementing a “no tolerance” rule

Component 10: Writing the safety plan

  • Management involvement
  • Responsibility
  • Worker involvement
  • Following up with accident investigations
  • Training of staff members

Component 11: Implementing the plan

  • Selecting a worker representative
  • Identifying roles
  • Assigning responsibility
  • Following through

Component 12: Concluding

  • Closing thoughts
  • Review of the parking lot
  • Key learnings
  • Evaluations and completion of action plans

Course duration: Safety In The Workplace Training Course

BOTI’s current Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Course runs over 2 days. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn to their own workplace, and they leave with a practical action plan.

Related BOTI health and safety courses

Depending on your team’s roles, these BOTI courses build on safety at work training:

Frequently asked questions

What does safety in the workplace training cover?

It covers workplace health and safety legislation, roles and duties, common hazards such as poor workstation ergonomics, fire, heat stress, stress and violence, the manager’s role in enforcing safety standards, hazard inspections, drug and alcohol abuse, and how to write and implement a safety plan.

Who needs health and safety training in the workplace?

Every employee benefits from knowing the hazards in their area and how to report them. Supervisors, team leaders and managers need it most, because they promote and enforce safety standards and are responsible for the people who report to them.

How long is BOTI’s workplace safety training?

BOTI’s Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Course runs over 2 days. Shorter related courses, such as Incident and Accident Investigation Training and Stress Management Training, run over 1 day.

Can BOTI run employee safety training at our premises in Johannesburg?

Yes. BOTI runs training in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online, so a whole team can be trained together on its own site and hazards.

Book safety in the workplace training

To train your team, book the Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Course or request a quote. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book or Obtain a Quote

BOTI can run this course for your team at your offices, online or at the BOTI venue. Click the link below to request a proposal or book the course:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Fill in the Form to Request a Quote

Email Us

[email protected]

Project Management Short Course

A project management short course gives team members a practical grounding in how a project is started, planned, run, controlled and closed, using everyday tools such as needs assessments, work breakdown structures, Gantt charts, risk plans and communication plans. BOTI’s one-day Project Management Course – Fundamentals covers the full project process in a single day, and the wider range of project management, agile and process improvement courses offers longer and more advanced options.

Related: Project Management Training & Courses in South Africa.

Related: Project Management Course Requirements & Options: A Buyer’s Guide.

Project Management Short Course

The methods used to deliver large projects work just as well on small ones. As a result, many staff members who are not full-time project managers are now expected to understand project management techniques and to apply them to projects of any size, from an office move to a system roll-out.

The Project Management Short Course gives delegates an overview of the entire project management process, along with essential project management tools they can use every day. Working with project planning documents such as a needs assessment, a risk management plan and a communication plan brings structure and clarity to work across the business.

 Project Management Training Course

Who this short course suits

The course is designed for project team members, coordinators, administrators, supervisors and specialists who contribute to projects or run small projects alongside their normal job. It also suits new team leaders who need a shared project language with their colleagues. Because it lasts one day, it works well as a first step before a longer project management programme.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Project Management Short Course

No prior project management experience or knowledge is required. The course is presented in English.

Outline: Project Management Short Course

The course runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. The programme outline is as follows.

Component 1: Starting Out
• Ice-breaker activities
• Housekeeping and administration
• The parking area for questions
• Programme objectives

Component 2: Core principles (I)
• What is a project?
• What is project management?
• What does a project manager do?

Component 3: Core principles (II)
• The five process groups: initiating, planning, executing, monitoring and controlling, and closing
• The main project knowledge areas: scope, time, cost, quality, resources, communication, risk, procurement and stakeholders
• The triple constraint of scope, time and cost

Component 4: Initiation (I)
• Identifying your stakeholders
• Assessing needs and wants
• Setting a SMART project goal
• Creating requirements and deliverables

Component 5: Initiation (II)
• Writing a statement of work
• Completing the project planning worksheet
• Completing the project charter

Component 6: Planning (I)
• Managing expectations
• Building a task list
• Estimating time
• Estimating resources
• Estimating costs

Component 7: Planning (II)
• Building the work breakdown structure
• Creating the schedule
• Writing a risk management plan
• Writing a communication plan

Component 8: Planning Tools
• The Gantt chart
• The network diagram
• Using a RACI chart
• Going further: an introduction to Microsoft Project

Component 9: Executing the Project
• Establishing baselines
• Monitoring project progress
• Methods for managing the triple constraint

Component 10: Monitoring and Controlling the Project
• Making good use of status updates
• Controlling change
• Monitoring risks

Component 11: Closing Out
• Preparing for close-out
• Recognising achievements
• Learning from project difficulties
• Scope verification
• A final to-do list

Component 12: Wrapping Up
• Reflections and key messages
• Review of the parking area
• Key learnings
• Evaluations and completion of personal action plans

Benefits of Project Management Short Course

Here are 10 benefits of taking a project management short course:

  1. Practical skills: a project management short course focuses on skills you can apply straight away to real projects at work.
  2. Time-saving: a short course condenses the core knowledge and skills needed to manage projects into a focused format.
  3. Flexibility: short courses can run in-house, at a training venue or live online, which makes them easier to fit around a busy schedule.
  4. Cost-effective: a short course takes less time away from work than a longer programme or qualification.
  5. Career development: stronger project skills help you take on more responsibility and contribute more to your team.
  6. Improved communication: you learn how to communicate clearly with team members, stakeholders and clients, which improves the chances of project success.
  7. Stronger leadership: you practise setting goals, coordinating people and making decisions about priorities.
  8. Better risk management: you learn how to identify potential risks early and plan how to reduce them.
  9. Increased efficiency: you learn how to plan and use resources well, so projects are completed with less waste.
  10. More successful projects: a clear process and the right tools make it more likely that projects finish on time, within budget and to the agreed scope.

Course duration and fees: Project Management Training Course

This is a one-day training course. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn to their own work, which improves the way projects run in the business. Fees depend on the format and group size, so please request a quote.

Related project management courses at BOTI

If you need more depth or a specific tool, these BOTI courses follow on naturally from the short course:

Searchers who are looking for a short course on essential entrepreneurial skills can start with the one-day Entrepreneurship Training Course. Those looking for short management and leadership courses can browse BOTI’s leadership and management courses. If you are weighing up international certifications, read how project management certifications compare with the QCTO route.

Related public course dates are listed below:

For pricing on public or in-house courses, contact BOTI.

Course Schedule

Book Now

Frequently asked questions

How long is BOTI’s project management short course?

The Project Management Course – Fundamentals is a one-day course. It covers the full project process, from initiation and planning to execution, control and close-out. For more depth, BOTI also runs two-day and three-day project management courses.

Is there a Microsoft Project short course?

Yes. The one-day short course introduces Microsoft Project as a planning tool. BOTI’s two-day Microsoft Project Essentials to Advanced course teaches the software in detail, including building schedules, assigning resources and tracking progress.

Is this project management short course accredited?

No. It is a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. If you need an accredited route, BOTI offers the QCTO Occupational Certificate: Project Manager (SAQA I.D. 101869), with a last date for enrolment of 30 December 2026.

Does the course prepare me for PMP or PRINCE2 certification?

No. BOTI does not offer PRINCE2, PMP or PMBOK certification training. The short course teaches practical project management skills for the workplace. For a certified agile option, BOTI runs Scrum and Kanban certification courses.

Can I attend a project management short course in Durban?

Yes. Teams in Durban and other centres can attend live online, or you can ask BOTI about an in-house session at your premises. BOTI’s own training venue is in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Send Us an Enquiry

Please Email Us

[email protected]

To give your team a clear, shared approach to running projects, book the one-day Project Management Course – Fundamentals. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Sources

  1. SAQA qualification record 101869: Occupational Certificate: Project Manager – SAQA, 2026.

Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course

Introduction: Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course

Everyone can always utilize some inspiration as well as motivation. This particular program can help your participant’s target the distinctive Means each team member is motivated. Finding the right incentive for each member of your sales team is essential as motivation works best when it is developed internally. Harness This particular By Utilizing better communication, mentoring, as well as developing the right incentives.

Motivating Your Sales Team can help your delegates create the right motivating environment which will shape as well as formulate their particular sales team with right attitude as well as healthy competition. Instilling that distinctive seed which grows the motivation in your team will ensure an increase in performance as well as productivity. Have the best sales team you can have By Utilizing better motivation.

 Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course
Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Motivating Your Sales Team
 

For the Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• Pre-Assignment Assessment
• program Objectives
• The Parking Area
• activity Plan

Component 2: Making A Motivational Environment
• Frequent Team Check-Ins
• Train Your Team
• Emulate Best methods
• 1 Size Does Not Fit All!
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Communicate to inspire
• Regular Group Meetings
• Regular 1 on 1 Meetings
• Concentrate On Strengths as well as Development Areas
• Ask for suggestions
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Train Your Team
• Concentrate On Training as well as Development
• Peer Training
• Mentoring
• Keep the Focus Positive!
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Emulate Best methods
• Look to Industry Leaders
• Solicit Team Member Suggestions
• Take a Field Trip!
• Leverage Outside Expertise
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: supply Tools
• The Right Tools
• Ask Team Members Exactly What Tools They Need
• supply High Quality Tools
• Allow for Training
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Find Out Exactly What Motivates staff members
• 1 Size Does Not Fit All
• Find Exactly What Motivates Individuals
• Find Exactly What Motivates the Team
• Tailor Rewards to staff members
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Tailor Rewards to the worker
• Motivation is Personal!
• Choose 1-3 Motivators
• worker Personal Objectives
• Reward Achievements
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Create Team Incentives
• Incentives Foster Teamwork
• Team Objectives
• Choose 1-3 Motivators
• Reward Achievements
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Implement Incentives
• Regular Incentives
• Mark Milestones
• Encourage Friendly Competition
• Keep Value Reasonable
• Training Example
• Component The: Assessment Queries

Component 11: understand Achievements
• Recognition Motivates!
• understand Achievements Regularly
• understand Achievements Publicly
• Document Achievements
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment Of The Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Further reading
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Motivating Your Sales Team Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI sales, marketing and customer care courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Millennial Onboarding Training Course

Employee onboarding training shows managers and HR staff how to plan a new hire’s first day, first week and first month, so new employees settle in faster and stay longer. BOTI’s one-day Millennial Onboarding course is practical, experiential staff training for South African teams. It uses checklists, workplace examples and an action plan that delegates apply in their own organisation. For related programmes, see BOTI’s human resources and employee onboarding courses.

Introduction: Millennial Onboarding Training Course

Onboarding new staff is a sound investment. It helps new hires build their skills and understand how the business works, so they can add value sooner. A clear onboarding process also connects a technically skilled younger workforce with the current and emerging needs of the business.

Millennial onboarding is a specific approach to employee onboarding. Many organisations find they need to adjust their onboarding process to suit both the business and the people they hire. A structured set of steps makes the new-hire period run more smoothly for the employee and the manager, raises productivity sooner and gives the new hire a better chance of success.

 Millennial Onboarding Training Course
Millennial Onboarding Training Course

What good employee onboarding looks like in practice

Onboarding is more than a first-day induction. It is a planned sequence of steps, from the moment an offer is accepted until the new employee works independently. A practical onboarding plan usually covers:

  • Before arrival: equipment, system access, a workspace and a named contact person are ready, and the new hire knows where to go and when.
  • First day: a welcome from the manager, introductions to the team, a tour, and a clear explanation of what the first week will involve.
  • First week: short, achievable tasks, time with a colleague or mentor, and a one-on-one check-in to answer questions.
  • First month: agreed goals and expectations in writing, regular informal follow-ups and a review of progress.

Good onboarding sets realistic expectations, reduces new-hire anxiety and lowers the cost of early staff turnover. These themes run through the course outline below.

The course focuses on millennial employees, but generational labels are a starting point, not a rule. The same principles help any new hire: clear structure, regular feedback, a mentor and room to grow. Managers learn to adapt the approach to the person in front of them. If your team onboards people of all ages, BOTI also runs a general Employee Onboarding Course. You can read more in our guide to employee onboarding training.

How the course works: practical, experiential staff training

Experiential staff training means learning by doing rather than only listening. In this course, each component ends with a training example drawn from workplace situations and a set of review questions. Delegates work through an onboarding checklist and practise one-on-one check-ins and feedback conversations. At the start of the day they draft a personal action plan, and they complete it before they leave. The aim is that each manager returns to work with a plan they can use with their next new hire.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Millennial Onboarding Training Course

No prior experience or knowledge is required. The course is presented in English.

Who should attend

The course suits line managers, supervisors and team leaders who welcome new staff. It also suits HR and talent staff who design induction and onboarding programmes, and mentors or buddies assigned to new employees.

Outline: Millennial Onboarding Training Course

BOTI’s programme outline:

Component 1: Starting Out

  • Housekeeping and administration
  • Pre-assignment assessment
  • Programme objectives
  • The Parking Lot (questions to return to later)
  • Action plan

Component 2: Purpose of Onboarding

  • Start-up costs
  • Employee anxiety
  • Employee turnover
  • Realistic expectations
  • Training example
  • Component 2: review questions

Component 3: Introduction

  • Importance of onboarding
  • First-day checklist
  • Making employees feel welcome
  • Why onboarding?
  • Training example
  • Component 3: review questions

Component 4: Millennials and Onboarding

  • Investiture socialisation: let them be themselves
  • How do millennials differ from other employees?
  • Who are millennials?
  • Informal rather than formal onboarding processes
  • Training example
  • Component 4: review questions

Component 5: Onboarding Checklist

  • Pre-arrival
  • Arrival
  • First day
  • First week
  • First month
  • Training example
  • Component 5: review questions

Component 6: Engaging the Millennial Employee

  • Create an informal programme rather than a formal one
  • Engage employees one-on-one
  • The role of Human Resources
  • The role of managers
  • Training example
  • Component 6: review questions

Component 7: Following Up with the Millennial Employee

  • Initial check-in: one-on-one
  • Following up: regular, informal follow-ups
  • Setting schedules: millennials and work-life balance
  • Mentoring the millennial: training example
  • Component 7: review questions

Component 8: Setting Expectations with the Millennial Employee

  • Describe requirements and give specific instructions
  • Identify opportunities for improvement and growth
  • Set verbal expectations: specific, clear, systematic
  • Put it in writing: specific, clear, systematic
  • Training example
  • Component 8: review questions

Component 9: Mentoring the Millennial Employee

  • Be hands-on and involved
  • Serial mentoring
  • Be a mentor, not an authority figure
  • Focus millennials’ exploratory drive on work
  • Training example
  • Component 9: review questions

Component 10: Assigning Work to the Millennial Employee

  • Provide clear structure and guidelines
  • Provide specific benchmarks
  • Set boundaries and provide reality checks
  • Guide, do not dictate
  • Training example
  • Component 10: review questions

Component 11: Providing Feedback

  • Millennials thrive on feedback
  • Characteristics of good feedback
  • Informal feedback
  • Formal feedback
  • Training example
  • Component 11: review questions

Component 12: Concluding

  • Closing thoughts
  • Review of the Parking Lot
  • Key learnings
  • Further reading
  • Evaluations and completion of action plans

Mentoring is a large part of good onboarding. Organisations that want to build this skill further can combine this course with BOTI’s Coaching and Mentoring Course.

Course duration: Millennial Onboarding Training Course

This is a one-day training course. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn in practice and improve how their own workplace welcomes new staff.

Frequently asked questions

What is employee onboarding training?

Employee onboarding training teaches managers and HR staff how to plan and run a new hire’s first day, first week and first month. It covers welcoming new staff, setting clear expectations, mentoring, giving feedback and following up, so new employees become productive sooner and are more likely to stay.

What is experiential staff training, and does this course use it?

Experiential staff training means learning by doing rather than only listening. Each component of the Millennial Onboarding course includes a training example and review questions. Delegates work through an onboarding checklist and complete a personal action plan to use with their next new hire.

How long is the Millennial Onboarding course and where does it run?

The course runs for one day. It can be presented in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Who should attend an onboarding course?

Line managers, supervisors and team leaders who welcome new staff, HR and talent staff who design induction programmes, and mentors or buddies assigned to new employees. No prior experience is required.

Is the Millennial Onboarding course accredited?

No. It is a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

To give your managers a clear, practical way to welcome and keep new staff, book the Millennial Onboarding Course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Besides the related public courses, we present this course in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Use the button below to request a quote or book the course:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Meeting Management Training Course

Introduction: Meeting Management Training Course

This particular program is designed to give your delegates the basic tools you need to initiate as well as manage their particular meetings. They will be taught planning as well as leading techniques that will supply them the confidence to run a meeting which will engage the attendees as well as leave a positive as well as lasting impression. By Utilizing This particular program your delegates will Discover the needed abilities in planning as well as implementing a successful meeting.

The Meeting Management program will explore how to reduce waste as well as make meetings more efficient. This particular is a hands-on program as well as your participation can help make it a important experience. utilize This particular time to begin the process of developing your abilities along with other delegates who share the same desire to improve their particular meeting management abilities.

 Meeting Management Training Course
Meeting Management Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Meeting Management Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Meeting Management
 

For the Meeting Management Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Meeting Management Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives

Component 2: Planning as well as Preparing (I)
• Identifying the delegates
• Choosing the Time as well as Place
• Creating the Agenda

Component 3: Planning as well as Preparing (II)
• Gathering Materials
• Sending Invitations
• Making Logistical Arrangements

Component 4: Setting up the Meeting Space
• The Basic Essentials
• The Extra Touches
• Choosing a Physical Arrangement

Component 5: Electronic Options
• Overview of Choices Available
• Things to Consider
• Making a Final Decision

Component 6: Meeting Roles as well as Responsibilities
• The Chairperson
• The Minute Taker
• The Attendees
• Variations for Large as well as Small Meetings

Component 7: Chairing a Meeting (I)
• Getting Off on the Right Foot
• The Role of the Agenda
• Utilizing a Parking Area

Component 8: Chairing a Meeting (II)
• Keeping the Meeting on course
• Working with Overtime
• Holding delegates Accountable

Component 9: Working with Disruptions
• Running in as well as Out
• Cell Phone as well as PDA’s Ringing
• Off on a Tangent
• Personality Conflict

Component 10: Taking Minutes
• Exactly What are Minutes?
• Exactly What do I Record?
• A Take-Home Template

Component 11: Taking advantage of Your Meeting
• The 50 Minute Meeting
• Utilizing Games
• Giving Prizes
• Stuffed Magic

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Measuring Results From Training Training Course

Measuring results from training means checking, with evidence, whether a programme changed what people know, how they work and what the business achieves. The practical method is to set clear objectives before the training and test learning during and after it. You then follow up on behaviour back at work and compare the tangible results with the full cost. BOTI’s train-the-trainer and training evaluation courses show L&D teams, trainers and managers how to do this in a South African workplace.

Introduction: Measuring Results From Training Training Course

Most organisations accept that training has value, but that value can be hard to prove in rand terms. Some topics, such as sales training or time management, often have direct, measurable benefits. Others, such as communication or leadership, produce benefits that are real but difficult to put a rand value on.

In the Measuring Results From Training course, delegates learn different ways to evaluate training. They also learn how to use the results to show what the training achieved. Once a programme has been evaluated, the next step is to update the content so that it suits the delegates and the business better.

 Measuring Results From Training Training Course
Measuring Results From Training Training Course

What training results can you measure?

A widely used way to organise training results is Kirkpatrick’s four levels of evaluation. Each level answers a different question, and each needs a different measurement tool.

  • Level 1: Reactions. Did delegates find the training relevant and useful? Measure this with a short feedback form at the end of the session. Ask about relevance to the job, not only about the venue or the facilitator.
  • Level 2: Learning. Did delegates gain the knowledge and skills? Compare a pre-test with a post-test, or ask delegates to show a skill in a practical exercise.
  • Level 3: Behaviour. Are delegates using what they learnt back at work? Use supervisor observation, peer feedback or self-evaluation a few weeks to a few months after the training.
  • Level 4: Results. Did the business improve? Track the measures the training was meant to move, such as error rates, customer complaints, sales conversions, turnaround times or safety incidents.

Most organisations stop at Level 1. The results that matter to senior management usually sit at Levels 3 and 4, so plan for them before the training starts, not afterwards.

How to build an evaluation plan

An evaluation plan turns good intentions into evidence. It answers four questions:

  • What will we evaluate? Link each learning objective to a specific workplace behaviour or business measure.
  • When will the evaluation be done? Before the training (a baseline), during it, straight after it, and at agreed follow-up points.
  • How will we evaluate it? Choose the tool for each level: tests, observation checklists, supervisor reviews or business reports.
  • Who will do the evaluation? Name the facilitator, the line manager or the L&D officer responsible for each step.

The plan is only as good as its starting point. A clear training needs analysis shows which performance gap the training must close, and that becomes the baseline you measure against.

A basic ROI formula for training

Return on investment (ROI) compares what the training achieved with what it cost. A basic formula is:

ROI (%) = (monetary value of benefits – total costs of training) / total costs of training x 100

To use the formula honestly:

  • Count all the costs. Include facilitation, venue, materials, travel, administration and the value of delegates’ time away from their work.
  • Measure tangible benefits. These include time saved, fewer errors, less rework, higher sales or lower staff turnover. Convert them into rand using your own business figures.
  • Record intangible benefits separately. Better morale, teamwork or customer goodwill are real but hard to value. List them in the business case rather than forcing a rand figure onto them.
  • Isolate the effect of training. Ask managers and delegates how much of the improvement they believe came from the training, and use a conservative estimate.

For more on building a business case, read BOTI’s guide to training ROI. Good evaluation records also make it easier to report on the training your organisation completed in its Annual Training Report.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Measuring Results From Training Training Course

No prior experience is needed for the Measuring Results From Training Training Course. The course is presented in English.

It suits HR and L&D practitioners, training coordinators, skills development facilitators, in-house trainers and line managers who need to show what training delivers. Delegates who also design and present training may find the Train the Trainer Essentials Course or the Facilitation Skills Training Course useful alongside it.

Outline: Measuring Results From Training Training Course

The one-day programme covers the following components.

Component 1: Starting Out

  • Icebreaker activities
  • Housekeeping and administration
  • The Parking Area
  • Programme objectives

Component 2: Kolb’s Learning Styles

  • The 4-stage process
  • Accommodators
  • Divergers
  • Convergers
  • Assimilators

Component 3: Kirkpatrick’s Levels of Evaluation

  • Overview
  • Level 1: Reactions
  • Level 2: Learning
  • Level 3: Behaviour
  • Level 4: Results

Component 4: Kinds of Measurement Tools

  • Setting objectives
  • Self-evaluations
  • Peer evaluations
  • Supervisor evaluations
  • High-level evaluations

Component 5: Focusing the Training

  • Performing a needs assessment
  • Creating learning objectives
  • Drilling down into content

Component 6: Creating an Evaluation Plan

  • What will we evaluate?
  • When will the evaluation be completed?
  • How will we evaluate it?
  • Who will perform the evaluation?

Component 7: Assessing Learning before Training

  • Workplace observation
  • Objectives assessment
  • Pre-assignments and pre-tests

Component 8: Assessing Learning during Training

  • Reviewing learning objectives
  • Performing hip-pocket assessments
  • Quizzes and tests
  • Skills assessments

Component 9: Assessing Learning after Training

  • Evaluation timelines
  • Learning journal
  • Setting objectives
  • Further methods of evaluation

Component 10: The Long-Term View

  • Making a long-term evaluation plan
  • Methods of evaluation
  • Documenting key learnings

Component 11: Calculating the Return on Investment (ROI)

  • A basic ROI formula
  • Identifying and measuring tangible benefits
  • Identifying and measuring intangible benefits
  • Calculating total costs
  • Making a business case

Component 12: Concluding

  • Words from the wise
  • Review of the Parking Area
  • Key learnings
  • Evaluations and completion of action plans

Frequently asked questions

How do you measure the results of training?

Set clear objectives and a baseline before the training. Test knowledge before and after the session, and check with supervisors whether delegates use the new skills at work. Then track the business measures the training was meant to improve and compare the benefits with the full cost of the training.

What are Kirkpatrick’s four levels of training evaluation?

Level 1 measures reactions, meaning how delegates rated the training. Level 2 measures learning, meaning the knowledge and skills gained. Level 3 measures behaviour, meaning whether delegates apply the learning at work. Level 4 measures results, meaning the effect on business outcomes such as quality, sales, service or safety.

How do you calculate the ROI of a training programme?

Subtract the total cost of the training from the monetary value of its benefits, divide the answer by the total cost and multiply by 100 to get a percentage. Include all costs, including delegates’ time away from work, and record intangible benefits separately in the business case.

When should training results be measured?

Measure at several points: a baseline before the training, learning checks during and straight after it, and follow-up on behaviour and business results a few weeks to a few months later. A written evaluation plan should state when each check happens and who is responsible for it.

Book or Request a Quote

BOTI runs this course in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue or live online, on dates that suit your team. Click below to book or request a quote:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Phone BOTI to Speak to a Consultant

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Or Email Us

[email protected]

To give your team a practical method for evaluating training and proving its value, book the Measuring Results from Training: Training Evaluation Course, a one-day programme. You can also request a quote for a group. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Managing Workplace Anxiety Training Course

Course Introduction: Managing Workplace Anxiety Training Course

The workplace is 1 of the leading locations where individuals experience stress as well as anxiety. Every worker will encounter it sometime during their particular profession. Everyone should be aware of the signs of anxiety as well as the tools needed to cope as well as deal with it.

Our Controlling Workplace Anxiety program supply your delegates the essential abilities as well as resources to understand as well as manage workplace anxiety. By identifying these symptoms as well as coping abilities staff members as well as managers will be better suited in Working with these common Circumstances. By Utilizing This particular program your delegates will be better suited to the Difficulties that the workplace can bring.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Managing Workplace Anxiety Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Managing Workplace Anxiety
For the Managing Workplace Anxiety Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English

Course Outline: Managing Workplace Anxiety Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives

Component 2: Common Kinds of Anxiety
• Social Anxiety
• Generalized Anxiety Disorder
• Panic Disorder
• Phobias
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Recognizing Symptoms in Others
• Avoiding Social Circumstances
• Difficulty in Accepting Negative suggestions
• Difficulty in concentrating on Tasks
• Irrational Fears
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Coping techniques (I)
• Keeping a Journal
• Power of Positive Thinking
• Have a “Me” Place You Can Go
• Establish Attainable Objectives
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Coping techniques (II)
• Talk With Friends as well as Family
• Get Enough Sleep
• Eating Well as well as Exercise
• Begin Small as well as Build Up to Larger Difficulties
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Do Not Avoid the scenario
• It Is OK to Make a Mistake
• Accept the scenario, as well as Move On
• Avoidance Can Cause a Cycle of Anxiety
• Identify the Trigger
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Differences in Anxiety as well as Normal Nervousness
• It Runs Along a Spectrum
• The Length of Time Symptoms Last
• Anxiety Can Happen Without a Cause
• It Is an Exaggeration of Normal Feelings
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Physical Symptoms
• Rapid Heartbeat
• Panic Attack
• Headache
• Trembling or Shaking
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: understand the Positive Aspects of Anxiety
• It Alerts Us to Danger
• Improves Self-Awareness
• Can Be a awesome Motivator
• Prevent Mistakes
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Common Anxiety Triggers
• Uncertainty or anxiety about the Unknown
• Holding in Feelings
• Public Speaking/Speaking Up
• Trying to Be Perfect
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: When to Seek Extra Help?
• Feeling Overwhelmed
• Physical Changes
• Unable to Work or Function
• Panic Attacks
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

Course duration and fees: Managing Workplace Anxiety Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Manager Management Training Course

Introduction: Manager Management Training Course

With This particular program you will be able to supply the abilities, guidance, as well as empowerment to your team of managers. They will then be better suited in leading as well as motivating their particular team as well as thus produce fantastic results. To be a successful manager means having a wide range of abilities. By Utilizing This particular program you will be able to disperse your understanding as well as experience throughout your leadership team.

Manager Management takes a special type of leader. This particular program will expand your participant’s understanding as well as supply a way for them to teach as well as lead brand new as well as experienced managers. As every manager knows that learning never stops, This particular program will have something for everyone.

 Manager Management Training Course
Manager Management Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Manager Management Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Manager Management
 

For the Manager Management Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Manager Management Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives

Component 2: Grooming a whole brand new Manager
• Set particular Objectives
• Authority (Exactly What They Can as well as cannot Do)
• Create a Shared Vision
• The More they Learn, the More Responsibility They Get
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Measuring Performance
• Staying Within their particular Budget
• Setting Measurable Objectives
• Skip Level suggestions
• work together on Criteria to be Evaluated
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Motivating Managers
• supply the Needed Resources
• Bonuses as well as Incentives
• Give Credit for Good Work
• Keep Them Challenged
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Signs of Poor Management
• Missed Deadlines
• Team Turnover
• Losing Customers
• Little or No Growth
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Trust Your Team of Managers
• Do Not Micromanage
• Promote Open as well as Honest Communication
• Reward Initiative
• Trust, But Verify
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: When an worker Complains about their particular Manager
• Keep the Information Confidential
• Gather Information from Both Sides
• Coach or Delegate the Solution
• Follow-up with the Manager or worker
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Coaching as well as Mentoring (I)
• Writing Performance Reviews
• supply Clear as well as Timely suggestions
• Praise in Public, Criticize in Private
• Make Sure Your Door is Always Open
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Coaching as well as Mentoring (II)
• Offer Advice, Not the Solution
• Create a Supportive Environment
• Generating Ownership
• 360 Degree suggestions
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: When Do You Step In?
• Unsafe or Dangerous Events
• Legal Ramifications
• Severe Financial Costs
• Repeated Failures after Coaching Has Occurred
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Remember These Basic Qualities
• Express Confidence in their particular Abilities
• Practice Exactly What you Preach
• Have an Open Door
• their particular achievements is Your achievements
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Manager Management Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course –

Introduction: Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course

6 Sigma is a data-driven approach for eliminating defects as well as waste in any business process. You can compare 6 Sigma with turning your water faucet as well as experiencing the flow of clean, clear water. Reliable systems are in place to purify, treat, as well as pressure the water By Utilizing the faucet. That is Exactly What 6 Sigma does to business: it treats the processes in business so that they deliver their particular intended result.

Our Lean Process as well as 6 Sigma program supply an introduction to This particular way of thinking that has changed so numerous corporations in the world. This particular program will supply delegates an overview of the 6 Sigma methodology, as well as A number of the tools required to deploy 6 Sigma in their particular own businesses.

 Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course
Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Lean Process And Six Sigma
 

For the Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives

Component 2: Comprehending Lean
• About 6 Sigma
• About Lean
• History behind Lean
• Toyota Production Systems
• The Toyota Precepts

Component 3: Liker’s Toyota Way
• Philosophy
• Process
• individuals as well as Partners
• Solving Problems

Component 4: The TPS House
• The Objectives of TPS
• The First Pillar: Just In Time (JIT)
• The Second Pillar: Jidoka (Error-Free Production)
• Kaizen (Continuous improvement)
• The Foundation of the House

Component 5: The 5 Principles of Lean Business
• Value
• Value Stream
• Flow
• Pull
• Seek Perfection

Component 6: The First Improvement Concept (Value)
• Basic Characteristics
• Satisfiers
• Delighters
• Applying the Kano Model

Component 7: The Second Improvement Concept (Waste)
• Muda
• Mura
• Muri
• The brand new Wastes

Component 8: The Third Improvement Concept (Variation)
• Common Cause
• Special Cause
• Tampering
• Structural

Component 9: The Fourth Improvement Concept (Complexity)
• Exactly What is complexity?
• Exactly What causes complexity?
• How to Simplify?

Component 10: The Fifth Improvement Concept (Continuous improvement)
• The PDSA Cycle (Plan, Do, Study, Act)
• The DMAIC Method

Component 11: The Improvement Toolkit
• Gemba
• Genchi Genbutsu
• Womack’s Principle
• Kaizen
• A Roadmap for implementation

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans
”

 

 

Course duration and fees: Lean Process And Six Sigma Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Job Search Skills Training Course

Introduction: Job Search Skills Training Course

Searching for a job can be daunting. How do you realize Exactly What job you’re best suited for? How do you build a winning resume as well as cover letter? Where can you find job leads? How do you network without feeling nervous? Exactly What happens when you land an interview? as well as most importantly, where do you find help when you need it?

The Job Search abilities program will supply you the answers to all these Queries, plus a plan to get you to brand new job within a month. After completing This particular program, you’ll be much more than ready to start your search for your perfect job. Identifying the purpose for working as well as the assessment of abilities can help determine the Kinds of jobs your delegates should utilize for.

 Job Search Skills Training Course
Job Search Skills Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Job Search Skills Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Job Search Skills
 

For the Job Search Skills Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Job Search Skills Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives

Component 2: Ready, Set, Go!
• Identifying Your Values as well as Purpose
• Assessing Your abilities
• Setting SMART Objectives
• Generating a Resource System
• A 30-Day Plan

Component 3: Generating Your Resume
• Basic Resume Formats
• Chronological Style Resume
• Combination Style Resume
• Essential Information to Include
• Working with Awkward Points
• Checklist to achieve your Objectives

Component 4: Polishing Your Resume
• Creating an Attractive Package
• About Branding
• Some Extra Touches
• Checklist to achieve your Objectives

Component 5: Writing a Cover Letter
• Kinds of Cover Letters
• First contact cover letter
• Targeted cover letter
• Recommendation Cover Letter
• Making A Template
• Customizing the Template
• Checklist achievements

Component 6: Making A Portfolio
• When Do I Need a Portfolio?
• Kinds of Portfolios
• Working Portfolio
• Display Portfolio
• Assessment Portfolio
• Essential Elements
• Checklist achievements

Component 7: Networking abilities
• Exactly What is Networking?
• Getting a Conversation Started
• Creating an Effective Introduction
• But I’m So Nervous!
• Exactly What Not to Talk About
Concluding• Concluding as well as Moving On

Component 8: abilities achievements
• Being Organized
• Becoming a Punctual Person
• I Can Do This particular!
• essential Etiquette Points

Component 9: Where to Look?
• The Obvious Places
• The Hidden Job Market
• About Cold Calling
• The Power of Networking

Component 10: Comprehending the Interview
• Kinds of Interviews
• Exactly What to Expect
• About Behavioral Queries
• About understanding Queries

Component 11: Interview abilities
• Dressing achievements
• The definition of Colors
• Interpreting Common Dress Codes
• Deciding Exactly What to Wear
• Answering Queries
• Asking Queries
• Following Up

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings

 

 

Course duration and fees: Job Search Skills Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course

Introduction: Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course

Marketing has changed dramatically over the last decade. Marketing is all about communicating, as well as the Internet has completely changed the way individuals communicate. The Internet is a marketer’s dream come true, especially with Social Media, as you have a low cost marketing tool that can reach a large audience.

Internet Marketing Fundamentals supply your delegates with a awesome set of abilities to market your business online. Content is the king of Internet marketing, as well as your delegates will need to understand how to utilize your awesome content. If you want your business to grow then your delegates need to understand Internet Marketing Fundamentals.

 Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course
Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Internet Marketing Fundamentals
 

For the Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives
• Pre-Assignment
• activity Plans as well as Evaluations

Component 2: SWOT Analysis in Marketing
• Strength
• Weaknesses
• Opportunities
• Threats
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Marketing Research
• Consume All Media
• Finding the Right Price
• Product Development as well as Improvement
• Identify Your Target Audience
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Real Time Marketing
• Dynamic Content
• Engagement Builds Followers
• Constant Readiness as well as Monitoring
• The Time the Place as well as the Media
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Brand Management
• Every Interaction Counts
• Consistent By Utilizing all Media
• distinctive Qualities
• Needs to be Actively handled
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Social Media (I)
• You are Generating a Community
• A Personal Touch
• Brand Champions
• Make it Easy to Share
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: SEO Basics
• Relevant as well as Original Content
• Keywords
• Value Proposition
• Linking
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Social Media (II)
• Content is King
• Blog as well as Interact
• Webinars
• Constant Monitoring
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Website Characteristics
• SEO Optimization
• Landing Page
• Analytics
• Mobile as well as Tablet Friendly
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Capturing Leads
• Lead Management as well as Generation
• Give Something Away
• Quality vs. Quantity
• Capture Repeat Customers
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Campaign Characteristics
• Tailored for Your Audience
• utilize Powerful Words
• The 4 W’s of a Campaign
• Monitor as well as Tweak
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Internet Marketing Fundamentals Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI sales, marketing and customer care courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Increasing Your Happiness Training Course

Introduction: Increasing Your Happiness Training Course

Increasing one’s happiness can be done by utilizing the power of positive thinking. This is what this particular workshop focusses on to teach your delegates how to be happier. Happiness will spread throughout your business, as well as have a positive influence on everyone.

With the help of our Increasing Your Happiness program your delegates will engage in distinctive as well as helpful means to increase their particular happiness. This will have a robust influence on their professional and personal lives, improve communication abilities, increase productivity, and lesson absenteeism.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Increasing Your Happiness Training Course

For the Increasing Your Happiness Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English

Course Outline

Increasing Your Happiness Training Course

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• Pre-Assignment Assessment
• program Objectives
• The Parking Area
• activity Plan

Component 2: Plan Ahead For Happiness
• Have A Nightly Routine
• Get At Least 8 Hours Of Sleep
• Wake Up Early
• Give Yourself Extra Commute Time
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Plan Your Day
• Arrive 10-15 Minutes Early
• Check Your Calendar For activity Items
• Create A to-do List For The Day
• Build In Breaks
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Relate To Others
• Greet Your Colleagues
• Smile!
• Build Your Support Team as well as Check In Regularly
• Take Time To Socialize
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Go To Your Happy (Work)Space
• Create A Workplace That Makes You Happy
• Clear The Clutter
• Bring In Personal Touches
• Add Some Green!
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Accentuate The Positive
• utilize A Daily Affirmation
• Surround Yourself With Positive individuals
• Limit Your Negative Interactions
• Build Friendships
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: utilize Your Benefits
• utilize Your Vacation as well as Paid Time Off!
• Exercise Your Way To Happy!
• worker Assistance Programs
• Other Benefits – Credit Union, Direct Deposit, Etc.
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Take Control Of Your profession Happiness
• Take Control Of Your Professional Development
• Seek Frequent suggestions
• Practice Professional Courage
• Seek Mentoring, as well as Seek To Mentor Others
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Set Boundaries
• Learn To Say Yes
• Learn To Say No
• Protect Your Downtime
• Know When To Call It A Day
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Practice Positivity
• Keep Your Interactions Positive
• Address Conflict Or Misunderstandings Directly as well as Positively
• Look For The Silver Lining
• Practice Gratitude
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Choose To Be Happy
• Happiness Is A Choice
• Choose Your Stress Response
• Do 1 Thing Each Day That You Love as well as appreciate
• Seek To Make Positive Changes
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment Of The Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Further reading
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

Course duration and fees

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Human Resource Management Training Course

Human resources courses give HR officers, line managers and supervisors the practical skills to recruit well, manage performance, handle discipline fairly and apply South African labour law correctly. BOTI runs short, practical HR training for teams and individuals, and you can compare every option in our human resources, labour and employment equity courses. For people new to the HR function, the one-day Human Resource Management Course is the usual starting point.

Which human resources course do you need?

HR work covers a wide range of tasks, and few people need all of them at once. The quickest way to choose is to start from the job in front of you. Think about the decision you have to make, the process you have to run or the risk you have to manage. Then pick the course that deals with it. Most of BOTI’s HR courses run for one to three days, so a team can build skills one area at a time without long periods away from work.

HR fundamentals for new HR staff and line managers

If you have just moved into an HR role, or you manage people and need to understand what HR expects of you, begin with the one-day Human Resource Management Course. It gives an overview of the HR function and how its parts fit together. For a deeper programme that combines HR practice with labour relations, look at Effectively Manage Human Resources & Labour Relations (3 days).

Recruitment and selection

Poor hiring decisions are expensive and hard to undo. The Employee Recruitment and Selection Course is a one-day course for HR staff and managers who write job requirements, shortlist candidates and sit on interview panels. It helps them run a structured, consistent process.

Labour relations, discipline and grievances

Much of the risk in HR sits in discipline, dismissals and disputes. The Labour Relations Act, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act and the Employment Equity Act shape how these matters must be handled. Labour Relations and Labour Law Fundamentals is a three-day course that covers this legal background. The Chairing Disciplinary Hearings Course is aimed at managers and HR practitioners who run hearings and need to follow a fair procedure.

Performance management and employment equity

Clear goals, regular feedback and fair reviews keep teams productive and reduce disputes later. The one-day Performance Management Course helps managers set expectations and hold useful performance conversations. Organisations that must plan and report on employment equity can add Employment Equity Fundamentals Training, a two-day course.

Skills development and HR technology

Many HR departments also manage the organisation’s training plan and its links with the SETA. The Skills Development Facilitator (SDF) Training Course is a three-day course for people who take on that role. For HR teams that want to use AI tools for everyday work such as drafting, summarising and reporting, there is AI for HR Professionals, a one-day course.

What good HR training should change at work

A human resources course is worth the time only if delegates do something differently afterwards. When you plan HR training for a team, agree beforehand what success looks like. Useful outcomes include:

  • recruitment that follows the same steps for every candidate, with decisions recorded and explained;
  • managers who give feedback early, keep records and deal with poor performance before it becomes a disciplinary matter;
  • disciplinary hearings and grievance processes that follow a fair procedure and stand up if they are challenged;
  • HR policies that people understand and apply in the same way across departments;
  • a training plan linked to real skills gaps, rather than a list of courses chosen at the end of the year.

Tell BOTI which of these matters most to your organisation and we will recommend the course or combination of courses that fits.

HR, the skills levy and the workplace skills plan

HR teams are often responsible for the paperwork behind skills development, so it helps to know how the system works.

  • The levy: employers pay a Skills Development Levy of 1% of the leviable amount, which is total remuneration.[1] Employers whose leviable amount over the next 12 months will not exceed R500,000 are exempt.[1]
  • The mandatory grant: to claim it, employers submit a Workplace Skills Plan (WSP) and Annual Training Report (ATR) to their SETA by 30 April.[2] The grant pays back 20% of the levies paid, but only when the submission is on time and levy payments are up to date.[2]

A clear training plan built around real skills gaps makes the WSP easier to prepare and the ATR easier to report. If you would like help matching your HR team’s training needs to specific courses, ask BOTI to help you plan it.

Human resource management classes: in-house, at our venue or online

BOTI’s human resource management classes run in three formats:

  • In-house at your premises: suits a group from one organisation who want to discuss their own policies and cases in private.
  • At BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg: useful when delegates need time away from daily interruptions.
  • Live online: works for teams spread across sites or provinces.

The facilitator works through practical exercises and examples, so delegates can apply the skills when they return to work. To discuss dates, group size or format, request a quote.

Upcoming Public Courses

Use the listings below to see dates for related public courses, where scheduled:

Frequently asked questions

What do human resources courses cover?

They cover the core HR tasks: recruitment and selection, performance management, discipline and grievances, employment equity, skills development and the labour law that governs each of them. BOTI offers short courses in each of these areas, from a one-day introduction to three-day programmes on labour relations and disciplinary hearings.

Are BOTI’s human resource management classes accredited?

No. The Human Resource Management Course and the HR short courses in this category are practical professional skills programmes, not accredited qualifications. Delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance when they complete the course.

Can BOTI run HR training in-house for our team?

Yes. BOTI can run its HR courses for a group at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Ask BOTI whether the examples and exercises can be adapted to your own policies and workplace situations.

Which HR course should a new HR officer or manager start with?

Start with the one-day Human Resource Management Course for an overview of the HR function. Then add the course that matches the work in front of you, such as recruitment and selection, labour relations and labour law, or chairing disciplinary hearings.

To build your HR team’s skills, start with the Human Resource Management Course (1 day) and add the specialist courses your work calls for. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected].

Sources

  1. Skills Development Levy – South African Revenue Service (SARS), 2026.
  2. Mandatory Grants – Health and Welfare SETA (HWSETA), 2026.

Hiring Strategies Training Course

Introduction: Hiring Strategies Training Course

Successful companies are comprised of awesome staff members, so why not hire awesome staff members? Hiring as well as training staff members is an expensive venture. Hiring the right person is more about abilities as well as abilities; it is about finding the right combination of abilities, attitude, as well as fit for your business culture.

Hiring techniques will save your business time as well as money as you will be recruiting as well as hiring the right candidates. Your hiring department will benefit from This particular program as it prepares them to seek out that awesome candidate as well as make sure they are a fit for your business. Your delegates will obtain the necessary tools required in finding that diamond in the rough.

 Hiring Strategies Training Course
Hiring Strategies Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Hiring Strategies Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Hiring Strategies
 

For the Hiring Strategies Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Hiring Strategies Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives
• Pre-Assignment
• activity Plans as well as Evaluations

Component 2: Defining as well as Knowing the Position
• Know the Position
• Needs Analysis
• Job Analysis
• Task Analysis
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Hiring Strategy
• business Information
• Salary Range
• Top Performers
• Be Prepared
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Lure in awesome Candidates
• Advertise Where Candidates Visit
• formulate Corporate Citizenship
• Treat Your Candidates Well
• Look at the Competition
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Filtering Applicants to Interview
• Put Lots of Weight on Cover Letters
• Grading Resumes
• Internet Search
• Initial Phone Interview
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: The Interview (I)
• Introduce Everyone
• utilize a Panel
• Match the Interview to the Job
• Kinds of Queries
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: The Interview (II)
• Tell Me About My business
• Distractions
• Interview More Than Once
• Wrap Up
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Selection Process (I)
• Testing
• Look for Passion as well as Enthusiasm
• Background Checks
• Trust Your Instincts
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Selection Process (II)
• Keep Non-Hires on File
• Have a Consensus
• Education Level Vs. Experience
• Checking References
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Making an Offer
• Do it Quickly
• Employment Details
• Notify Rejected Candidates
• Be Creative
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Onboarding
• Training as well as Orientation
• 30 60 90 Day Reviews
• Mentoring
• Make Them Feel Welcome
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans
”

 

 

Course duration and fees: Hiring Strategies Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI strategy, risk, governance and compliance courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Generation Gaps Training Course

Generation Gaps Training Course

Introduction: Generation Gaps Training Course

While having various cultures in one workplace can present communication problems as well as conflicts, the benefits of such a variety in the workplace outweigh it. The workplace can present Difficulties to management in terms of handling the different generations present. As older workers delay retiring as well as younger workers are entering the workforce, the work environment has become a patchwork of varying perspectives as well as experiences, all important to say the least.

The Generation Gaps program can help delegates understand the various generations present at work. Both the young as well as older worker will have ideas as well as suggestions to offer, which can help the business thrive in the marketplace. Learning how to deal with the Generation Gaps at work can help you become a better manager or co-worker.

 

 Generation Gaps Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Generation Gaps Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Generation Gaps
For the Generation Gaps Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English

Outline: Generation Gaps Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives

Component 2: History
• Exactly What Generations Exist in the Workplace
• Exactly What Defines a Generation?
• Exactly What This particular Means In Our Workplace?

Component 3: Traditionalist
• their particular Background
• their particular Characters
• their particular Working Style

Component 4: Baby Boomers
• their particular Background
• their particular Characters
• their particular Working Style

Component 5: Generation X’s
• their particular Background
• their particular Characters
• their particular Working Style

Component 6: Generation Y’s (Millennial)
• their particular Background
• their particular Characters
• their particular Working Style

Component 7: Differentiations Between Generations
• Background
• Attitude
• Working Style
• Life Experience

Component 8: Finding Common Ground
• implementing A Communication Style
• Creating An Affinity Group
• Sharing understanding

Component 9: Conflict Management (I)
• Younger Bosses Controlling Older Workers
• Avoid Turnover with a Retention Plan
• Breaking Down the Stereotypes

Component 10: Conflict Management (II)
• Embrace the Hot Zone
• Treat Each Other As a Peer
• Create a Succession Plan

Component 11: The Power of 4
• Benefits of Generation Gaps
• How to Learn From Each Other
• Embracing the Unfamiliar

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Generation Gaps Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Digital Citizenship Training Course

Introduction: Digital Citizenship Training Course

With Our Digital Citizenship program will supply your delegates the guidance needed in the ever changing digital world. As our lives are lived more as well as more online we all need to translate our social abilities into the virtual world.

Digital Citizenship allows us to connect, work together, as well as share by Utilizing technology appropriately. In person meetings are on the decline which makes it necessary to engage individuals digitally. Being a good digital citizen means you have a set of abilities to work in the digital world.

 Digital Citizenship Training Course
Digital Citizenship Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Digital Citizenship Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Digital Citizenship
 

For the Digital Citizenship Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Digital Citizenship Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• Pre-Assignment Assessment
• Parking Area
• program Objectives
• activity Plans

Component 2: Exactly What Is Digital Citizenship?
• Exactly What is Digital
• Engaging with other people
• It’s a Moving Target
• Belonging to a Community
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Being a Good Citizen
• Build it Up
• Real World Influences
• Utilizing Technology Appropriately
• The Golden Rule
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Best methods for Sharing
• Digital Footprints
• Personal as well as Work Lives
• Stop as well as Think Before You Post
• Do Not Overshare
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Networking as well as Personal Branding (I)
• Personal Branding
• Be Yourself ( online as well as off)
• Social Networking
• If you Share it, Expect Everyone to See It
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Networking as well as Personal Branding (II)
• Introduce Colleagues
• Volunteer to Help Others
• Blog
• Guard Your Reputation
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Digital Security as well as Safety (I)
• Do Not Trust Anyone You Do Not Know
• Enable 2-Step Verifications
• Public Wi-Fi
• Public Computers
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Digital Security as well as Safety (II)
• Email as well as Attachments
• Password Rules
• Back Up your Files
• Update Your Software
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Working With The Dark Side
• See it, Report it
• Bullying as well as Harassment
• Trolling
• Shared Something You Shouldn’t Have?
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Digital Etiquette (I)
• Respect and as well as Tone
• Keep Private Messages Private
• Speak Up, Not Out
• Topics To Avoid
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Digital Etiquette (II)
• Information Processing
• Permission to Share
• Educate Yourself
• Internet Boldness
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans
he help of our Developing Creativity program your delegates will be taught how to Eliminate barriers that block or limit their particular creativity. They will improve their particular imagination, divergent thinking, as well as mental flexibility. delegates will be taught mind mapping, individual brainstorming, as well as when to understand as well as look for Exactly What inspires them to be much more creative.
 

 

Course duration and fees: Digital Citizenship Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Course Schedule

Book Now!

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Employee Recognition Programmes: A Practical Guide for Managers

Employee recognition programmes are planned ways of noticing and rewarding the behaviour you want more of at work, such as safe working, good attendance, long service, strong results and help given to colleagues. A recognition programme that works needs a clear purpose, a modest budget, managers who take part, and regular renewal so it does not go stale. BOTI’s leadership and people management courses help managers and HR teams build these habits into everyday supervision.

Introduction: Employee Recognition Training Course

Recognising staff through well-designed recognition programmes is a sound investment. Most people want their effort to be noticed, and praise and recognition are part of a healthy workplace where people want to stay and do good work.

Recognition does not have to be expensive. Many of the most effective forms, such as a specific thank-you, a mention in a team meeting or a written note, cost little or nothing. Organisations usually introduce recognition programmes to support productivity, loyalty, attendance and safe behaviour. The results depend on how well the programme is designed and how consistently managers use it.

BOTI does not run a standalone Employee Recognition course. The closest BOTI course is the Employee Motivation Course, a one-day programme for managers and supervisors. This guide sets out the main elements of a recognition programme so you can plan your own.

 

 Employee Recognition Training Course. Making A Culture Of Recognition training, Maintaining worker Recognition Programs training, Designing worker Recognition Programs training and The numerous Kinds Of Recognition Programs training.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Employee Recognition Training Course

No prior experience is needed to apply the ideas in this guide or to attend the Employee Motivation Course. Training is presented in English. It is most useful for line managers, supervisors, team leaders and HR practitioners who are responsible for staff engagement.

Recognition as part of your employee training programmes

Recognition and skill development training work best together. Employee training programmes build the skills people need, and recognition tells them which behaviours and results the organisation values. When a team member completes training and then applies the new skill, noticing it publicly reinforces the learning and shows others what good looks like.

For this reason, many organisations include recognition in their manager development rather than treating it as an HR event once a year. Managers who know how to give specific, timely feedback can recognise good work daily, and the formal programme supports that habit. Related BOTI courses include Performance Management, Monitoring Individual Performance to Create High-Functioning Teams and Coaching and Mentoring. For a wider view of workplace learning, see BOTI’s guide to staff training and development.

Outline: Employee Recognition Training Course

The topics below form a practical framework for designing and running an employee recognition programme.

1. The different kinds of recognition programmes

  • Safety incentives that recognise safe behaviour and incident-free periods
  • Years of service
  • Productivity and results
  • Attendance and wellness incentives

2. Designing employee recognition programmes

  • Purpose: decide which behaviours or results the programme should encourage
  • Budget: set a realistic amount and decide how it will be shared
  • Keep it simple: clear rules that everyone can explain
  • Employee involvement: ask staff what kind of recognition they value

3. Getting the word out about your programme

  • Use clear, attractive designs for notices and certificates
  • Use notice boards and shared spaces
  • Use internal social channels and team messaging
  • Make it easy to nominate colleagues from a phone

4. It starts from the top

  • Identify the behaviours you want to see more of
  • Link recognition to the objectives of the business
  • Set guidelines so recognition is fair and consistent
  • Give managers simple go-to formats for recognising staff

5. Creating a culture of recognition

  • Keep staff informed about the programme and its results
  • Encourage peer-to-peer recognition
  • Build camaraderie within and across teams
  • Keep it enjoyable so people want to take part

6. Recognition that costs little or nothing

  • Highlight individuals and teams in staff meetings
  • Put your appreciation in writing
  • Display achievements where others can see them
  • Make the work environment more comfortable

7. A small gesture goes a long way

  • Celebrate milestones as a team
  • Reward with small, thoughtful gifts
  • Give time off or a well-earned break
  • Turn recognition into a friendly game or challenge

8. Rolling out the red carpet

  • Hold an awards ceremony
  • Offer larger prizes for major achievements
  • Consider leave or travel rewards where policy allows
  • Link recognition to development and career advancement

9. The don’ts of employee recognition

  • Do not let formal recognition replace the informal, everyday kind
  • Do not let the programme become stale
  • Do not let it become a popularity contest
  • Make sure the reward actually motivates the people receiving it

10. Maintaining employee recognition programmes

  • Rotate the people on the recognition committee
  • Explain the programme in new employee orientation
  • Keep promoting it throughout the year
  • Hold annual awards to mark the year’s highlights

Course duration and format: Employee Recognition Training Course

BOTI’s Employee Motivation Course runs over one day and focuses on practical application, so managers can return to work with ideas they can use with their teams straight away. It can be run for a single team in-house or attended at BOTI’s venue or live online. If you are planning training for a group of managers, you can request a quote and ask BOTI to help you choose the right combination of courses.

Leadership and Supervisory Skills

For team-focused training, see Build Winning Teams to Achieve Company Objectives.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, BOTI runs the Employee Motivation Course in-house, at its venue or online. Click on the link to request a proposal or book:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Read more: Business etiquette training: how to conduct yourself in the company of others. You may also find BOTI’s article on employee motivation training useful.

Frequently asked questions

What are employee recognition programs?

Employee recognition programmes are structured ways of noticing and rewarding the behaviours and results an organisation values, such as safe working, good attendance, long service, strong performance and help given to colleagues. They combine everyday informal recognition from managers and peers with formal elements such as awards.

How do you design an employee recognition programme?

Start with a clear purpose and decide which behaviours you want to encourage. Set a realistic budget, keep the rules simple, involve employees in choosing rewards, and give managers easy ways to recognise good work. Review the programme regularly so it stays fair and does not become stale.

Does BOTI run an employee recognition training course?

BOTI does not run a standalone employee recognition course. The closest BOTI course is the one-day Employee Motivation Course, and related courses include Performance Management, Coaching and Mentoring, and Build Winning Teams to Achieve Company Objectives.

How does recognition fit into employee training programmes?

Training builds skills, and recognition reinforces them. When managers notice and acknowledge staff who apply what they have learned, it shows the team which behaviours matter and supports lasting change after skill development training.

To help your managers motivate and recognise their teams, book the Employee Motivation Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Employee Onboarding Training Course

Employee onboarding training shows HR teams and managers how to plan an induction and the first months of a new job, so that new staff become productive quickly and stay. BOTI’s one-day Employee Onboarding Course covers induction, role clarity, mentoring, check-ins and onboarding plans – see all BOTI human resources courses.

What employee onboarding is

Onboarding is the process of bringing a new employee into the organisation so that they understand their job, the people they work with and how things are done, and become productive quickly. Induction is usually the first part: the paperwork, policies, safety briefings and introductions of the first days. Good onboarding continues for the first months.

What a good onboarding programme includes

  • Before day one: a workspace, equipment and system access ready, and a clear first-week plan sent to the new employee.
  • Induction: the organisation’s purpose, structure, key policies, health and safety rules and employment conditions.
  • Role clarity: the job description, goals for the first 30, 60 and 90 days, and how performance will be measured.
  • Relationships: a manager who meets the new employee regularly and a buddy or mentor for everyday questions.
  • Training: the skills and systems the role needs, planned rather than left to chance.
  • Check-ins and feedback: regular conversations in the first months to solve problems early.

Why onboarding matters

New employees who are left to work things out on their own take longer to become productive and are more likely to leave early. A structured onboarding programme gives every newcomer the same information, shows that the organisation values them, and lets managers spot problems before they grow.

Who should attend

BOTI’s Employee Onboarding Course suits HR practitioners, line managers and supervisors who welcome new staff, and anyone who designs or runs induction programmes. For onboarding younger employees, see the Millennial Onboarding Course (1 day); for keeping staff engaged after their first months, the Employee Motivation Course (1 day).

Course duration

The course runs over one day, in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online, with practical exercises so that delegates leave with a draft onboarding plan.

Request a quote

Frequently asked questions

What is the difference between onboarding and induction?

Induction is the first part of onboarding: the paperwork, policies, safety briefings and introductions in the first days. Onboarding is the wider process that continues for the first months, until the new employee is fully productive.

What should an onboarding programme include?

A good programme prepares the workspace and system access before day one, covers induction, clarifies the role and early goals, assigns a mentor or buddy, plans the training the role needs, and includes regular check-ins.

How long should onboarding last?

Induction usually takes a few days, but onboarding should continue for the first three months or longer, with planned check-ins along the way.

Who should attend onboarding training?

HR practitioners, line managers and supervisors who welcome new staff, and anyone who designs or runs induction programmes.

Book BOTI’s Employee Onboarding Course (1 day) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Developing New Managers Training Course

Introduction: Developing New Managers Training Course

 Developing New Managers Training Course
Developing New Managers Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Developing New Managers Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Developing New Managers
 

For the Developing New Managers Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Developing New Managers Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
“Children have an innate creative Skill when they are born, but for some reason adults can lose it along the way. Your delegates will move out of the mundane, be much more curious, engage, as well as explore brand new ideas. understand creativity as well as be ready when it happens.

With the help of our Developing Creativity program your delegates will be taught how to Eliminate barriers that block or limit their particular creativity. They will improve their particular imagination, divergent thinking, as well as mental flexibility. delegates will be taught mind mapping, individual brainstorming, as well as when to understand as well as look for Exactly What inspires them to be much more creative.

BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• program Objectives
• activity Plans as well as Evaluations

Component 2: Exactly What is Creativity?
• Divergent Thinking
• Solving Problems
• Imagination as well as Inspiration
• Something Out of Nothing
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Getting Inspired
• Introspection
• Read More
• Removing the Mental Block
• Art Inspires Art
• Training Example
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Beating Procrastination
• Get Rid Of Clutter
• Self-Imposed Limitations
• Build on Small achievements
• Do Not Start at the Beginning
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Enhancing Your Creative Mind Set (I)
• Open Mind
• Do Not Judge
• Positive Mind Set
• Ask Why?
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Enhancing Your Creative Mind Set (II)
• Keep a Journal
• Make Associations
• Creative Confidence
• Question Assumptions
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Curiosity
• Spark Your Curiosity
• Curiosity is the Engine of Creativity
• Engage
• Ask Open Ended Queries
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Take Risks
• Fake It ‘til You Make It
• Scared to Fail?
• Be Confident
• Afraid To Be Judged
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Think Like a Child
• Daydream
• Be Curious
• Play Games
• Experiment
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Environmental Factors
• Work Area
• further Environments
• Get Enough Sleep
• Variables
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Individual Brainstorming
• Produce A Lot of Ideas
• Mind Mapping
• Visualization
• Organize as well as Bring the Ideas Together
• Training Example
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Developing New Managers Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 




Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Developing Creativity Training Course

Introduction: Developing Creativity Training Course

 Developing Creativity Training Course
Developing Creativity Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Developing Creativity Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Developing Creativity
 

For the Developing Creativity Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Developing Creativity Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
“Children have an innate creative Skill when they are born, but for some reason adults can lose it along the way. Your delegates will move out of the mundane, be much more curious, engage, as well as explore brand new ideas. understand creativity as well as be ready when it happens.
 

 

Course duration and fees: Developing Creativity Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Developing Corporate Behavior Training Course

Developing corporate behaviour means building a workplace where people act on shared values: they communicate respectfully, keep commitments and handle disagreement constructively. BOTI’s two-day Developing Corporate Behaviour and Workplace Civility course helps teams agree on standards and put them into practice – see all BOTI workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

What corporate behaviour means

Corporate behaviour is the way people in an organisation treat each other, customers and the organisation itself: how they communicate, keep commitments, follow policies and handle disagreement. When it reflects clear values and ethics, teams trust each other, work together better and have fewer incidents of conflict or misconduct.

What workplace civility looks like

  • Respectful language in person, in meetings and in emails and chats.
  • Punctuality and keeping promises.
  • Listening without interrupting, and disagreeing without personal attacks.
  • Including colleagues and respecting differences.
  • Following the organisation’s code of conduct and policies.
  • Taking responsibility for mistakes.

How to develop positive corporate behaviour

  1. Agree on the values and standards you expect, and write them down.
  2. Have leaders model the behaviour consistently.
  3. Train staff on the standards and on the skills behind them, such as communication and conflict handling.
  4. Recognise good behaviour, and deal with incivility early, fairly and privately.
  5. Review progress regularly using incident records and staff feedback.

Course duration

BOTI’s Developing Corporate Behaviour and Workplace Civility course runs over two days, in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Related courses include Business Ethics Training (1 day) and Business Etiquette Training (1 day).

 

Request a quote

Frequently asked questions

What is corporate behaviour?

Corporate behaviour is the way people in an organisation treat each other, customers and the organisation: how they communicate, keep commitments, follow policies and handle disagreement.

What is workplace civility?

Workplace civility is respectful, courteous behaviour at work, such as polite language, punctuality, listening without interrupting and disagreeing without personal attacks.

How should managers deal with incivility?

Address it early, privately and fairly: describe the behaviour and its effect, refer to the agreed standards, and agree on what will change.

How long is BOTI’s corporate behaviour course?

Developing Corporate Behaviour and Workplace Civility runs over two days.

Book BOTI’s Developing Corporate Behaviour and Workplace Civility (2 days) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

How to Run a Lunch and Learn Training Session at Work

A lunch and learn is a short, informal training session held over the lunch break. A colleague or guest shares a skill, demonstrates a new product or process, or refreshes earlier training while people eat. To plan one that staff actually attend, choose a narrow practical topic, keep it within the lunch hour, send an agenda in advance and follow up with a short handout. For the facilitation skills behind a good session, see BOTI’s train-the-trainer and facilitation courses.

Introduction: Developing a Lunch and Learn Training Session

Hosting a lunch and learn session is a low-cost training option. It works well for introducing a topic or giving a short demonstration of a new product or service. Attendance is usually voluntary, so turnout can be a problem. The planning steps below help you deal with that and with the other common problems.

A lunch and learn gives your training function a quick, useful tool. You can also use it as a follow-up or refresher to earlier training. It does not have to be only a learning event. It can also include collaboration, networking and sharing good practice between staff members. People are generally happy to learn something useful over a meal, and that is what makes the format work.

 Developing a Lunch and Learn Training Course
Developing a Lunch and Learn Training Course

 

Does BOTI run a Lunch and Learn training course?

BOTI does not run a dedicated Lunch and Learn course. The skills you need to plan and present a short session are covered in these BOTI courses:

Recommended prior experience and knowledge

You do not need formal training experience to host a lunch and learn. You need to know your topic, be comfortable speaking to a small group and be willing to plan ahead. The guide below is written in English for team leaders, HR and L&D staff, and subject specialists who have been asked to share what they know.

Outline: Developing a Lunch and Learn Session

Use these twelve components as a planning checklist for your session.

Component 1: Starting out

  • Session objectives: write down the one or two things people should be able to do afterwards.
  • Housekeeping and administration: book the room, send the invitation and confirm numbers for catering.
  • The parking area: keep a flip chart or shared note for off-topic questions, so you can answer them later.
  • Action plans and evaluations: decide now how you will ask for feedback at the end.

Component 2: The preparation

  • Choosing the location: pick a room near people’s desks with space to eat and see the screen.
  • Setting up the location: test the projector, sound and seating before the day.
  • Practice: rehearse the session at least once and time it.
  • Focus group: try the content on two or three colleagues and adjust it.

Component 3: Creating the content (I)

  • Hands-on works well: short demonstrations and practice beat long slide decks.
  • Picking the right topic: choose something practical that people can use the same week.
  • Keep it informal: a conversation suits a lunch hour better than a lecture.
  • Stay focused: cover one topic well rather than several topics briefly.

Component 4: Creating the content (II)

  • Check it thoroughly: proofread slides and test every demonstration.
  • Tailor the presentation: use examples from your own organisation.
  • Make it interactive: add a quick question, poll or short exercise every ten minutes or so.
  • Back it up: keep a copy offline and a printed version in case of a network failure or a power outage.

Component 5: During the session

  • Ground rules: agree on phones, questions and time at the start.
  • Adjusting on the fly: if the group already knows a section, move on.
  • Parking area: capture off-topic questions without losing time.
  • Quick opening: start on time with a short hook, not a long introduction.

Component 6: Food and facilities

  • Providing food: decide whether the organisation supplies lunch or people bring their own.
  • Eat during or after: light food that can be eaten quietly works during the talk. Otherwise, start eating first and present afterwards.
  • Clean-up and tear-down: arrange who clears the room so the next booking is not delayed.
  • People bringing their own: if lunch is not provided, say so clearly in the invitation.

Component 7: Take-away material

  • Quizzes or self-tests: a few questions help people check what they remember.
  • Handouts: one page with the key steps is enough.
  • Session notes: share notes and any recording on your intranet or team channel.
  • Reference material: link to the policy, manual or system guide the session covered.

Component 8: Challenging circumstances or people

  • Disruptions: agree on how to handle late arrivals and phone calls.
  • Senior management buy-in: ask a manager to introduce the series or attend the first session.
  • People not participating: invite input with direct, easy questions and small-group tasks.
  • Food issues: ask about dietary needs in advance, including halal, kosher, vegetarian and allergies.

Component 9: What a lunch and learn is not

  • Not for heavy or serious topics: disciplinary matters, restructuring news or complex compliance training need a proper session.
  • Not a replacement for structured training: use it to introduce a topic or reinforce one.
  • Not just a free lunch: every session needs a clear learning point.
  • Not required training: keep attendance voluntary, or schedule a formal session instead.

Component 10: Good practice (I)

  • Use your star staff members: people who do the work well often explain it well.
  • Provide an agenda ahead of time: people attend when they know what they will gain.
  • Get feedback and adjust: ask what to keep and what to change.
  • Keep the session casual and relaxed.

Component 11: Good practice (II)

  • Use it as a refresher after formal training.
  • Hold an occasional management question-and-answer session.
  • Build in networking time between departments.
  • Put it on a regular schedule, for example the same day each month.

Component 12: Concluding

  • Closing words: end with one clear takeaway.
  • Key learnings: ask two or three people what they will apply.
  • Evaluations and action plans: collect feedback while people are still in the room.
  • Review the parking area: answer or follow up on every parked question.

How long should a lunch and learn take?

Most lunch and learn sessions fit inside a normal lunch break. Allow time for people to collect food, about half an hour of content and discussion, and a few minutes for questions and feedback. If a topic needs more time, split it into a short series or move it into a formal training session.

Sessions also work online. Share the agenda in the meeting invitation, keep slides simple, use the chat and polls for interaction, and record the session for people who could not join.

Frequently asked questions

What is a lunch and learn training session?

It is a short, informal training session held during the lunch break, where a colleague or guest shares a practical skill, demonstrates a product or process, or refreshes earlier training while people eat.

How long should a lunch and learn be?

Keep it within a normal lunch break. Allow time to collect food, about half an hour of content and discussion, and a few minutes for questions and feedback.

Can a lunch and learn run online?

Yes. Run it on your usual video platform, send the agenda with the invitation, use chat and polls for interaction, and share the recording and notes afterwards.

What topics work for a lunch and learn?

Practical, narrow topics work well, such as a new system feature, a time-saving shortcut, a process change or a quick refresher on earlier training. Avoid heavy or sensitive topics.

Does BOTI offer a lunch and learn training course?

BOTI does not run a dedicated Lunch and Learn course. The Facilitation Skills Training Course and the Train the Trainer Essentials Course cover the skills needed to plan and present short, interactive sessions.

Book or request a quote

BOTI runs its facilitation and train-the-trainer courses for teams at your offices, online or at BOTI’s venue. Use the button to book or ask for a proposal:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

To build the skills to plan and run engaging lunch and learn sessions, book the Facilitation Skills Training Course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

How to Deliver Constructive Criticism at Work

Constructive criticism is feedback that helps someone improve: it names a specific behaviour, explains its effect and agrees a way forward, without attacking the person. This guide covers when to give it, how to prepare, what to say and what to avoid – see BOTI’s leadership and management courses.

Related: Cursos de Formação em Moçambique: Formação em Português para Equipas.

Related: A good ice breaker could do wonders.

When to give constructive criticism

Give feedback when a problem repeats, when a company policy has been broken, or when informal hints have not worked. Do it soon after the event, while the details are fresh, but not in the heat of the moment.

Prepare before the conversation

  • Gather the facts: what happened, when, and what effect it had.
  • Keep written records of earlier incidents and conversations.
  • Plan what you want to change and what support you can offer.
  • Practise your tone so that you sound calm and constructive, not angry.

Choose the right time and place

Criticise in private and praise in public. Speak face to face where you can, choose a time when neither of you is rushed, and leave your ego at the door: the aim is better work, not winning an argument.

During the conversation

  • Describe the specific behaviour and its effect, not the person’s character.
  • Ask the employee for their own view of what happened before you give yours.
  • Listen actively, check that you have understood each other, and watch body language.
  • Agree on SMART objectives: specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  • Keep emotions in check; if the conversation becomes heated, choose your words carefully, stay on the topic and avoid ‘you’ statements that sound like blame.

Some managers use the feedback sandwich: praise, criticism, praise. Use it with care, because if the praise feels forced, people stop trusting it. Being specific and fair matters more than the formula.

What not to do

  • Attack, blame or talk down to the person.
  • Become emotional or raise your voice.
  • Give vague criticism with no example and no way forward.
  • Do all the talking without giving the employee a chance to respond.

After the conversation

Confirm the agreed actions in writing, set a follow-up meeting and provide any support or resources you promised. At the follow-up, measure the results against the objectives. If there is no improvement, decide on the next step, for example a formal performance process, and keep the focus on the future.

Related training at BOTI

BOTI no longer runs a separate Delivering Constructive Criticism course. The closest courses are Coaching and Mentoring Course (2 days) and Performance Management Course (1 day).

 

Request a quote

Frequently asked questions

How do you give constructive criticism?

Prepare the facts, speak privately and face to face, describe the specific behaviour and its effect, ask for the other person’s view, agree on clear objectives and follow up to check progress.

When should you give constructive criticism?

Give it soon after the event, when a problem repeats, when a policy has been broken or when informal hints have not worked, but not in the heat of the moment.

What is the feedback sandwich?

The feedback sandwich places criticism between two pieces of praise. It can soften the message, but forced praise undermines trust, so specific and fair feedback matters more.

What should you avoid when giving criticism?

Avoid attacking or blaming the person, becoming emotional, being vague, and talking without letting the other person respond.

Build feedback and coaching skills with BOTI’s Coaching and Mentoring Course (2 days) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Creating a Great Webinar Training Course

Introduction: Creating a Great Webinar Training Course

Webinars are an awesome inexpensive way to achieve a large number of individuals. Webinars are awesome tools if you want to market brand new or improved product, train staff members, demonstrate a whole brand new task, or have a meeting with staff members located throughout the globe. Being an interactive form of media, Webinars provides an awesome environment for these activities as well as so much more.

Making an awesome Webinar is all about providing an awesome interaction between the presenter as well as the audience. Your delegates will formulate the abilities needed to promote, host, or facilitate an awesome Webinar for your business. Sharing your passion as well as understanding with a Webinar is the best way to achieve numerous with the power of 1.

 

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Creating a Great Webinar Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Creating a Great Webinar
For the Creating a Great Webinar Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English

Outline: Creating a Great Webinar Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• Activity Plans as well as Evaluations
• Program Objectives

Component 2: Exactly What Can a Webinar Do?
• Information Sharing
• Marketing to Prospective Customers
• Demonstrations as well as Presentations
• Training Example
• Training or Teaching
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Successful Webinar Criteria
• Passion as well as Enthusiasm
• Value
• Training Example
• Knowing Your Target Audience
• Grab as well as Keep Attention
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Find the Right Format
• Pre-Recorded
• Training Example
• Tailor It to Your Audience
• The Live Webinar
• 2 Person Team
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Marketing as well as Social Media
• Email Marketing
• Hash tags
• Blog Posts as well as White Papers
• Offer an Exclusive Deal
• Training Example
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Drive up Registration
• Avoiding SPAM Filter
• Solicit Queries
• The Registration Page
• A awesome Title
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Leading up to Your Webinar
• Test Your Technology
• Reminder Emails
• Insert Solicited Queries
• Practice as well as Rehearse
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Presentation Tips
Do Not• Strong Visuals
• Script It
• demonstrate, Do Not Tell
• Sharing Your Desktop
• Training Example
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Interacting With Your Audience
• Answer Solicited Queries
• Activities
• Polling as well as Surveys
• Q&A Session
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Mistakes to Avoid
• Audience Not Participating?
• Technical Issues
• Ignoring Your Audience
• Training Example
• Timing
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Post Event
• Contact No Shows
• Call to activity
• Follow up Email
• Training Example
• Make it Easy to Share
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Key Learnings

 

Course duration and fees: Creating a Great Webinar Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Collaborative Business Writing Training Course

Introduction: Collaborative Business Writing Training Course

Writing as well as communication abilities have degraded with more as well as more individuals communicating By Utilizing email as well as instant messaging. Developing writing abilities is still essential in the business enterprise world as is creating proper documents (such as proposals, reports, as well as agendas) giving you that extra advantage in the workplace?

The Collaborative Business Writing program will supply your delegates the understanding as well as abilities to work together with other people as well as create that essential document. Your delegates will touch on the Kinds of collaboration, as well as Means to improve them By Utilizing certain tools as well as processes. These basic abilities supply your delegates with that extra benefit in the business enterprise world that many individuals are losing.

VideoWatch on YouTube
 Collaborative Business Writing Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Collaborative Business Writing Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Collaborative Business Writing
For the Collaborative Business Writing Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English

Outline: Collaborative Business Writing Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• The Parking Area
• Activity Plan
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• Pre-Assignment Assessment
• Program Objectives

Component 2: Exactly what is Collaborative Business Writing?
• Clarifying the Objective
• Collaborative Writing Patterns
• Practical Writing Approaches
• Collaborative Writing techniques
• Training Example
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Kinds of Collaborative Business Writing
• Integrating Construction
• Training Example
• Parallel Construction – ‘cut as well as paste’
• Parallel Construction – ‘puzzle’
• Sequential Summative Construction
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Collaborative Team Members
• Team Leader Selection
• Characteristics of Team Members
• Chief Editor Designation
• Means to Build Collaborative Writing Team
• Training Example
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Collaborative Tools as well as Processes
• Outlines as well as Storyboards
• Collaborative Revision
• Training Example
• Collaborative Team Cohesion
• Collaborative Planning
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: Setting Style Guidelines
• Consistent Spelling of widely used Words
• Voice as well as Person
• Format
• Numbers as Words or Figures
• Training Example
• Component 6: Assessment Queries

Component 7: Barriers to Successful Collaborative Writing
• Hoarding
• understanding Transfer
• Innovation
• Search
• Training Example
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Overcoming Collaborative Writing Barriers
• Practicing T-shaped Management
• Implementing Enablers
• Assessing the Culture as well as Areas for Improvement
• Training Example
• Generating Network of Alliances
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Styles of Working with Conflict
• Pay Attention to the Interests which are Being Presented
• Pay Attention First, Talk Second
• Ensure that Good Relationships are the First Priority
• Keep individuals as well as Problems Separate
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries

Component 10: Tips for Successful Business Writing Collaboration
• Determine Purpose
• Assign Writing Tasks as well as Associated Duties
• Training Example
• Formulate Outline as well as Organizational Format
• Selection of Team Leader
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: Examples of Collaborative Business Writing
• Writing Emails
• Writing Training Manuals
• Training Example
• Writing business Handbooks
• Writing Reports
Concluding• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Further reading
• Wise Men’s words
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans
”
• Assessment of the Parking Area

Course duration and fees: Collaborative Business Writing Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI communication and business writing courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Coaching And Mentoring Training Course

Introduction: Coaching And Mentoring Training Course

You are in your workplace looking over your performance report as well as it happened again. Your low performing worker failed to meet quota this particular month even after you spoke with them about The Significance of meeting Objectives. This particular worker has an awesome attitude as well as you realize they can do better. You just Do Not understand how to inspire them to achieve the goal. Money used to work, but that has worn off. You are baffled as well as you realize being frustrated makes matters worse. Exactly what do you do?

The Coaching as well as Mentoring focuses on how to better coach your staff members to higher performance. Coaching is a process of relationship generating as well as setting Objectives. How well you coach is related directly to how well you are able to foster an awesome working relationship with your staff members By Utilizing Comprehending them as well as strategic Setting Objectives.

 

 Coaching And Mentoring Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Coaching And Mentoring Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Coaching And Mentoring
For the Coaching And Mentoring Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

Outline: Coaching And Mentoring Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Activities to break the ice
• The Parking Area
• Program Objectives
• Housekeeping matters and administration

Component 2: Defining Coaching as well as Mentoring
• Exactly what is coaching?
• Introducing the GROW Model

• Exactly what is Mentoring?

Component 3: Setting Objectives
• Identifying Appropriate Goal Areas
• Setting SMART Objectives
• Objectives in the context of GROW

Component 4: Comprehending the Reality
• Identifying Hurdles
• Exploring the Past
• Getting a Picture of Where You Are

Component 5: Developing Options
• Choosing Your Final Approach
• Structuring a Plan
• Identifying Paths

Component 6: Wrapping it All Up
• Getting Motivated
• Identifying the First Step
• Creating the Final Plan

Component 7: The Significance of Trust

• Exactly what is Trust?
• Generating Trust
• Trust as well as Coaching

Component 8: Providing suggestions
• Encouraging Growth as well as Development
• The suggestions Sandwich
• Providing useful Criticism

Component 9: Overcoming Roadblocks
• Common Hurdles

• Re-Evaluating Objectives
• concentrating on Progress

Component 10: Reaching the End
• Wrapping it All Up
• How to Know When You’ve Achieved achievements
• Transitioning the Coached

Component 11: How Mentoring Differs from Coaching
• Adapting the GROW Model for Mentoring
• The Basic Differences
• Blending the 2 Models
• concentrating on the Relationship

Component 12: Concluding
• Key Learnings
• Wise Men’s words
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

 

 

Course duration and fees: Coaching And Mentoring Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please contact BOTI for information around costing

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Change Management Training Course

BOTI’s change management training is a practical one-day course for managers and team leaders who must plan a change, win support for it and help people adjust. It is a professional skills course, not a formal change management certification: delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. If you are comparing change management courses in South Africa, start with BOTI’s leadership and management training courses, and read on for the accredited management route.

Deal Effectively with Change with our Change Management Training Course

Change is constant at work. Technology, processes, structures, people and methods keep shifting, and each shift changes how teams do their daily tasks. When a change is planned and communicated well, people adapt faster and the organisation keeps performing during the transition. This course gives your delegates the skills to manage that process.

The programme gives leaders tools to put changes in place more efficiently and to have those changes accepted. It also shows every delegate how change is introduced in an organisation and how to manage their own reactions to it.

Who should attend

The course suits:

  • Managers, supervisors and team leaders who must introduce a new system, structure, process or policy
  • Project team members who carry the people side of a project
  • HR and training staff who support staff through restructuring or new ways of working
  • Employees who want to handle change at work with less stress

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Change Management Training Course

No prior training in change management is needed. It helps if delegates bring a real change they face at work, such as a system roll-out, a merger of teams or a new reporting line. The exercises can then be applied directly to it.

What you will be able to do after the course

  • Prepare a change strategy and pull together the right team to drive it
  • Explain the change in terms of “what is in it for me” so that staff buy in
  • Recognise how individuals process change and respond to their concerns
  • Handle pushback, delegate tasks and keep communication open while the change is under way
  • Gather feedback, evaluate progress and adapt the plan
  • Use Appreciative Inquiry to build on what already works
  • Build resilience and flexibility in yourself and your team

Outline: Change Management Training Course

BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• The Parking Area
• Activities to break the ice
• Program Objectives
• Housekeeping matters and administration

Component 2: Preparing for Change
• Defining Your Strategy
• Building the Team

Component 3: Identifying the WIIFM
• Generating Support
• What’s in It for Me?

Component 4: Understanding Change on an Individual Level
• Processing
• Clearing
• Programming

Component 5: Leading and Managing the Change
• Delegating
• Coping with Pushback
• Preparing and Planning
• Keeping the Lines of Communication Open

Component 6: Gaining Support
• Gathering Data
• Evaluating and Adapting
• Addressing Concerns and Issues

Component 7: Making it all Worthwhile
• Sharing the Results and Benefits
• Leading Status Meetings
• Celebrating achievements

Component 8: Using Appreciative Inquiry
• Examples and Case Studies
• The 4 Stages
• The Purpose of Appreciative Inquiry

Component 9: Bringing People to Your Side
• Bringing it All Together
• A Dash of Emotion
• Plenty of Facts

Component 10: Building Resilience
• 5 Easy Steps for the Leader and the Individual
• What is Resilience?
• Why is it essential?

Component 11: Building Flexibility
• 5 Easy Steps for the Leader and the Individual
• What is Flexibility?
• Why is it essential?

Component 12: Concluding
• Key Learnings
• Words of Wisdom
• Review of the Parking Area
• Evaluations and Completion of Action Plans

For teams that want more depth on the Appreciative Inquiry method, BOTI also runs a separate Appreciative Inquiry Course.

Course duration and format: Change Management Training Course

This is a one-day course. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn to their own workplace and leave with an action plan. Organisations that want more practice time can book the 3-day Change Management: Formulate Recommendations for a Change Process (3 days). For group bookings you can request a quote.

Change management certification in South Africa: what to expect

People searching for a “change management certification” usually want one of two things: practical skills they can use on a current change, or a formal credential for their CV. BOTI’s change management course delivers the first. It is a short professional skills course, and the certificate is a BOTI certificate of attendance. It does not carry NQF credits.

If you need a formal, registered management qualification, BOTI offers the National Certificate: Generic Management (NQF Level 5), SAQA ID 59201. This is a legacy Services SETA qualification. Under the final transitional arrangements, new learners may enrol until 30 June 2028 and must complete it by 30 June 2031[1][2]. You can see BOTI’s other formal options on the accredited courses page.

For background on why change efforts succeed or stall, read change management for leaders and how important change management training really is.

Frequently asked questions

Is there a change management certification in South Africa?

BOTI’s change management course is a short professional skills course, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance rather than a formal certification. If you need a registered qualification, BOTI offers the National Certificate: Generic Management (NQF Level 5) as an accredited management route.

How long is BOTI’s change management course?

The standard course runs for one day. There is also a 3-day version, Change Management: Formulate Recommendations for a Change Process, for teams that want more practice time.

Who should attend a change management course?

Managers, supervisors, team leaders, project team members and HR staff who must introduce or support a change at work. Employees who want to cope better with change also benefit.

Can the change management training run online or in-house?

Yes. BOTI runs the course in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

As well as the related public courses, we run this course for organisations across South Africa. Click on the link to get a proposal or book your course:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us Now

[email protected]

Ready to help your team lead change with confidence? Book Change Management: Formulate Recommendations for a Change Process (1 day). Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Sources

  1. National Certificate: Generic Management (SAQA ID 59201) – South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), 2026.
  2. Directive on the implementation of transitional arrangements for pre-2009 qualifications (Government Gazette 54858) – Minister of Higher Education and Training, 17 June 2026.

Call Centre Training Course for Beginners

Call centre training for beginners teaches new agents how to plan a call, listen properly, keep control of the conversation, handle difficult callers and close politely. No call centre experience is needed. BOTI runs this training in-house, at its Sunningdale venue in Johannesburg or live online, and it sits with our other sales, marketing and customer care courses.

Related: Sales Skills Training for Reps.

Related: Call Centre Training.

Call Center Training Course: Confident Phone Skills for Your Team

Telephone skills are among the most useful skills an employee can have. Call centre training gives delegates practical techniques that make them more confident on the phone. That confidence helps them sell, win new customers and keep the clients you already have. A confident agent is usually a more settled one, and settled agents give customers a better experience.

Call Center Training Program Outline; Call Center Course; Call Centre Training Courses Cape Town, Johannesburg-throughout South Africa
Improve Competitiveness with a Slick Call Centre

 

Well-trained agents can also help lower costs. People who know what they are doing on the phone tend to stay longer, which can reduce staff turnover. Delegates learn habits that improve productivity and call quality, and that lifts the mood of the whole team. The course also shows team leaders how to use call metrics and coaching, so agents keep improving after the training.

 

 Call Center Training Training Course

 

Call Center Training for Beginners: What New Agents Learn

The course is built for people who are new to phone-based work, and for experienced agents who never had formal training. By the end, delegates should be able to:

  • prepare for a call with a clear call strategy and a goal for each conversation;
  • build rapport quickly and speak clearly, with the right tone of voice;
  • listen properly, ask open and closed questions, and redirect a call that drifts off track;
  • use a sales or service script as a guide without sounding scripted;
  • handle challenging customers calmly and get past gatekeepers on outbound calls;
  • recognise when to close a call or a sale, and follow up to keep the relationship going;
  • track their own performance against benchmark metrics and set SMART objectives.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Call Center Training Course

No prior experience or knowledge is needed. The course is presented in English.

It suits new call centre and contact centre agents, receptionists and switchboard staff, telesales and inside sales teams, and customer service staff who spend much of their day on the phone. Team leaders who coach agents also find the benchmarking and objective-setting components useful.

Outline: Call Center Training Course

BOTI’s programme outline:

Component 1: Starting Out

  • Housekeeping and administration
  • The Parking Lot
  • Icebreaker activities
  • Programme objectives

Component 2: The Basics (I)

  • Establishing a call strategy
  • Defining buying motives
  • Prospecting
  • Qualifying
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 3: The Basics (II)

  • Controlling the call
  • Getting past the gatekeeper
  • Reporting
  • Challenging customers
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 4: Phone Etiquette

  • Building rapport
  • Preparation
  • Effective listening
  • Speaking clearly: tone of voice
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 5: Tools

  • Using sales scripts
  • Self-assessments
  • The sales dashboard
  • Making the script your own
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 6: Speaking Like a STAR

  • S = Situation
  • T = Task
  • A = Action
  • R = Result
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 7: Types of Questions

  • Open questions
  • Closed questions
  • Multiple-choice redirection
  • Positive redirection
  • Negative redirection
  • Ignorant redirection
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 8: Benchmarking

  • Performance breakdown
  • Benchmark metrics
  • Benefits
  • Implementing improvements
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 9: Setting Objectives

  • SMART objectives
  • The importance of objectives
  • Staying committed
  • Overcoming limitations
  • Motivation
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 10: Essential Steps

  • Six success factors
  • The power of telephone persuasion
  • Telephone selling techniques
  • Staying customer-focused
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 11: Closing

  • Knowing when it is time to close
  • Closing techniques
  • After the sale
  • Maintaining the relationship
  • Practical example
  • Review questions

Component 12: Wrapping Up

  • Words from the wise
  • Review of the Parking Lot
  • Action plans and evaluations

Call Centre Courses Online, In-house or at the Venue

You can choose how your team trains:

  • In-house: the facilitator comes to your premises. This works well when a whole team of agents needs the same training and you want examples taken from your own calls and scripts.
  • At BOTI’s venue: delegates attend at BOTI’s training venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, away from the phones and daily interruptions.
  • Live online: a facilitator runs the session in real time over video. This suits teams spread across offices or working from home. Agents still practise calls through role-plays.

Whichever format you choose, the course is practical. Delegates spend much of the time on role-played calls, feedback and short review questions, not on theory.

Certificates and Free Call Centre Courses

People often search for “certified call centre training” or a free online call centre course with a certificate. BOTI’s call centre training is a paid professional course, not a free online course. Delegates who complete it receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. It is a practical skills course, not a professional certification or a qualification.

If your organisation needs a formal, credit-bearing route for its staff, ask BOTI about the accredited programmes available and whether they fit your team.

Related Courses for Call Centre and Customer Service Teams

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on a link below for related public courses:


Frequently asked questions

What does call center training for beginners cover?

It covers planning a call, building rapport, effective listening, tone of voice, types of questions, using scripts, handling challenging customers, getting past gatekeepers, benchmarking performance, setting SMART objectives and closing a call or sale politely.

Do I need call centre experience before the course?

No. The course is designed for beginners and needs no prior experience or knowledge. It is presented in English.

Can I do call centre courses online?

Yes. BOTI runs call centre training live online with a facilitator, as well as in-house at your premises and at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

Is there a free online call center training course with a certificate?

BOTI’s call centre training is a paid professional course, not a free online course. Delegates who complete it receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

How much does a call center training course cost?

BOTI quotes according to the number of delegates and the format you choose: in-house, at the venue or live online. Contact BOTI on 011 882 8853 or [email protected] for a quote.

Book Now or Request a Quote

BOTI can tailor the course to your team’s calls, scripts and targets. Use the button below to book, or request a quote for an in-house or online group.

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Ready to train your team? Book the Call Centre and Customer Service Training course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Business Writing Training Course –

Introduction: Business Writing Training Course

Writing is Essential method of communication for most individuals, as well as It Is 1 that numerous individuals struggle with. Writing as well as communication abilities have degraded with more as well as more individuals communicating By Utilizing email as well as text messaging. Developing writing abilities is still essential is the business enterprise world as creating proper documents (such as proposals, reports, as well as agendas), giving you that extra advantage in the workplace.

The business enterprise Writing program will supply your delegates a refresher on basic writing principles (such as spelling, grammar, as well as punctuation), as well as an overview of the most common business documents. These basic abilities supply your delegates with that extra benefit in the business enterprise world that many individuals are losing.

VideoWatch on YouTube
 Business Writing Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Business Writing Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Business Writing
For the Business Writing Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English

Outline: Business Writing Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• The Parking Area
• Program Objectives
• Activities to break the ice

Component 2: Working with Words
• Spelling
• Making a Cheat Sheet
• Grammar

Component 3: Constructing Sentences
• Parts of a Sentence
• Kinds of Sentences
• Punctuation

Component 4: Creating Paragraphs
• The Basic Parts
• Business Methods

Component 5: Writing Meeting Agendas
• Choosing a Format
• The Basic Structure
• Writing the Agenda

Component 6: Writing E-mails
• Grammar as well as Acronyms
• Addressing Your Message

Component 7: Writing Business Letters
• Choosing a Format
• The Basic Structure
• Writing the Letter

Component 8: Writing Proposals
• Choosing a Format
• The Basic Structure
• Writing the Proposal

Component 9: Writing Reports
• Choosing a Format
• The Basic Structure
• Writing the Report

Component 10: Other Kinds of Documents
• Projections
• Requests for Proposals
• Business Cases
• Executive Summaries

Component 11: Proofreading as well as Finishing
• A Proofreading Primer
• How Peer Assessment Can Help
• Printing as well as Publishing
Concluding

Component 12: Concluding
• Assessment of Parking Area
• Wise Men’s words
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans

Course duration and fees: Business Writing Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI communication and business writing courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Being A Likeable Boss Training Course

Introduction: Being A Likeable Boss Training Course

Being more likeable is a quality everyone can increase as well as improve. Being likeable as well as a figure of authority is where some difficult conflicts can happen. With This particular program your delegates will understand these potential aspects of conflict as well as formulate the abilities as well as understanding to conquer them.

Our Being a Likeable Boss program will demonstrate that honesty as well as trust will be your participant’s greatest tools in cultivating a better relationship with their particular staff members. Trusting your team by steering clear of micromanagement, Utilizing delegation, as well as accepting suggestions will put your delegates on the right path to be a far more likeable boss.

 Being A Likeable Boss Training Course
Being A Likeable Boss Training Course

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Being A Likeable Boss Training Course

This course will assist delegates in understanding: Being A Likeable Boss
 

For the Being A Likeable Boss Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None, course conducted in English
 

 

Outline: Being A Likeable Boss Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
BOTI’s Program Outline

Component 1: Starting Out
• Housekeeping matters and administration
• Activity Plan
• The Parking Area
• Pre-Assignment Assessment
• Program Objectives

Component 2: Is it Better to be Loved or Feared?
• The Case for Love
• The Case for Fear
• The Middle Ground
• Training Example
• The Case against Both
• Component 2: Assessment Queries

Component 3: Leadership as Service
• Top down Hierarchies
• The Bottom-Up Perspective
• Know your staff members
• Training Example
• Genuine Empathy as well as the Power to Lead
• Component 3: Assessment Queries

Component 4: Leadership by Design
• Begin with the End in Mind
• Objectives
• Mission Statement
• Training Example
• Values
• Component 4: Assessment Queries

Component 5: Comprehending Motivation
• Dramatis
• Training Example
• Guilt as well as Redemption
• Identification
• The Pentad
• Component 5: Assessment Queries

Component 6: useful Criticism
• Exactly what are Your Intentions?
• Training Example
• Suggestions Sandwich
• Following Up versus Badgering
• Component 6: Assessment Queries
• A Positive Vision of achievements

Component 7: The Significance of Tone
• Parent vs. Adult
• Putting Out a Fire
• Lighting a Fire
• Training Example
• Changing the Script
• Component 7: Assessment Queries

Component 8: Trusting Your Team
• Celebrating achievements
• Delegation as well as Anxiety
• Training Example
• Aces in their particular Places
• Dangers of Micromanaging
• Component 8: Assessment Queries

Component 9: Earning Your Team’s Trust
• Honesty
• Openness
• Availability
• Training Example
• Component 9: Assessment Queries
• Consistency

Component 10: Generating as well as Reinforcing Your Team
• Exactly What to Avoid
• Identify Team Strengths as well as Weaknesses
• Design Exercises with particular Objectives
• Identify Team Roles
• Training Example
• Component 10: Assessment Queries

Component 11: You are the Boss of You
• Exactly What Kind of Person Would You Follow?
• Self-Improvement
• Keeping Your Balance
Concluding• Training Example
• Self-Awareness
• Component 11: Assessment Queries

Component 12: Concluding
• Wise Men’s words
• Further reading
• Key Learnings
• Evaluations as well as Completion Of activity Plans
• Assessment of the Parking Area

 

 

Course duration and fees: Being A Likeable Boss Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 




Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

10 Soft Skills You Need Workshop

Soft skills training teaches the people skills that make work run smoothly: communicating clearly, working in a team, solving problems, managing time and handling feedback. BOTI’s one-day 10 Soft Skills You Need workshop covers these skills in a practical, South African workplace setting. It sits in our workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

10 Soft Skills You Need Workshop

Technical knowledge gets people hired. Soft skills largely decide how well they work with colleagues, customers and managers once they are in the job. This workshop is for teams and individuals who want to strengthen those everyday skills and use them straight away.

The Challenge: Defining Soft Skills

Soft skills can be hard to define. They may be the personal quality that helps someone communicate well, or the calm self-assurance a person shows in a difficult situation. Unlike a software skill, they are not tied to one tool or task. They show up in every meeting, email, phone call and deadline.

Many workplace problems come down to soft skills rather than technical ability. Examples include missed handovers, unclear instructions, friction in a team and poor reactions to feedback. The good news is that these skills can be learned and practised like any other.

What are soft skills?

Soft skills are the personal and interpersonal habits that shape how you work with others and manage yourself. Hard skills are specific and measurable, such as using Excel, operating equipment or preparing a budget. Soft skills are broader and transferable: they move with you from one role, team or industry to the next.

Employers value them because they affect productivity, customer experience and team morale. A capable specialist who cannot explain their work, accept feedback or meet deadlines will struggle to progress, however strong their technical knowledge.

Course Objectives: 10 Soft Skills You Need Workshop

By the end of the workshop, delegates will be able to:

  • Explain why soft skills matter for success at work
  • Describe the core soft skills everyone at work needs
  • Use soft skills to connect more effectively with colleagues
  • Apply soft skills to communicate, solve problems and resolve conflict
  • Apply soft skills to specific workplace situations

The Solution: Key Skills Covered

The workshop works through the following topics:

  • What are Soft Skills? An introduction to soft skills and why they matter.
  • Communication: listening actively, asking good questions and getting a message across clearly in person and in writing.
  • Teamwork: sharing responsibility, supporting colleagues and contributing to shared goals.
  • Problem-Solving: defining a problem, weighing options and choosing a practical way forward.
  • Time Management: setting priorities, planning the day and keeping commitments.
  • Attitude and Work Ethic: reliability, ownership and a constructive approach to the job.
  • Adaptability/Flexibility: responding calmly to change, new systems and shifting priorities.
  • Self-Confidence (Owning It): speaking up, making decisions and presenting yourself with assurance.
  • Ability to Learn from Criticism: receiving feedback without defensiveness and using it to improve.
  • Networking: building professional relationships inside and outside the organisation.
10 Soft Skills You Need Workshop
10 Soft Skills You Need Workshop

Course duration: 10 Soft Skills You Need Workshop

This is a one-day workshop. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn through discussion, examples and practical exercises based on real workplace situations. The aim is that they take new habits back to the office the next day.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge

None. The workshop suits new employees, graduates and interns. It also suits experienced staff who want a refresher, and team leaders who want a shared language for workplace behaviour across their team.

Who should attend soft skills training?

  • New starters and young professionals entering the workplace
  • Administrative, support and customer-facing staff
  • Technical specialists who work closely with colleagues and clients
  • Team leaders who want their team working from the same playbook
  • HR and L&D teams building induction or development programmes

Soft skills certificate

Delegates who complete the workshop receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. This shows the training they attended and can be added to a CV or a personal development record. It is a professional skills programme, not a formal qualification.

In-house, at our venue or online

Companies often book soft skills training for a whole team, so everyone builds the same habits at the same time. BOTI can run the workshop in-house at your premises, at our venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. For an in-house group, the examples can be adjusted to your industry and the situations your staff face. To discuss a group booking, request a quote.

Related soft skills courses

If your team needs to go deeper on one area, these courses build on the workshop:

For a wider view of team development options, see our corporate training programs and short courses.

Frequently asked questions

What is soft skills training?

Soft skills training develops the personal and interpersonal skills people use every day at work, such as communication, teamwork, problem-solving, time management, adaptability and handling feedback. BOTI’s 10 Soft Skills You Need workshop covers these in one practical day.

Do I get a soft skills certificate?

Yes. Delegates who complete the workshop receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. The course is a professional skills programme and is not an accredited qualification.

Is there a soft skills training course online?

Yes. BOTI runs the workshop live online with a facilitator, as well as in-house at your premises and at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

How long is the soft skills workshop?

The 10 Soft Skills You Need workshop runs for one day, and no prior experience is needed.

Book the 10 Soft Skills You Need workshop

To build these skills in your team, book the 10 Soft Skills You Need workshop. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Speak to a BOTI Consultant

Tel: 011 882 8853

Fill in the Form

Email Us

[email protected]

Microsoft Project Server Configuration Training Course

Microsoft Project Server Configuration Training Course

The Challenge:
Ones company has recently acquired brand new computer software to be rolled out to a number of
individuals. You are placed at the front of creating and managing your own and others’
projects in Microsoft Project Server. You need to be familiar with the role concept and
the various reporting options and efficiently cooperate using Project Web application as well as
Project Sites. All of this seems a daunting task!

 

The Solution: MS Project Server Course (2010/2013)

With the MS Project Server Course (2010), one will familiarize yourself with the specialized
features of project and resource planning with Microsoft Project in a server-based enterprise setting.

One will be able to utilize MS Project Server, Project Professional, and Project Web
App to plan, manage, and assess tasks. With the expertise in best practices of our
skilled trainers, you will obtain valuable guidelines as well as suggestions for ones own
company-specific Project Management organization / PMO.

Microsoft Project Server Configuration. Project Professional training, Resource planning in Project Server training, Project implementation training and MS Project Server Course.
Microsoft Project Server Configuration

Outline:Microsoft Project Server Configuration

1. Product philosophy and architecture of Microsoft Project 2010

2. Role concept (managers, project managers, resource managers, and team members)

3. Project initiation with Project Professional and Web App (Project Start, Enterprise
Calendars,

4. Enterprise Global, Enterprise Templates, EPTs)

5. Planning options in Project Web App

6. Resource planning in Project Server (Enterprise Resources, Team Builder)

7. Project implementation (My Tasks, My Timesheets, Time Reporting methods, updating)

8. Project and resource evaluation in Web App (Project Center, Resource Center, Reports)

9. Project closure(project archiving)

10. Project Sites (documents, issues, risks)

11. Multi-project management (master/sub-projects, deliverables, , cross-project link5. Planning options in Project Web App

 

BOTI offers:  Project Professional training, Resource planning in Project Server training, Project implementation training and MS Project Server Course.

Course duration :Microsoft Project Server Configuration

Our four day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

 

BOTI offers:  Project Professional training, Resource planning in Project Server training, Project implementation training and MS Project Server Course

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Project Server Configuration Training Course

This exam validates the skills and knowledge necessary for effectively scheduling, communicating, collaborating on and delivering projects using Project Standard 2010 and Project Professional 2010. Candidates should know key project administration principles and terminology as related to scheduling

 

BOTI offers:  Project Professional training, Resource planning in Project Server training, Project implementation training and MS Project Server Course.

BOTI also offers: https://boti.co.za/project-management-training-course/ 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Kanban and lean six sigma

Kanban is a visual way to manage the flow of work: tasks move across a board, work in progress is limited, and bottlenecks become visible. In Lean Six Sigma, Kanban keeps work flowing while Six Sigma tools remove the causes of defects – see BOTI’s project management, agile and process improvement courses.

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

What Kanban is

Kanban is a visual method for managing the flow of work. It began in Japanese car manufacturing in the late 1940s, when engineers modelled production on the way supermarkets restock shelves: replace only what customers have taken, so that stock never piles up. Kanban cards signalled when more parts were needed, and the approach became the basis of just-in-time production. Today it is used in offices, software teams and service industries as well as factories.

How Kanban works

  • Visualise the work. A Kanban board shows each task as a card in columns such as To do, In progress and Done.
  • Limit work in progress. Each column has a maximum number of cards, so the team finishes work before starting more and multi-tasking is avoided.
  • Pull, do not push. New work is pulled in only when there is capacity.
  • Measure the flow. Cycle time – how long a task takes from start to finish – and cumulative flow diagrams show where work gets stuck.
  • Improve continuously. The team reviews the board regularly and removes bottlenecks.

Kanban also encourages overlapping skills, so that more than one person can do each type of work. That reduces bottlenecks, gives the team cover when someone is away, and makes the whole team responsible for keeping work moving.

Kanban in Lean Six Sigma

Kanban comes from Lean thinking, which focuses on flow and removing waste. Six Sigma focuses on reducing variation and defects through the DMAIC cycle: Define, Measure, Analyse, Improve and Control. In a Lean Six Sigma programme, Kanban keeps work flowing and makes problems visible, while Six Sigma tools find and fix their causes. Related Lean tools include kaizen (small, continuous improvements), the fishbone diagram for finding root causes, 5S workplace organisation, total quality management and overall equipment effectiveness (OEE).

Kanban and Lean Six Sigma courses at BOTI

BOTI’s Kanban Essentials Certified (KEC) Training (1 day) is a one-day introduction to the Kanban method. For Lean Six Sigma, start with the Lean Process and Six Sigma Training (2 days) or the Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training (4 days), which includes an international certification exam written online in class.

For information please refer to the lean six sigma course.

For a full list of courses see our soft skills and computer courses.

 

 

Request a quote

Frequently asked questions

What is Kanban in Lean Six Sigma?

Kanban is a Lean tool for visualising and limiting work in progress. In Lean Six Sigma it keeps work flowing and exposes bottlenecks, while Six Sigma’s DMAIC cycle finds and removes the causes of defects.

What is the difference between Kanban and Six Sigma?

Kanban manages the flow of work so that tasks move smoothly without piling up. Six Sigma uses data to reduce variation and defects in a process. The two are often used together.

What is a Kanban board?

A Kanban board shows each piece of work as a card in columns such as To do, In progress and Done, so that the whole team can see the status of every task.

What are WIP limits?

Work-in-progress limits cap the number of tasks allowed in each column of the board, so that the team finishes work before it starts more.

Book BOTI’s Lean Process and Six Sigma Training (2 days) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

How to write a report

To write a report, start by confirming who asked for it and what decision it must support. Then gather and check your facts, plan a simple structure (introduction, findings, conclusions and recommendations), write it in plain language and proofread it before you send it. If your team writes reports often, BOTI’s communication and business writing courses cover these skills in practice.

Related: Why you should invest in Knowledge Management – an organisation’s very own gold mine .

Related: Virtual learning when the power goes out.

How to write a report

Here are ten practical steps for writing a report at work. They apply to most business, project and management reports.

  1. Define the purpose first. Before you begin, decide what the report must achieve and who will read it. If you are unsure, go back to the person who asked for the report and clarify the brief, the deadline and the decision it should inform.
  2. Decide what facts you need and where to find them. A good report rests on reliable information, so list the facts the report must contain and the sources you will use to obtain them.
  3. Choose the format, length and tone. Decide on the layout, the expected length and the style. A short internal update reads differently from a formal report to a board. Write so that your intended reader can follow it easily.
  4. Keep the reader in mind. Consider the reader’s background, level of education, familiarity with the subject and knowledge of technical terms. If you must use specialised terms, explain them or add a glossary.
  5. Know the standard sections. Most reports have the following parts. Those marked with * can be left out of very short or simple reports:
    • Title or title page
    • Circulation list
    • Executive summary*
    • Table of contents*
    • Introduction
    • Body of the report (main section, with findings)
    • Conclusions
    • Recommendations
    • Appendices*
    • Bibliography or list of sources*
    • Glossary*
    • Index*
  6. Plan the general outline. Make quick notes on the topic and what each section will contain, using steps 1 to 4 as your guide. Write a working title early. It keeps you focused on the real issue while you research and write.
  7. Gather your information. Collect material from the sources you selected: documents, systems data, interviews with colleagues or specialists, site visits or surveys. You will often collect more than you need. Leave out anything that does not serve the report’s purpose so that it stays concise and clear.
  8. Understand the information before you write. Read and analyse what you have gathered. Make sure you can explain it in your own words, and present it logically and objectively.
  9. Place the information in a sensible sequence. Arrange your points under the headings from your outline. This gives you a working draft and a rough guide to the final length.
  10. Present the report neatly and check it. Check grammar, spelling and punctuation, and read the report two or three times to make sure it is clear to the reader. Make it easy on the eye with headings, numbered points and plenty of white space.

If you follow these steps, your reports will be clearer, quicker to write and easier for others to act on. You may even start to enjoy writing them.

How to write a report
How to write a report

How to start a report

The opening of a report tells the reader why they should keep reading. A strong start usually does three things in a few sentences:

  • States the purpose: for example, “This report reviews late deliveries in the Gauteng region and recommends ways to reduce them.”
  • Gives the background: who requested the report, the period it covers and any limits on its scope.
  • Previews the structure: a short line on how the report is organised, so that the reader knows where to find the findings and recommendations.

Many writers find it easier to write the introduction last, once they know exactly what the findings and recommendations are. A clear title and a one-line purpose statement written at the start will still keep the draft on track.

How to write a report to management

Managers and executives are usually short of time. A report to management should help them make a decision quickly:

  • Lead with an executive summary. In half a page or less, state the issue, the key findings and what you recommend.
  • Make recommendations specific. Say what should be done, by whom and by when, and what it will require.
  • Support claims with evidence. Use figures, examples and clear charts, and put detailed data in the appendices.
  • Show the options. Where there is more than one way forward, set out the options with their advantages, risks and costs.
  • Keep it brief. Use headings and short paragraphs, and cut anything that does not help the decision.

A simple report outline for work

For a routine report at work, such as a project update, an incident report or a monthly review, this outline is often enough:

  1. Title: what the report is about and the date.
  2. Purpose: one or two sentences on why the report was written.
  3. Background: the context the reader needs.
  4. Findings: what you discovered, grouped under clear headings.
  5. Conclusions: what the findings mean.
  6. Recommendations: the actions you propose.
  7. Attachments: supporting data, photographs or detailed tables.

If you need a report template that suits your organisation, ask BOTI to help you set one up as part of in-house training.

Common mistakes to avoid

  • Starting to write before the purpose and reader are clear.
  • Mixing findings with opinions, which makes the report seem less objective.
  • Burying the main point on page five instead of putting it in the summary.
  • Using jargon or abbreviations the reader may not know.
  • Sending the report without proofreading or checking figures.

For more on clear writing at work, see the Report Writing Course and read our guide on why business writing still matters.

Business writing courses at BOTI

If you found this guide on how to write a report useful, you may consider a course in business writing. Courses offered include:

For a full list of courses, see our soft skills courses and computer courses.

Frequently asked questions

How do you start a report?

Start with a short introduction that states the purpose of the report, gives the background the reader needs and explains how the report is organised. Many writers draft the introduction last, once the findings and recommendations are clear.

How do you write a report for work?

Confirm the purpose and the reader, gather and check your facts, and plan an outline with an introduction, findings, conclusions and recommendations. Then write in plain language with clear headings, and proofread before you send it.

How do you write a report to management?

Begin with a brief executive summary that states the issue, the key findings and your recommendation. Keep the body short, support each point with evidence, set out the options where relevant and make your recommendations specific about who should do what and by when.

What sections should a report include?

Most reports include a title page, an introduction, the body with findings, conclusions and recommendations. Longer reports may also need an executive summary, a table of contents, appendices, a list of sources, a glossary and an index.

Learn to write reports with BOTI

For hands-on practice in planning, structuring and writing reports that readers act on, book the Report Writing Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. To arrange a session for your team, request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Speak to BOTI

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Send us an enquiry

Email us

[email protected]

PC Training Courses: Computer Literacy and Typing

PC training: computer skills for work

PC training teaches people to use a computer confidently for everyday work: Windows, files and folders, email, the internet and the Microsoft Office programs. Almost every job now involves a computer, from capturing data and writing letters to joining online meetings, so basic computer skills matter for job-seekers and employees alike.

Related: MS Word for Beginners.

Related: MICT SETA: Learnerships, Bursaries and Grants.

This page explains why PC training matters for job-seekers and employers, which computer skills pay off at work, and which PC training courses BOTI runs in-house, at its Johannesburg venue or online. For every level, from first steps to advanced Excel, see BOTI’s computer and Microsoft Office courses.

PC training course for staff in South Africa
PC training courses for teams

Why PC training pays off

  • A stronger CV. Employers expect basic computer skills in most roles, and a job-seeker who can use Word, Excel and email is ready for the work from the first day. BOTI offers basic computer literacy skills and typing.
  • Better decisions from data. Spreadsheets turn raw figures into totals, charts and summaries that managers can act on. Excel is the usual starting point.
  • Professional documents and presentations. Letters, reports and slides look consistent and take less time to produce in Word and PowerPoint.
  • Clear communication. Email, calendars and online meetings are how most teams work together. Outlook training covers mail, the calendar, contacts and tasks.
  • Less repetitive work. A mail merge in Word produces the same letter for hundreds of addresses in one step, instead of typing each one.
  • Safer computer use. Staff who recognise phishing emails and use strong passwords protect the organisation’s information. Cyber security awareness training covers these habits in one day.

Other benefits include higher productivity, fewer requests to colleagues or IT for help with simple tasks, and staff who can solve small computer problems themselves.

PC training courses at BOTI

BOTI’s PC training courses form a ladder, so each person can start at the right level and move up.

Computer literacy for beginners

Typing

Improving Your Typing Skills: Touch Typing Course (1 day) moves delegates from two-finger typing to touch typing with all ten fingers, including capitals, punctuation, the number row and the numeric keypad. Each delegate’s speed is measured in words per minute at the start and the end of the day.

Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Outlook

Once the basics are in place, separate courses take each program from beginner to advanced level:

Other software

BOTI also trains staff on Microsoft Access and Microsoft Project, Sage Pastel, CorelDRAW, Adobe programs and AutoCAD. Examples include Microsoft Access Beginners (1 day), Microsoft Project Essentials to Advanced (2 days), Sage 50cloud Pastel Xpress (3 days) and CorelDRAW for Beginners (2 days). Design and drawing software courses are listed under Graphic Design & CAD.

PC training in Johannesburg, Durban and Cape Town

BOTI runs its PC training courses in three ways: in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, at BOTI’s training venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. In-house training suits a group: the trainer comes to your offices in Durban, Cape Town or elsewhere, so nobody has to travel. Every delegate works at a computer throughout the course, and laptops with the software can be supplied on request.

Course fees depend on the course and the number of days, and each course page shows its price. For a group, ask for a quote and say which format suits you.

BOTI’s PC training courses are not accredited. They are delivered as professional skills programmes, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book or request a quote

Tell us which course you need, how many delegates you have and where they are based, and we will send a quote for in-house, venue or online training.

Book or Request a Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Speak to a BOTI consultant

Phone 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or fill in the form and we will get back to you.

Frequently asked questions

What PC training courses does BOTI offer?

BOTI’s computer courses form a ladder. Beginners start with Introduction to Computers and Microsoft Office Basics (2 days), and there is a 1-day touch-typing course. Next come Microsoft Office Essentials (3 days: Word, Excel and PowerPoint) and Microsoft Office All-in-One (5 days). Separate courses then take Word, Excel, Outlook and PowerPoint from beginner to advanced level.

How much do PC training courses cost?

Each BOTI course page shows its price, so you can compare courses before you enquire. For a team, ask for a quote for in-house training at your premises, training at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online training, and say which course and how many delegates you have in mind. Call 011 882 8853 or email [email protected] for a quote.

Can I do PC training in Durban or Cape Town?

Yes. BOTI offers its computer courses across South Africa: in-house at your premises, including in Durban and Cape Town, or online, so delegates can join from any city. BOTI’s own training venue is in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. For a group in Durban or Cape Town, in-house training means the trainer comes to your workplace.

Do BOTI’s computer courses come with a certificate?

BOTI’s short computer courses, such as Introduction to Computers and Microsoft Office Basics, are not accredited. They are delivered as practical professional skills programmes, and every delegate who completes one receives a BOTI certificate of attendance. If you need a credit-bearing computer qualification instead, ask BOTI which accredited options are open for enrolment before you book.

If you or your staff are starting from scratch, BOTI’s Introduction to Computers and Microsoft Office Basics course spends day one on the computer, Windows, and files and folders, and day two on safe internet and email use and first steps in Word, Excel and Outlook. It runs in-house, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online.

Human Resource Management Courses

Human resource management courses at BOTI give HR officers, line managers and business owners practical skills in recruitment, performance management, labour relations, discipline and employment equity. If you are looking for human resource classes near you, BOTI runs them in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Browse the full range of human resources, labour and employment equity courses, or read on to choose the right course for your team.

Introduction: Human resource management courses

An organisation’s most important assets are its people. A company can have the latest technology and machinery, but without skilled, well-managed people to run them, that investment delivers very little.

Effective human resources in a business can help develop:

  • a company’s strategy
  • the organisation’s employee engagement activities
  • the overall company culture

HR is essential to the success of any business in five areas:

  1. Attracting and retaining talent: HR plays a central role in recruiting and hiring the right people. It then keeps them by providing a positive work environment, opportunities for growth and development, and fair pay and benefits.
  2. Managing performance and productivity: HR sets performance standards and helps managers monitor performance and give feedback and coaching. It also plans training to improve productivity.
  3. Ensuring compliance with employment laws: HR must make sure the organisation complies with South African labour legislation. This includes the Labour Relations Act, the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, the Employment Equity Act and the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
  4. Building a strong company culture: HR helps create a positive, inclusive culture that encourages teamwork, innovation and employee engagement.
  5. Managing change and transition: HR helps organisations through mergers, restructuring and new technology or processes. Clear communication and support for employees during uncertain times help limit disruption and keep productivity steady.

Human Resource Management Courses offered by BOTI

BOTI’s human resource management courses run in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

The HR and labour courses include:

HR teams also often add people-skills courses such as interpersonal skills, handling difficult people and situations, conflict management, business ethics, emotional intelligence, assertiveness, stress management and email etiquette. Ask BOTI which of these suit your team.

Choosing the right HR course for your team

HR training works best when it matches the work people actually do. Use these starting points:

  • New HR officers and administrators: start with the one-day Human Resource Management Course for an overview of the core HR functions. Then add Labour Relations & Law Fundamentals so that day-to-day decisions rest on a sound understanding of the law.
  • Experienced HR practitioners: the three-day Effectively Manage Human Resources & Labour Relations course goes deeper into managing people and the employment relationship.
  • Line managers and supervisors: managers handle discipline, performance reviews and hiring every day. Chairing Disciplinary Hearings, Performance Management and Employee Recruitment and Selection give them a fair, consistent process to follow.
  • Employment equity committees and EE managers: Employment Equity Act Fundamentals explains what the Act requires of designated employers and how the committee supports the process.
  • Skills development and training coordinators: Skills Development Facilitator (SDF) Training covers planning and reporting on workplace training.

Before you book, list the HR problems your organisation deals with most often, such as inconsistent hearings, slow hiring or unclear performance targets. BOTI can then suggest a course or a combination of short courses that targets those problems.

HR training and skills development reporting

Training HR staff and managers also supports your organisation’s skills development planning. Most employers pay the Skills Development Levy of 1% of the leviable amount (total remuneration). Employers whose leviable amount over the next 12 months will not exceed R500,000 are exempt[1].

Levy-paying employers submit a Workplace Skills Plan (WSP) and Annual Training Report (ATR) to their SETA by 30 April each year. The mandatory grant, 20% of levies paid, is paid back only when the WSP/ATR is submitted on time and levy payments are up to date[2]. Recording HR training in your plan and report keeps that record accurate. Your SETA decides on any grant.

Testimonials

“I have benefited a lot, I now understand a lot about EE and its importance” – Employment Equity Training delegate

“Have a better understanding of the employment equity in the workplace” … “The in-depth knowledge of the facilitator on the subject matter.” … “I have learned a lot about EE.” – Employment Equity Training delegate

“It was good for me to just confirm that we are on the right track concerning recruitment.” – Recruitment Training delegate

Frequently asked questions

Where can I find human resource classes near me?

BOTI runs its human resource classes at its training venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, and in-house at your premises for groups. If your team is spread across different offices, the courses can also run live online, so delegates join from where they work.

Which HR management course should I start with?

If you are new to HR or have just taken on HR duties, start with the one-day Human Resource Management Course for an overview of the core functions. Then choose the topic you deal with most, such as labour relations, discipline, performance management, recruitment or employment equity.

Are BOTI’s HR courses accredited?

The short HR courses on this page are not accredited. They are professional skills programmes, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. BOTI is a QCTO-accredited Skills Development Provider, so if you need an accredited route, ask BOTI which QCTO programmes suit your HR team.

Can HR training run in-house for our team?

Yes. HR courses can run in-house at your premises for a group, and you can discuss with BOTI how to use examples that reflect your own policies and industry.

Is HR training only for HR staff?

No. Line managers, supervisors and team leaders handle discipline, performance reviews and hiring every day, so courses on these topics are often as useful for them as for the HR department.

Speak to a BOTI consultant

Tel: 011 882 8853

Prefer a written proposal for your team? request a quote

Send us your training enquiry

Email us

[email protected]

To build a solid HR foundation for your team, start with the Human Resource Management Course (1 day). Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Sources

  1. Skills Development Levy – South African Revenue Service (SARS), 2026.
  2. Mandatory Grants – Health and Welfare SETA (HWSETA), 2026.

Short Courses: Where to Learn New Skills Online or in Class

If you are wondering where to learn new skills online or in a classroom, this page explains what a short course is, what it can do for your career, and which short courses BOTI runs, from office administration and computer skills to management, communication and soft skills. To see every option in one place, browse BOTI’s short courses and corporate training programs, which run online, in-house at your premises or at our venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

Related: How to Set Up a Learning Space at Home for Online Training.

Related: Find out what’s trending in the training arena.

Short courses for working adults in South Africa
Short courses for working adults and teams

What is a short course?

A short course teaches a specific set of skills quickly, without the commitment of a full qualification. Experience and on-the-job learning teach a great deal, but slowly and unevenly. A short course covers one subject in a structured way, in a day or a few days, so you can use what you learnt at work straight away.

Most BOTI short courses run for one to three days. Live online masterclasses take three hours, and a few technical courses run longer, such as the five-day Python programming course.

Short courses suit working adults who want to fill a specific gap, employers who need a team to learn the same skill together, and people who want to try a subject before they commit to a longer qualification.

Advantages of short courses

  • Start learning without leaving your job. A short course fits around work, so you keep working while you learn. This matters for most working people, who cannot step away for a year of study.
  • Fill the gap between you and a promotion. Courses in emotional intelligence, leadership, workplace communication and conflict resolution show your employer that you are ready for a bigger role.
  • Use the skill straight away. Practical courses are built around tasks people do at work, so you can apply them the next working day.
  • Try a subject before a full qualification. A short course is a low-risk way to find out whether a field suits you before you commit time and money to a longer programme.
  • Show that you value learning. A completed course tells an employer or an interviewer that you keep your skills up to date, which helps you stand out in job interviews.
  • Meet other people. A class is also a chance to meet colleagues from other teams and, when delegates come from different companies, to make new business contacts.

Where to learn new skills online

You do not have to travel to learn a new work skill. BOTI offers three ways to learn online:

  • Live online courses. BOTI’s short courses run online as well as in person, with a facilitator, so you can join from home or from the office.
  • 3-hour online masterclasses. BOTI’s live online masterclasses cover one focused topic in three hours, on subjects such as time management, Excel, Power BI, business communication, emotional intelligence, AI at work and customer service.
  • Self-paced e-learning. BOTI’s e-learning library has 142 self-paced courses that you work through in your own time, and each comes with a certificate.

For more on the online formats, certificates and how to choose, see our guide to online short courses in South Africa.

If you prefer a classroom, the same courses run in-house at your premises or at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. Employers who want staff to learn their own procedures online can ask BOTI to build a custom online course from those procedures.

Short courses offered by BOTI

BOTI’s short courses are grouped by subject. Each area below links to its full list of courses.

Office administration and personal assistant short courses

For administrators, secretaries, receptionists, personal assistants and office managers who want practical office skills. Courses include the Office Management Training Course (1 day), the Administrative Office Procedures Course (1 day), Executive Assistant, Personal Assistant and Administrator Training (2 days, or a 3-day version), Professional Receptionist Training (2 days) and Chairing a Meeting with Confidence and Keeping Good Minutes (1 day). They run at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, in-house at your offices or online. See all administration and office support courses.

If you need a formal qualification rather than a short course, BOTI is accredited by the QCTO to offer the Occupational Certificate: Office Administrator and the Occupational Certificate: Management Assistant, both at NQF Level 5. These are full occupational qualifications, not short courses. Each ends in an External Integrated Summative Assessment (EISA), and the QCTO issues the certificate. Both close to new learners on 30 December 2026, so enrol by that date.

Computer and office software courses

Short computer courses start with the two-day Introduction to Computers course for beginners, and continue with separate courses by level in Excel, PowerPoint and Access. More specialised courses cover computer-aided drawing (CAD), Power BI and Python programming. See all computer and office software courses.

Leadership and management

For new supervisors, team leaders and managers: Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders (2 days), Management and Leadership Development Training (2 days) and Middle Manager Development Training (3 days). See all leadership and management courses.

Communication and business writing

For anyone who writes, presents or speaks for the organisation: Business Writing Skills for Function and Purpose (2 days), the Report Writing Course (3 days) and Public Speaking Training (2 days). See all communication and business writing courses.

Soft skills and personal effectiveness

Soft skills are the personal and interpersonal skills that every job needs. Courses include Mastering Emotional Intelligence (2 days), Stress Management Training (1 day) and Essential Time Management Skills (2 days). See all workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

Finance, projects and process improvement

Managers who need to read the numbers can take Finance for Non-Financial Managers (2 days); see all finance courses. Process improvement starts with Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt (4 days); see all project management, agile and process improvement courses.

Other areas

Short course or qualification?

BOTI’s non-accredited short courses are delivered as professional skills programmes, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. They do not carry credits towards a qualification. If you need credits, look at BOTI’s QCTO skills programmes and QCTO occupational certificates. Skills programmes end in a Final Integrated Supervised Assessment (FISA), occupational certificates end in an External Integrated Summative Assessment (EISA), and in both cases the QCTO issues the certificate.

How to choose a short course

  • Start with the task. Write down what you need to be able to do at work after the course, then look for the course whose outline covers it.
  • Check the level. Computer courses are split into beginner, intermediate and advanced levels, so pick the one that matches what you can already do.
  • Choose the format. A live online course, a 3-hour masterclass, self-paced e-learning or a classroom course: choose the one that fits your time and the way you learn.
  • Train a team together. If several people need the same skill, in-house training at your premises lets the whole team learn at once.
  • Ask before you book. If you are unsure which course or level fits, call BOTI and describe the work you do.

Speak to a BOTI consultant

Phone 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or fill in the form and we will get back to you.

Frequently asked questions

Where can I learn new skills online?

BOTI runs its short courses online as well as in person, so you can learn from home or from the office. It also offers 3-hour online masterclasses on topics such as time management, Excel, Power BI, business communication, emotional intelligence and AI at work, and an e-learning library of 142 self-paced courses. If your team prefers a classroom, the same courses run in-house at your premises or at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

What is a short course?

A short course teaches a specific set of skills quickly, without the commitment of a full qualification. It fits around your job, so you can keep working while you learn, fill a gap in your skills before you aim for a promotion, or try out a subject before you decide whether a longer qualification is the right path for you.

What are the advantages of short courses?

Short courses let you start learning without leaving your job, fill the skills gaps that stand between you and a promotion, and show your employer that you value upskilling. They also let you explore a subject before committing to a full qualification, help you stand out in job interviews and give you a chance to meet people from other teams and organisations.

Are there office administration short courses in Johannesburg?

Yes. BOTI’s office administration short courses, such as the Office Management Training Course and the Administrative Office Procedures Course, run at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. They also run in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, or online, which suits people searching for an office management short course they can do online.

Do BOTI short courses come with a certificate?

Yes. BOTI’s non-accredited short courses are delivered as professional skills programmes, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance; they are not accredited qualifications. Each course in the e-learning library also comes with a certificate. If you need credits towards a registered qualification, look at BOTI’s QCTO skills programmes and occupational certificates instead: each ends in a formal final assessment, and the QCTO issues the certificate.

Not sure where to start? Tell us what you or your team need to do better at work, and we will suggest a course and a format. For office staff, the one-day Office Management Training Course is a practical first step. It runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online. Call 011 882 8853 or email [email protected].

Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course

BOTI runs Sage payroll courses for South African teams: Sage VIP Payroll Training (2 days) and the Sage Pastel Payroll Administration Course (5 days). Both sit alongside this 5-day Sage Pastel Partner bookkeeping and software bundle. You can compare all of them in BOTI’s finance, bookkeeping and payroll courses.

Related: Employee Onboarding Training Course.

See all BOTI human resources, labour and employment equity courses.

Introduction: Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course

The Sage Pastel Partner Bundle combines two things in one course. The first is the bookkeeping theory that sits behind the software: source documents, journals, the general ledger, the trial balance and the financial statements. The second is the hands-on use of Sage Pastel Partner itself: setting up a company, capturing supplier, customer and cash book transactions, and running month-end. It suits teams that capture transactions in Sage Pastel Partner and want to understand what the entries do to the books.

Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course. Worksheets and Workbooks management training. Introduction to Bookkeeping training. Implications of Value Added Tax (VAT) training. Tables and Data Structures training.

Outline: Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:

Bookkeeping principles

  1. Introduction to Bookkeeping
  2. Implications of Value Added Tax (VAT)
  3. Source Documents
  4. Stock and costing methods
  5. Subsidiary Journals (for example Cash Book, Petty Cash, Debtors and Creditors journals)
  6. GL (General Ledger)
  7. The Trial Balance
  8. The Income Statement
  9. Balance Sheet
  10. Bank Reconciliation

Working in Sage Pastel Partner

  1. Installation
  2. Working in the Demo Company
  3. Starting a New Company
  4. Auto Setup
  5. Masterfiles editing
  6. Supplier related entries
  7. Customer Transactions
  8. Cash Book Transactions
  9. Monthly Processes and transactions
  10. Taking On Balances

The course is practical. Delegates work through the bookkeeping principles first and then apply them in the software, so they can see how each entry they capture affects the ledger and the reports.

Course duration: Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course

The Sage Pastel Partner Bundle runs over 5 days. For dates or an in-house session for your team, request a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course

The course is designed for the following attendees:

  • Users of Sage Pastel Partner who want to improve their skills.
  • People with basic bookkeeping knowledge who want to apply it in a computerised system.

For the Sage Pastel Partner Bundle it is advisable to have the following experience and knowledge:

  • Mathematical Literacy or Standard 8/Matric Maths.
  • Standard 8/Matric Computer Literacy or NQF Level 3 Computer Literacy.
  • Standard 8/Grade 10 Bookkeeping or a Bookkeeping NQF Level 3 qualification.

Sage payroll courses: VIP Payroll and Pastel Payroll

Bookkeeping and payroll are usually handled in separate Sage products, so BOTI trains them separately. If your search was for VIP payroll courses or Sage payroll courses, these are the options:

Payroll training is most useful when delegates practise on the software their organisation actually uses. Before you book, settle these points:

  • Which payroll package and version your team works in.
  • Whether you run weekly, fortnightly or monthly pay, or a mix.
  • Who captures payroll information and who checks and approves it, so the right people attend.
  • Which tasks cause the most errors or rework today, so the trainer can spend more time on them.

For general guidance on payroll skills, see the Sage Pastel Payroll Administration Course.

Which Sage course should your team take?

If you are not sure which level fits, ask BOTI to help you match each delegate to the right course. Describe what they do in Sage today and what they struggle with.

Book or Obtain a Quote

BOTI runs this course in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Use the button below to book or to ask for a proposal:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, which run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course. Worksheets and Workbooks management training. Introduction to Bookkeeping training. Implications of Value Added Tax (VAT) training. Tables and Data Structures training.

Frequently asked questions

Does BOTI offer VIP payroll courses?

Yes. BOTI runs Sage VIP Payroll Training as a 2-day course for payroll and HR staff. It can be run in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Which Sage payroll course should I choose?

Choose by the software your team uses. Sage VIP Payroll Training (2 days) is for Sage VIP users, and the Sage Pastel Payroll Administration Course (5 days) is for Sage Pastel Payroll users. Tell BOTI which package and version you run, and the trainer can focus on it.

Does BOTI offer Sage One courses?

BOTI’s catalogue does not list a separate Sage One course. The closest BOTI options are the Sage 50cloud Pastel Xpress Training Course (3 days), Sage Pastel Introduction to Bookkeeping Fundamentals (2 days) and this 5-day Sage Pastel Partner Bundle.

How long is the Sage Pastel Partner Bundle course and who should attend?

The course runs over 5 days. It suits Sage Pastel Partner users who want to improve their skills, and people with basic bookkeeping knowledge who want to apply it in a computerised system.

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Book the Sage 50cloud Pastel Partner Bundle: Bookkeeping and Software course for your finance or admin team. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course

Introduction: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course

Microsoft Office Excel Intermediate 2013 should be completed once Microsoft Office Excel Basic 2013 course has been undertaken . In the later course you would have created formatted, edited, basic spreadsheets. Now you need to repetitive that are repetitive and view spreadsheets in a better way. Here, you will use Microsoft Office Excel to refine and improve your spreadsheets by using charts, formulas, graphics and templates.

VideoWatch on YouTube

Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course

Outline: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

Session 1: Worksheets and Workbooks management – Viewing , Linking, Printing large worksheets, multiple worksheets

Session 2: Subtotals and Outlining – consolidating data

Session 3: Formatting in advanced manner, utilizing special number formats, themes, advanced formatting

Session 4: Sharing and Web usage

Session 5: Naming ranges and cells

Session 6: Tables and Data Structures , filtering

Session 7: Application settings and Working with templates

Session 8: Auditing and documentation

 

 

Course duration and fees: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course

The course (Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

0

For the Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2013 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

Excel 2013: Basic or equivalent experience.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course

Introduction: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course

 

Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course

Outline: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course

VideoWatch on YouTube

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

Module 1: Introduction including: Spreadsheet terminology, navigation, templates

Module 2: Entering and Editing Data- text, values, formulas, saving

Module 3: Worksheet modification and editing: Moving and copying data, formula. References (absolute versus relative. Editing ranges, rows, and columns

Module 4: Functions – how to use them eg AutoSum

Module 5: Text, number and row formatting (including conditional)

Module 6: Basic Charts and how to format them

Module 7: Graphics, pictures, smartgraphics

Module 8: Printing worksheets

 

 

Course duration and fees: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course

The course (Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This is aimed at delegates who wish to acquire the knowledge necessary to, edit, create and print and format basic worksheets within Microsoft Office Excel.

For the Ms Office Excel Beginners 2013 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

Basic or equivalent experience in Windows 7.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 Training Course

Introduction: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 training Course

Microsoft Office Excel Advanced 2013 follows Microsoft Office Excel Intermediate 2013. Here the more advanced and complex abilities of Excel will be taught with an emphasis on task automation. Here one will utilsie more advanced analysis methods on bigger data sets. In addition the student will be taught how to work on the same worksheets with others.

Sharing Excel data with other applications will also be taught.

VideoWatch on YouTube

 

Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 Training Course

 

Outline: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Module 1: Advanced Formulas and Functions ( Logical, Text , time Conditional, Financial
Functions, Array formulas)

Module 2: Data Tables and Lookups

Module 3: Data Management – advanced ( Validations, filtering)

Module 4: Charting – advanced

Module 5: PivotCharts and PivotTables

Module 6: Importing and exporting

Module 7: Analytical Tools, Scenarios, Goal Seek

 

 

Course duration and fees: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 Training Course

The course (Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees: All
For the Ms Office Excel Advanced 2013 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Intermediate or equivalent experience on Excel 2013

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Project Management Fundamentals Training Course

Hey! Stop Project Failure in its Tracks! Project Management Fundamentals Training Course

At the end of the  Fundamentals of Project Management Course (Project Management Courses in South Africa including Project Management Courses in Durban, Cape Town, Pretoria, Johannesburg), delegates will be able to identify the characteristics and nature of a project; the stages of the project management process – including how to complete a project charter, define the project scope, understand and develop work breakdown structures. In addition, components of time management will be explored which will enable efficient schedule development. A number of mathematical techniques will be acquired and these will assist with competency in budget, schedule and risk analysis. The responsibilities of a project manager will include conducting analysis on environmental, socio-economic and organizational structure issues and their possible effects.
Course activities also cover estimating resource costs, controlling project costs; creating a capital budget, and calculating a project’s estimate and variance at completion.
The manual for Fundamentals of Project Management Course (Project Management Courses in South Africa including Project Management Courses in Durban, Cape Town, Pretoria, Johannesburg)is filled with theory and interactive exercises that help ensure knowledge and skills transfer.

Fundamentals of Project Management Course (Project Management Courses in South Africa including Project Management Courses in Durban, Cape Town, Pretoria, Johannesburg)
Stop Project Failure !Today!

 

 Project Management Fundamentals Training Course

Outline: Project Management Fundamentals Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of Fundamentals of Project Management Course (Project Management Courses in South Africa including Project Management Courses in Durban, Cape Town, Pretoria, Johannesburg) include:
Module 1
Project Definition and Project management process
Module 2
Nature of a project including the project environment, manager and team
Module 3
Beginning and planning a Project
Module 4
Scope definition, verification, and controlling change
Module 5
Management of project time including Activity sequencing and duration
Module 6.
Schedule control and development
Module 7
Cost approximating and resources
Module 8
Cost control and budgeting

 

 

Course duration and fees: Project Management Fundamentals Training Course

Our two day Fundamentals of Project Management Course (Project Management Courses in South Africa including Project Management Courses in Durban, Cape Town, Pretoria, Johannesburg) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Project Management Fundamentals Training Course

The course (Project Management Fundamentals Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This course (Fundamentals of Project Management Course (Project Management Courses in South Africa including Project Management Courses in Durban, Cape Town, Pretoria, Johannesburg)) will provide delegates with an understanding of project management concepts; the project management process and how to modify and create project plans.
For the Project Management Fundamentals Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI project management, agile and process improvement courses.

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Introduction: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364
Training Course

This course assists you in preparing for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam 98-364. It provides knowledge in the following areas: Core Database Concepts, Creating Database Objects, Manipulating Data, Data Storage, and Administering a Database.

This course utilizes the same content as taught in the MOAC (Microsoft Official Academic Course).
Once this course is complete, learners will be equipped to:
• Be knowledgeable of Core Database Concepts
• Database Objects creation
• Data Manipulation and database administration
• Understand Data Storage and Databases

Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364
 Training Course
Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Outline: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Be knowledgeable of Core Database Concepts
• Database Objects creation
• Data Manipulation and database administration
• Understand Data Storage and Databases

 

 

Course duration and fees: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course

The course (Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft’s latest part of their technology certification exams. These exams allow one to validate fundamental knowledge needed to start building a career using the technologies of Microsoft. This training can be seen as an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology. It should be noted that it assumes some training or hands-on experience however on-the-job experience is not assumed.
 

For the Database Administration Fundamentals: Training for MTA Exam 98-364 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI administration and office support courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Advanced Sales Training Course

Advanced Sales Training Course Affordable Training Course held in South Africa (Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban) – Improve your skills!

Introduction: Advanced Sales Training Course

This technique operates independently or jointly with your existing methods.

Many sales professionals have enhanced their sales productivity from 1991. Measurable results have been delivered with the proprietary sales training tools. This training teaches one how to effectively engage, qualify, advance and close opportunities with their clients and their prospects.

This skills is offered on a “public schedule” thus providing the flexibility for companies to learn the skills without sending groups.

Advanced Selling Training

Outline: Advanced Sales Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Learn and be able to structure calls consistently.
Understand the linkage between products and services and the business of the prospect.
Devise a solution aligned with a client’s emotional attachment. Present information to distinguish between the competition and ones own service offerings..
Ask good questions: to highlight important points.
Competence to handle objections by comprehending the underlying emotional cause of the objection.

Close the sale in a natural way.
Understand how to maximize your power and the mechanisms required to obtain entrance to important buying influences.
The necessity of developing a mutual defined opportunity plan

Course duration and fees: Advanced Sales Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Advanced Sales Training Course

The course (Advanced Sales Training Course Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Individuals in sales activities crossing all industries. This includes Sales Managers, , Branch Managers, Unit Managers, Sales Executives, Business Development Executives/Managers etc.
For the Advanced Sales Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Competent verbal and written command of the English language.

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 
 
 
 













Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI sales, marketing and customer care courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Long-Term Investing and Trading Training Course

BOTI’s Long-Term Investing and Trading Course is a two-day introduction to how share markets work, how to value shares, how to allocate assets and how to manage a portfolio, so that you invest with a plan rather than on tips. It runs in-house, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online – see all BOTI finance courses.

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

What the course covers

  • How the economy works and how it moves share markets.
  • How the share market works, including the JSE.
  • Asset valuation: how to judge what a share is worth.
  • Asset allocation: spreading money across shares, bonds, property and cash to match your goals and risk.
  • Portfolio management and money management, including how much to put into one position and when to review holdings.
  • Building an investment strategy you can stick to.

Long-term investing versus trading

Long-term investors buy assets they expect to grow in value over years and accept short-term ups and downs. Traders buy and sell more often to profit from shorter price moves, which needs more time, more discipline and a higher tolerance for losses. The course explains both approaches so that you can choose the one that fits your goals, time and risk appetite.

Who the course suits

The course suits beginners who want to understand the share market before they invest, employees managing their own savings, and business owners who want to understand how investors think. No prior experience is needed. To read company results with confidence, add Finance for Non-Financial Managers Training (2 days) or the Basic Bookkeeping Course (2 days).

Investing involves risk

Share prices can fall as well as rise, and past returns do not guarantee future returns. The course is educational; it does not give personal financial advice, so speak to a registered financial adviser before you make investment decisions.

Request a quote

Frequently asked questions

Is this trading course suitable for beginners?

Yes. The course starts with how the economy and share markets work and needs no prior experience.

Can I do the trading course online?

Yes. BOTI runs the course live online as well as in-house and at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

How long is the investing and trading course?

The course runs over two days.

Does the course give investment advice?

No. The course is educational and teaches you how to analyse investments and build a strategy; it does not give personal financial advice.

Book BOTI’s Long-Term Investing and Trading Course (2 days) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

MS Projects 2013 Training Course: MS Projects Training

Introduction: MS Projects 2013 Training Course

Project Management Bundle consists of Project Management Fundamentals (1 Day Theory); Microsoft Project Management 2013 Part 1 & Part 2 (2 Days) (MS Projects Training).

Day 1: Teaches delegates basic project-management techniques, including managing time and costs. Delegates will identify the features and attributes of a project, the steps and variables of the project management process, the effects of environmental, socio-economic and organizational structure issues, and the responsibilities of a project manager.
Day 2 & 3:
Designed to familiarize you with the basic features and functions of Microsoft Project Professional 2013 (MS Projects Training) so that you can use it effectively and efficiently in a real-world environment.

 

 

Outline: MS Projects 2013 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Day 1: Project Management Fundamentals
1. Fundamentals of project management
Topic A: Projects
Topic B: The project management process

2. Characteristics of a project
Topic A: The project environment
Topic B: The project manager
Topic C: The project team

3. Project initiation and scope planning
Topic A: Project initiation
Topic B: Scope planning

4. Scope definition, verification, and change control
Topic A: Scope definition
Topic B: Scope verification
Topic C: Scope change control

5. Time Management
Topic A: Activity definition and sequencing
Topic B: Activity duration

6. Schedule development and control
Topic A: Schedule development
Topic B: Schedule control

7. Resource identification and cost approximating
Topic A: Resource identification
Topic B: Cost approximating

8. Budgeting and cost control
Topic A: Cost budgeting
Topic B: Cost control

Day 2: Project Management 2013 Part 1
Part 1:
1. Starting a Project
Topic A: Project Management 101
Topic B: Navigate and Customize the Project 2013 Interface
Topic C: Add Tasks to a Project
Topic D: Add Resources to a Project
Topic E: Save a Project

2. Working with Project Calendars
Topic A: Manage Project Time Frames
Topic B: Change Working Time

3. Working with Project Tasks
Topic A: Manage Project Tasks
Topic B: Add Summary Tasks and Milestones

4. Working with Project Resources
Topic A: Manage Project Resources
Topic B: Allocate and Level Work Resources

5. Delivering a Project Plan
Topic A: Print Project Views
Topic B: Share Projects
Topic C: Export Projects

Day 3: Project Management 2013 Part 2
Part 2:
6. Managing the Project Environment
Topic A: Link Projects
Topic B: Baseline a Project
Topic C: Work with Custom Fields

7. Managing Task Structures
Topic A: Change a Task List
Topic B: Create a Network Diagram
Topic C: Manage the Critical Path
Topic D: Use Lag and Lead
Topic E: Analyze Earned Value

8. Generating Project Views
Topic A: Use View Commands
Topic B: Use Existing Views
Topic C: Create Custom Views
Topic D: Format and Share the Timeline View

9. Producing Project Reports
Topic A: Use Existing Reports
Topic B: Create Custom Reports
Topic C: Export Visual Reports

 

 

Course duration and fees: MS Projects 2013 Training Course

Our two day training course (including MS Projects Training) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: MS Projects 2013 Training Course

The course (MS Projects 2013 Training Course – MS Projects Training) is designed for the following attendees:

This course is designed to give you an understanding of project management concepts, creating and modifying project plans.
For the MS Projects 2013 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

Good working knowledge of the Windows Operating System and proper IT skills.

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course

Introduction: Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course

Designed for solution developers who wish to customize and create SharePoint Sites, improve the lay out of a SharePoint site. It also allows one to produce dynamic pages using Workflows and Web Parts.

Microsoft ® Windows ® Designer 2010 will be leveraged to produce and maintain a SharePoint

Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course
Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course

Outline: Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Stage 1:

1. Starting with SharePoint Designer Environment

2. Creating a Subsite and layout, adding content

3. Adding Contents to the Site. Format Text. Tables. Images

4. Cascading Style Sheets (Formatting and Styles)
5. Web Pages linkage (Bookmarks)
6. SharePoint Components
7. Business Processes automation and Workflows
Stage 2:

1. Working with ASP.Net Forms and Implementing Custom Content Types

2. SharePoint Sites Integration with Data Sources

4. External Data Sources manipulation

5. Advanced Data Integration implementation Using SharePoint Designer 2010
6. Workflows production
7. SharePoint Site administration utilizing SharePoint Designer 2010

 

 

Course duration and fees: Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course

The course (Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Web developers and Authors and,
Developers of Applications,
Owners of SharePoint Site,

 

For the Ms Windows SharePoint Designer 2010 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Delegates are required to have basic end-user skills with SharePoint and be
Knowledgeable of the structure of SharePoint Sites which can be obtained from:
SharePoint End-User Level 1 and Level2

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Windows Server Administration Fundamentals and Exam 98-365: What Server Admin Courses Cover

Server admin courses teach IT staff to install, configure and look after the servers a business depends on, including server roles, Active Directory, storage, performance monitoring and troubleshooting. BOTI does not currently run a Windows Server administration course or preparation for MTA exam 98-365. For related IT and software training that runs in-house, at our venue or online, see BOTI’s Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

See all BOTI administration and office support courses.

Introduction: Windows Server Admin Fundamentals and exam 98-365

“Windows Server Administration Fundamentals” was the subject of exam 98-365, an entry-level exam in the MTA (Microsoft Technology Associate) series. The exam checked basic knowledge of server roles, installation, Active Directory, storage, performance management and maintenance. It was meant as a first step for people starting a career in IT support or systems administration.

The MTA exam programme, including exam 98-365, has since been retired, so the exam can no longer be booked. The content was also built around Windows Server 2008 R2, an older version of the product. The skills it covered still matter, though. Anyone who supports servers needs them, whatever version their organisation runs.

What a server training course covers

Whether you are planning your own learning or building a development plan for a junior IT team member, these are the core areas a server administration fundamentals course should cover.

Server roles and installation

A server is set up for specific jobs, called roles. Examples are file and print sharing, web hosting, directory services, DHCP and DNS. A new administrator should know how to choose an edition, install the operating system, apply updates and add or remove roles and features. They should also know when a physical server, a virtual machine or a cloud-hosted server is the sensible choice.

Active Directory

Active Directory is the directory service that most Windows networks use to manage users, computers and permissions centrally. The fundamentals include:

  • domains and domain controllers;
  • organisational units;
  • user and group accounts;
  • Group Policy, which applies security and configuration settings across many machines at once.

Mistakes here affect every user on the network. This is why organisations should train people properly before giving them administrative rights.

Storage management

Administrators need to understand disk types, partitions and volumes, and file systems and their permissions. They also need to understand redundant storage (RAID) and network storage. Just as important is a backup routine that someone has actually tested by restoring data, not just by running the backup job.

Performance monitoring and troubleshooting

Servers slow down or fail for predictable reasons: full disks, memory pressure, failing hardware, faulty updates or misconfigured services. Good practice is to:

  • know what normal performance looks like, so problems stand out;
  • read event logs;
  • use the built-in monitoring tools;
  • work through problems methodically, without guessing.

Maintenance and essential services

Routine maintenance includes:

  • patching;
  • checking backups;
  • reviewing security settings and user accounts;
  • documenting changes.

Essential network services such as DNS, DHCP and remote access keep users connected. An administrator should understand what each one does and how to check that it is working.

Outline: key outcomes of Windows Server admin fundamentals

The original exam outline grouped the subject into five areas:

  1. Overview of servers
  2. Windows Server management (the exam used Windows Server 2008 R2)
  3. Storage management
  4. Troubleshooting and monitoring servers
  5. Essential services

Recommended prior experience and knowledge

Fundamentals-level server training suits people starting out in IT. It does not assume on-the-job experience. It helps, though, if learners already use a computer confidently, understand files and folders, and know basic networking terms such as IP address and network share. Staff who are new to computers should build that foundation first.

Closest BOTI courses for server and IT support staff

BOTI does not run Windows Server administration training. These BOTI courses are the nearest fit for IT support staff, administrators and power users:

Book or obtain a quote

BOTI runs its courses in-house at your offices, online or at the BOTI venue. Tell us what your IT team needs and we will recommend the right course, or request a quote.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Frequently asked questions

Can I still write MTA exam 98-365?

No. The MTA exam programme, including exam 98-365 Windows Server Administration Fundamentals, has been retired, so the exam can no longer be booked. The skills it covered, such as server roles, Active Directory, storage and troubleshooting, are still useful for anyone starting in IT support.

Does BOTI run server admin courses?

BOTI does not currently run a Windows Server administration course or MTA 98-365 exam preparation. The closest BOTI courses for IT staff are Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server, Microsoft SharePoint Site Owner for Microsoft 365, Cyber Security Awareness Training and Python Programming Training.

What does a server training course cover?

A fundamentals-level server training course usually covers server roles and installation, Active Directory users, groups and Group Policy, storage and backups, performance monitoring, troubleshooting, routine maintenance and essential network services such as DNS and DHCP.

Do I need IT experience before a server admin course?

No on-the-job experience is assumed at fundamentals level. Learners should, however, use a computer confidently and understand basic terms such as files, folders, IP addresses and network shares before they start.

For IT staff who work with the data held on business servers, the closest BOTI course is Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server: SQL Querying. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected].

Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course

Introduction: Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course

Our Software Development Courses in South Africa  (Software Development Courses Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban, Pretoria) assists in preparing for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam 98- 361, Areas covered include: Object-Oriented Programming, Core Programming, General Software Development, Applications for Web and Desktops and Databases.

 

Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course

Outline: Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the Software Development Courses in South Africa  (Software Development Courses Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban, Pretoria) include:
Object-Oriented Programming introduction
2. Knowledge of General Software Development
3. Knowledge of Web and Desktop Applications
4. Knowledge of Databases

 

 

Course duration and fees: Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course

Our two day Software Development Courses in South Africa  (Software Development Courses Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban, Pretoria) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course

The course (Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

  • The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft’s latest part of their technology certification exams. These exams allow one to validate fundamental knowledge needed to start building a career using the technologies of Microsoft. This training can be seen as an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology. It should be noted that it assumes some training or hands-on experience however on-the-job experience is not assumed.

For the Software Development Fundamental : Training for MTA Exam 98-361 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
None

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course Software Development Courses in South Africa  (Software Development Courses Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban, Pretoria) across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

SQL Server® 2012 is introduced. The following is described: logical table design, indexing and query plans. It also deals with the production of database objects, which consists of views,
Procedures that are stored, function and parameters. In addition the course deals with other areas of procedure coding, eg. transactions, concurrency, error handling, triggers, and SQL CLR.

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course
Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Outline: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Unit 1: Introduction to SQL Server 2012 and Its Toolset
Unit 2: Working with Data Types

Unit 3: Designing and Implementing Tables

Unit 4: Ensuring Data Integrity through Constraints

Unit 5: Planning for SQL Server 2012 Indexing

Unit 6: Implementing Table Structures in SQL Server 2012
Unit 7: Reading SQL Server 2012 Execution Plans
Unit 8: Improving Performance through Non-clustered Indexes
Unit 9: Designing and Implementing Views

Module 10: Designing and Implementing Stored Procedures
This module describes the potential advantages of the use of stored procedures along with guidelines on creating them.
Introduction to Stored Procedures
Working With Stored Procedures
Implementing Parameterized Stored Procedures
Controlling Execution Context

Module 11: Merging Data and Passing Tables
This module reviews the techniques that provide the ability to process sets of data rather than individual
rows. Also it focusses on how these techniques can be used in combination with TABLE parameter
types to minimize the number of required stored procedure calls in typical applications.
Using the MERGE Statement
Implementing Table Types
Using TABLE Types As Parameters

Module 12: Designing and Implementing User-Defined Functions
This module explains how to design and implement user-defined functions that enforce business rules
or data consistency, and modify and maintain existing functions written by other developers.
Overview of Functions
Designing and Implementing Scalar Functions
Designing and Implementing Table- Valued Functions
Implementation Considerations for Functions
Alternatives to Functions

Module 13: Creating Highly Concurrent SQL Server 2012 Applications
This module explains how to use transactions and the SQL Server locking mechanisms to meet the
performance and data integrity requirements of your applications.
Introduction to Transactions
Introduction to Locks
Management of Locking
Transaction Isolation Levels

Module 14: Handling Errors in T-SQL Code
This module explores T-SQL error handling, looks at how it has traditionally been implemented, and how structured exception handling can be used.
Understanding T-SQL Error Handling
Implementing T-SQL Error Handling
Implementing Structured Exception Handling

Module 15: Responding to Data Manipulation via Triggers
This module, explains what DML triggers are and how they enforce data integrity. Also it focusses on the different types of triggers available, and how to define triggers in a database.
Designing DML Triggers
Implementing DML Triggers
Advanced Trigger Concepts

Module 16: Implementing Managed Code in SQL Server 2012
This module explains how to use CLR integrated code to create userdefined database objects that are managed by the .NET Framework.
Introduction to SQL CLR Integration
Importing and Configuring Assemblies
Implementing SQL CLR Integration

Module 17: Storing XML Data in SQL Server 2012
This module introduces XML and shows how XML data can be stored within SQL Server.
Introduction to XML and XML Schemas
Storing XML Data and Schemas in SQL Server
Implementing the XML Data Type

Module 18: Querying XML Data in SQL Server
This module shows how XML data can be queried, including queries written in a language called XQuery.
Using the T-SQL FOR XML Statement
Getting Started with XQuery
Shredding XML

Module 19: Working with SQL Server 2012 Spatial Data
This module introduces Spatial Data, and explains how to work with SQL Server Spatial Data Types.
Introduction to Spatial Data
Working with SQL Server Spatial Data Types
Using Spatial Data in Applications

Module 20: Working with Full-Text Indexes and Queries
This module introduces Full-Text Indexing and how to implement Full- Text Indexes in SQL Server.
Introduction to Full-Text Indexing
Implementing Full-Text Indexes in SQL Server
Working with Full-Text Queries
 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

The course (Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This course is aimed at Information Technology Professionals who wish to become skilled on SQL Server
2012 technologies and product features for implementing a database.

 

For the Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Professional experience, together with following technical knowledge is required:

Understanding of writing T-SQL queries and basic relational database concepts.

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Querying MS SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Introduction: Querying MS SQL Server 2012 Training Course

For Microsoft SQL Server 2014, this course provides delegates with the knowledge needed to perform basic Transact-SQL queries. It forms the foundation for all SQL Server-related disciplines; which includes Business Intelligence, Database Development and Administration.

Querying MS SQL Server 2012 Training Course
Querying MS SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Outline: Querying MS SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Perform SELECT queries
Multiple table queries
Filtering and sorting data
In SQL Server Utilize data types
Using Transact-SQL modify data
Perform built-in functions
Aggregate data
Sub query utilization
Use table expression and set operators
Perform ranking, aggregate functions and offset
Grouping sets and implement pivoting
Perform stored procedures
T-SQL programming
Skills in error handling
Transactions

Module 10: Using Subqueries
This module will introduce the use of subqueries in various parts of a SELECT statement. It will include the use of scalar and multi-result subqueries, and the use of the IN and EXISTS operators.
Lessons
Writing Self-Contained Subqueries
Writing Correlated Subqueries
Using the EXISTS Predicate with Subqueries
Lab : Using Subqueries
Write queries which use self-contained subqueries
Write queries which use scalar and multi-result subqueries
Write queries which use correlated subqueries and EXISTS predicate
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe the uses of queries which are nested within other queries.
Write self-contained subqueries which return scalar or multi-valued results.
Write correlated subqueries which return scalar or multi-valued results.
Use the EXISTS predicate to efficiently check for the
existence of rows in a subquery.

Module 11: Using Table Expressions
This module introduces T-SQL expressions which return a valid relational table, typically for further use in the query. The module discusses views, derived tables, common table expressions and inline table-valued functions.
Lessons
Using Derived Tables
Using Common Table Expressions
Using Views
Using Inline Table-Valued Functions
Lab : Using Table Expressions
Write Queries Which Use Views
Write Queries Which Use Derived Tables
Write Queries Which Use Common Table Expressions
Write Queries Which Use Inline Table-Valued Functions
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Write queries which use derived tables.
Write queries which use common table expressions.
Create simple views and write queries against them.
Create simple inline table-valued functions and write queries against them.

Module 12: Using Set Operators
This module introduces Microsoft SharePoint Server as a platform for BI, and then focuses on building BI dashboards and scorecards with PerformancePoint Services.
Lessons
Writing Queries with the UNION Operator
Using EXCEPT and INTERSECT
Using APPLY
Lab : Using Set Operators
Write queries which use UNION set operators and UNION ALL multi-set operators
Write queries which use CROSS APPLY and OUTER APPLY operators
Write queries which use EXCEPT and INTERSECT operators
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Write queries which combine data using the UNION operator
Write queries which compare sets using the INTERSECT and EXCEPT operators
Write queries which manipulate rows in a table by using APPLY with the results of a derived table or function

Module 13: Using Window Ranking, Offset, and Aggregate Functions
This module introduces window functions including ranking, aggregate and offset functions. Much of this functionality is new to SQL Server 2012. It will cover the use of T-SQL functions such as ROW_NUMBER, RANK, DENSE_RANK, NTILE, LAG, LEAD, FIRST_VALUE and LAST_VALUE to perform calculations against a set, or window, of rows.
Lessons
Creating Windows with OVER
Exploring Window Functions
Lab : Using Window Ranking, Offset and Aggregate Functions
Write queries which use ranking functions
Write queries which use offset functions
Write queries which use window aggregate functions
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe the benefits to using window functions.
Restrict window functions to rows defined in an OVER clause, including partitions and frames.
Write queries which use window functions to operate on a window of rows and return ranking, aggregation and offset comparison results.

Module 14: Pivoting and Grouping Sets
This module discusses techniques for pivoting data in T-SQL as well to introduce the fundamentals of the GROUPING SETS clause. It will also cover the use of GROUP BY ROLLUP and GROUP BY CUBE syntax in SQL Server.
Lessons
Writing Queries with PIVOT and UNPIVOT
Working with Grouping Sets
Lab : Pivoting and Grouping Sets
Write queries which use the PIVOT operator
Write queries which use the UNPIVOT operator
Write queries which use the GROUPING SETS subclause
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Write queries which pivot and unpivot result sets.
Write queries which specify multiple groupings with grouping sets.

Module 15: Executing Stored Procedures
This module introduces the use of existing stored procedures in a T-SQL querying environment. It discusses the use of EXECUTE, how to pass input and output parameters to a procedure, and how to invoke system stored procedures.
Lessons
Querying Data with Stored Procedures
Passing Parameters to Stored Procedures
Creating Simple Stored Procedures
Working with Dynamic SQL
Lab : Executing Stored Procedures
Use the EXECUTE statement to invoke stored procedures
Pass parameters to stored procedures
Execute system stored procedures
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Return results by executing stored procedures.
Pass parameters to procedures.
Create simple stored procedures which encapsulate a SELECT statement.
Construct and execute dynamic SQL with EXEC and sp_executesql.

Module 16: Programming with T-SQL
This module provides a basic introduction to T-SQL programming concepts and objects. It discusses batches, variables, control of flow elements such as loops and conditionals, how to create and execute dynamic SQL statements, and how to use synonyms.
Lessons
T-SQL Programming Elements
Controlling Program Flow
Lab : Programming with T-SQL
Declaring Variables and Delimiting Batches
Using Control-of-Flow Elements
Generating Dynamic SQL
Using Synonyms
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe the language elements of T-SQL used for simple programming tasks.
Describe batches and how they are handled by SQL Server.
Declare and assign variables and synonyms.
Use IF and WHILE blocks to control program flow.

Module 17: Implementing Error Handling
This module introduces the use of error handlers in T-SQL code. It will introduce the difference between compile errors and run-time errors, and will cover how errors affect batches. The module will also cover how to control error handling using TRY/CATCH blocks, the use of the ERROR class of functions, and the use of the new THROW statement.
Lessons
Using TRY / CATCH Blocks
Working with Error Information
Lab : Implementing Error Handling
Redirecting Errors with TRY / CATCH
Using THROW to Pass an Error Message Back to a Client
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe SQL Server’s behavior when errors occur in T-SQL code.
Implement structured exception handling in T-SQL.
Return information about errors from system objects.
Raise user-defined errors and pass system errors in T-SQL code.

Module 18: Implementing Transactions
This module introduces the concepts of transaction management in SQL Server. It will provide a high-level overview of transaction properties, cover the basics of marking transactions with BEGIN, COMMIT and ROLLBACK.
Lessons
Transactions and the Database Engine
Controlling Transactions
Isolation Levels
Lab : Implementing Transactions
Controlling transactions with BEGIN, COMMIT, and ROLLBACK
Adding error handling to a CATCH block
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe transactions and the differences between batches and transactions.
Describe batches and how they are handled by SQL Server.
Create and manage transactions with transaction control language statements.
Use SET XACT_ABORT to define SQL Server’s handling of transactions outside TRY / CATCH blocks.
Describe the effects of isolation levels on transactions
 

 

Course duration and fees: Querying MS SQL Server 2012
Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Querying MS SQL Server 2012
Training Course

The course (Querying MS SQL Server 2012
Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Designed for professionals who are Database Developers or Administrators , and Business Intelligence professionals. This is suitable for SQL power users who not necessarily database-focused or intend taking the exam; i.e. business analysts, report writers, and client application developers.
 

For the Querying MS SQL Server 2012 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Relational databases working knowledge.
Microsoft Windows operating system basic knowledge.

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

The Art of Face-to-Face Communication: Skills and Business Communication Training

Business communication training for face-to-face situations teaches people to read body language, choose their words with care, listen properly and handle difficult conversations in the room or on a video call. BOTI’s business communication and writing courses cover these skills as short, practical programmes for teams and individuals. BOTI no longer runs a separate course under the title “The Art of Face to Face Communication”. The closest BOTI courses are listed below.

Introduction: The Art of Face to Face Communication Training Course

In a technology-driven world it is often harder to make real human connections. People move all day between impersonal technology and the close reality of human interaction. Some situations call for people to meet face to face in the same room to exchange information and resolve issues. Examples include an escalating complaint, sensitive feelings, an urgent deadline, a question of authority or a large sum of money. When people are in different cities or countries, a video call has to stand in for that meeting. Even in the computer age, face-to-face communication skills remain a key driver of career success and good outcomes at work.

The Art of Face to Face Communication Training Course
The Art of Face to Face Communication Training Course

Outline: The Art of Face to Face Communication Training Course

Good face-to-face communication training covers five areas:

  1. Recognising the importance of face-to-face interaction: its advantages, and the behaviours, fears and personality traits that shape a conversation
  2. Non-verbal skills: body language, physical appearance, voice control, timing and positioning
  3. Word choice and its impact
  4. Listening attentively, giving non-verbal feedback, clarifying and understanding other people’s feelings
  5. Communicating remotely, across cultures, and with gestures

Why face-to-face communication still matters at work

Email and chat suit routine updates. They fail when emotions run high, when trust has to be built or when a decision carries real consequences. In person, or on camera, people pick up tone, facial expression and hesitation, which written messages strip away. That is why a manager gives difficult feedback in a meeting, and why a sales professional asks for a meeting before closing a large deal. The same goes for a service agent calming an angry customer at the counter.

The skills are learnable. Most people are not “naturally” good or bad communicators. They have habits, and habits can be practised and changed.

Non-verbal skills: what your body and voice say

People often believe body language over words. Crossed arms, a glance at a phone or a flat voice can undo a carefully prepared message. Useful habits include:

  • Keeping an open posture and facing the person you are speaking to
  • Making steady, natural eye contact, while respecting cultural differences
  • Controlling the pace, volume and pitch of your voice, especially when you are under pressure
  • Choosing where you sit or stand: side by side feels collaborative, while across a desk can feel formal or confrontational
  • Managing time, so that you arrive on time and do not rush the other person

For a deeper look at reading and using non-verbal signals, see BOTI’s Body Language Basics Course (2 days).

Word choice and its impact

The same request can land as an instruction, an accusation or an invitation, depending on the words you choose. Practical points:

  • Use “I” statements (“I need the report by Friday”) rather than blame (“You never send it on time”)
  • Avoid jargon and acronyms the listener may not share
  • Be specific about what you want, by when and why
  • Check your opening line: the first sentence sets the tone for the whole conversation

Listening attentively

Listening is the half of communication most people skip. Active listening means:

  • Giving the speaker your full attention, with no screens
  • Showing you are following, with nods, short acknowledgements and open questions
  • Clarifying and paraphrasing (“So the main concern is the delivery date?”)
  • Naming feelings where it helps (“I can hear this has been frustrating”)

Listening this way often calms a tense conversation faster than any argument.

Communicating remotely and across cultures

Video calls simulate face-to-face contact, but they need extra care. Look at the camera when you make a key point, keep your background and sound clear, and pause more often so others can come in. South African workplaces are multicultural. Norms around greetings, eye contact, personal space and directness differ, and a gesture that is friendly to one colleague may offend another. Ask, observe and adapt rather than assume.

Preparing for a difficult face-to-face conversation

  • Decide on the outcome you want before the meeting
  • Gather the facts and separate them from opinions
  • Choose a private, neutral place and enough time
  • Open calmly, state the issue clearly, then listen
  • Agree on next steps and confirm them in writing afterwards

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: The Art of Face to Face Communication Training Course

This training suits anyone who needs to deal with difficult people or situations and move them forward positively. That includes team leaders, managers, receptionists, sales and service staff, and professionals who meet clients.

A good written and verbal command of English is advisable.

Which BOTI course should you choose?

For more ideas, read how effective communication improves the workplace.

Frequently asked questions

What does business communication training cover?

Business communication training usually covers non-verbal skills such as body language and voice, choosing clear words, active listening, handling difficult conversations, and communicating on video calls and across cultures. Some courses also cover business writing and presentations.

Is there a professional communication short course for face-to-face skills?

Yes. BOTI runs short courses such as the Interpersonal Skills Course (1 day) and Communication Strategies Training (1 day), as well as the longer Business Communication Strategies: Verbal, Non-Verbal and Written (3 days).

Is face-to-face training available, or only online?

Both. BOTI training runs in person at your premises, in person at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Are BOTI’s communication courses accredited?

No. These communication courses are not accredited. They are delivered as professional skills programmes, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book face-to-face communication training

To build these skills in your team, start with the Interpersonal Skills Course (1 day). Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book or Request a Quote

As well as the related public courses, we can run this training for your team in-house, at our venue or online. Click on the link to request a proposal or book your course:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course

Introduction: Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course

Without a doubt; in all situations we often encounter difficult people eg clients, fellow-colleagues, family and friends. This people may have challenging characters that we need to deal with to create positive relations.

Indeed it is very challenging to interact with others and gain rapport. Here you will gain insight and learn about various patterns of behavior that you may have had to deal with but didn’t really understand. You will learn methods and practices to successfully interact with difficult people in a positive and productive manner.

 

Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course

Outline: Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
1. Difficult People and their Profiles

2. How one perceives Difficult People (Beliefs, Values, and Preferences)

3. A Difficult Person’s power

4. Plan and strategies to deal with difficult people

5. Difficult clients, models and techniques

 

 

Course duration and fees: Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course

The course (Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Any individual who needs to deal with difficult people or situations successfully to move the situation forward positively.
For the Handling Difficult People & Situations Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Strong written and verbal command of English.

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on link below for related public course/s:

Finance and Risk Courses


Human Resources and Labour Legislation

Interpersonal Skills/ Conflict Management Skills and Diversity Management Skills




Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course

BOTI’s Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course is a practical workshop. It builds the people skills behind good working relationships: clear communication, rapport, useful feedback and handling difficult people and situations. It is not a micro-credential and carries no credits. Delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance, and the training runs in-house, at BOTI’s Johannesburg venue or live online. For related programmes, see BOTI’s workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

Win the Race with Excellent People Skills: Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course

To work well with others, you need strong interpersonal skills. In business, this means getting on with colleagues while still getting the job done. Interpersonal skills involve listening, communication and attitude, and almost every position in a company calls for them.

Interpersonal Skills Training Course (or Interpersonal Skills Training Johannesburg; People Skills Training; Interpersonal Skills Training Pretoria; Interpersonal Skills Course).
Win People Over with Excellent Peoples Skills

Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course

What interpersonal skills mean at work

Interpersonal skills are the abilities people use every day to deal with one another. They include listening properly, choosing the right words and tone, reading body language, and staying calm when a conversation becomes tense. At work, they decide whether a meeting ends with a clear agreement or with everyone leaving frustrated. They decide whether a client complaint is resolved or escalated, and whether a new team member settles in quickly or struggles.

Technical knowledge gets people hired. Interpersonal skills largely decide how well they work with others once they are in the role. That is why these skills appear in so many job descriptions and performance reviews.

What makes this interpersonal skills training “advanced”

An introductory people skills session usually covers basic courtesy and communication. This course goes further. It is aimed at people who already know the basics but need to handle harder situations, such as:

  • moving a difficult conversation forward instead of avoiding it;
  • giving feedback that improves a working relationship rather than damaging it;
  • dealing with human resources issues as a supervisor, fairly and consistently;
  • managing relationships in several directions at once: with managers, colleagues, staff, clients and suppliers;
  • understanding how an organisation’s culture, networks and working environment affect the way people behave.

Outline: Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:

  1. Communication methods and qualities (verbal versus non-verbal communication)
  2. Why first impressions count, and building rapport (positive relationships)
  3. Using feedback to build relationships
  4. Supervisors and dealing with human resources issues
  5. Working with colleagues and staff
  6. Working with clients and suppliers
  7. The culture of the organisation: networks, and the physical and emotional culture

The course is designed so that what delegates learn can be applied straight away in their own work environment.

Interpersonal management skills for supervisors and managers

People who manage others need interpersonal skills more than most, because their results depend on other people. Interpersonal management skills include:

  • listening to understand a problem before trying to solve it;
  • setting clear expectations;
  • recognising good work;
  • raising performance or conduct concerns early and respectfully;
  • keeping the trust of the team when decisions are unpopular.

The outline’s module on supervisors and human resources issues focuses on these situations. Managers who want more practice in resolving disputes can follow on with Developing your Interpersonal Skills to Effectively Resolve Conflict, a two-day course.

Course duration: Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course

The Interpersonal Skills Course runs over one day. It is practical and built around workplace situations delegates recognise. For a longer programme, BOTI can combine it with related courses such as Communication Strategies Training, Body Language Basics or the Social Intelligence Course.

For course costs for your group, consult the schedule or request a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course

The course is designed for anyone who needs to deal with difficult people or situations and move them forward positively. This includes team leaders, supervisors, administrators, customer-facing staff and specialists who work across departments.

For the Advanced Interpersonal Skills Training Course, you should have a strong written and verbal command of English.

Certificates and micro-credentials

Many people search for an interpersonal communication certificate or micro-credential. BOTI runs this course as a practical workplace programme, not as a micro-credential, and it carries no credits. Delegates who complete the course receive a BOTI certificate of attendance confirming the training. If your organisation needs an accredited route instead, BOTI can advise you on its QCTO and SETA programmes.

Upcoming Public Courses

Click the link below for related public courses:

Book or Obtain a Quote

Besides the related public courses, BOTI can run this course for your team in-house at your premises anywhere in the country, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Click the link below to book or ask for a proposal:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Frequently asked questions

Does this course lead to an advanced interpersonal communication micro-credential?

No. BOTI runs this as a practical workplace course, not a micro-credential, and it carries no credits. Delegates who complete it receive a BOTI certificate of attendance that confirms the training.

How long is the interpersonal skills training?

The Interpersonal Skills Course runs over one day. Teams that want more practice in resolving conflict can follow it with the two-day Developing your Interpersonal Skills to Effectively Resolve Conflict course, or ask BOTI to combine related topics into a longer programme.

What are interpersonal management skills?

They are the people skills a manager or supervisor uses to get work done through others: listening, giving and receiving feedback, building trust, handling human resources issues fairly, and keeping relationships with colleagues, clients and suppliers on track. The course covers each of these with workplace examples.

Can BOTI run an interpersonal skills workshop for our team only?

Yes. BOTI can run the workshop in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online, and the examples can be tailored to the situations your team deals with.

Who should attend interpersonal skills training?

Anyone who deals with difficult people or situations and needs to move them forward positively, including team leaders, supervisors, administrators, customer-facing staff and specialists who work across departments. Delegates need a strong written and verbal command of English.

Book the Interpersonal Skills Course

To build stronger working relationships in your team, book the Interpersonal Skills Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Please Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Or Email Us

[email protected]

Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Introduction: Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

The course deals with implementing and planning enterprise database infrastructure by utilizing SQL Server 2014 and other technologies of Microsoft. It deals with consolidating SQL Server workloads, working with both Windows Azure cloud-based solutions and on-premises. Planning and implementing disaster recovery solutions and high availability is also covered.

 

Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Outline: Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014
Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Evaluate the current enterprise environment.
Implement and plan and Policy-Based Management.
SQL Server 2014 factors for consolidating workloads.
SQL Server 2014 and private clouds.
Use Windows Azure storage with SQL Server 2014.
Implement and configuring databases in Windows Azure SQL Database and Windows Azure virtual machines.
Implement log shipping and understand high availability technologies in SQL Server 2014 and.
Implementing an AlwaysOn Failover Cluster Instance and knowledge of Windows Server Failover Clustering and.
Always On Availability Group.
Disaster recovery solutions and planning for high availability.
Replication of databases

 

 

Course duration and fees: Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.e

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

The course (Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This course is intended for database professionals who need who plan, implement, and manage database solutions. Primary responsibilities include:

Planning and implementing database infrastructure.
Planning and implementing consolidation strategies.
Implementing SQL Server in on-premises, cloud, and hybrid IT scenarios.
Planning and implementing high availability solutions.
Planning and implementing disaster recovery solutions

 

For the Designing a Data Solution with MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

Minimum two years’ experience of relational databases, including:
Implementing, managing and planning databases
Transact-SQL Querying
Rudimentary knowledge of disaster recovery and high availability and knowledge of Windows Azure technologies and cloud computing

 

 

Course Schedule

Book Now!
 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014 Training Course

Introduction: Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014 Training Course

This course deals with SQL Server 2014 and deals with design of logical table, query plans and indexing. It also emphasis the production of database objects including stored procedures, views functions and parameters. Procedure coding, such as indexes, error handling, concurrency, and triggers are also included in this course.

Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014
 Training Course
Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014 Training Course

Outline: Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
The major tools of the SQL Server platform i.e. editions, versions, network listeners, and an understanding of services and service accounts.
Interpret details from execution plans of common elements.
Craft effective non-clustered indexes.
Design and implement views, stored procedures.
Work with table types, and utilize the MERGE statement to produce procedures (stored) that update information warehouses.
Scalar and table-valued functions
Utilizing appropriate data types when producing tables. Data conversions and production of alias data types.
Understand deadlock situation and impact of isolation levels and application concurrency.
Understand T-SQL error handling code, DML trigger, SQL CLR integration, .NET assembly, storing XML data and schemas in SQL Server.
Undertake XML data queries.
GEOGRAPHY and GEOMETRY data types
Full-text index queries
Principles of good design and practices for SQL Server tables. Using T-SQL to create tables. (NB: partitioned tables are not dealt with).
Utilize the constraints: PRIMARY AND FOREIGN KEY, DEFAULT, CHECK and UNIQUE constraints, and interrogate cascading FOREIGN KEY constraints.
Deciding on composite indexes strategies and appropriate single column.
Heaps and tables with clustered indexes.
Considering the structure of a table.

 

 

Course duration and fees: Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014 Training Course

The course (Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014
Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

IT Professionals who wish to become proficient on SQL Server 2014 product features and technologies for the purpose of database implementation.

 

For the Developing MS SQL Server Databases 2014 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

Skills in writing T-SQL queries and basic relational database concepts experience

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

What Is a Data Warehouse? ETL, BI and How It Differs from a Database

If you are asking what a data warehouse is, the short answer is this: it is a central store of data, copied from an organisation’s different systems, cleaned and organised so that it can be used for reporting and analysis. Business Intelligence (BI) reports and dashboards then draw on it. This guide explains how a data warehouse differs from an ordinary database and from a data lake, how data gets into it, and how it is used. For SQL Server, Excel, Power BI and Access training, browse our Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

See all BOTI supply chain, procurement and contracts courses.

Related: Supply Chain Course Cost, Requirements & Where to Study in South Africa.

Related: Tender & Contract Management Training: Manage the Contract You Just Won.

What is a data warehouse?

A data warehouse is a database designed for analysis rather than for running day-to-day transactions. Most organisations keep data in separate systems: accounting, sales, payroll and HR, and a collection of spreadsheets. Each answers its own questions, but none can answer a question that cuts across them, such as which customers are most profitable once returns and discounts are counted.

A data warehouse brings that data together in one place. Four features set it apart:

  • Integrated: data from different systems is matched up, so a customer, product or branch means the same thing everywhere.
  • Historical: it keeps data over months and years, so you can compare this year with last year.
  • Stable: data is loaded on a schedule and then read for reports. Users do not edit it directly.
  • Organised by subject: data is arranged around business subjects such as sales, customers, stock and staff.

Data warehouse vs database

Every data warehouse is a database, but not every database is a data warehouse. The difference is what each is built to do.

An operational database sits behind a single application, such as an invoicing or booking system. It handles many small transactions, holds mainly current data and avoids storing the same fact twice. Running large reports on it can slow down the system staff and customers depend on.

A data warehouse is built for the opposite workload: fewer, larger queries that summarise a great many rows. Its tables are often arranged in a “star” layout, with a central fact table holding the measures (sales amounts, quantities, hours) and surrounding dimension tables describing them (date, product, customer, region). That layout makes it quick to slice the figures by any combination of dimensions.

Data warehouse vs data lake

A data lake stores large volumes of raw data in its original form: database tables, but also files, logs, documents and images. Data is usually stored first and structured later, when someone needs it. That makes a lake flexible, but without good management it becomes hard to find or trust anything in it.

A data warehouse works the other way round. Data is cleaned and structured before it is loaded, according to definitions agreed in advance, so that reports are reliable. Many organisations use both: a lake for keeping raw data, and a warehouse for trusted reporting. A data mart is a smaller, focused part of a warehouse that serves one department, such as finance or sales.

Feature Operational database Data warehouse Data lake
Main purpose Run day-to-day transactions Reporting and analysis Store raw data for later use
Data Current, from one application Cleaned, integrated, historical Raw, in many formats
Structure Designed for fast updates Designed for fast reading Applied when the data is used
Typical users Staff using the application Managers, analysts, report writers Data engineers and data scientists

How data gets in: ETL

Data reaches a warehouse through a process called ETL: extract, transform and load.

  • Extract: copy the data from each source system.
  • Transform: clean and reshape it. That means removing duplicates, fixing formats and dates, standardising codes, combining records from different systems and applying business rules, such as how revenue or an “active customer” is defined.
  • Load: write the result into the warehouse tables.

ETL usually runs on a schedule, often overnight. A well-built ETL process supports incremental extraction and loading, so each run handles only new or changed data instead of copying everything again. Some teams load the raw data first and transform it inside the warehouse, an approach called ELT.

Data quality is part of the job. Validation checks catch missing or impossible values, and master data, the single agreed list of customers, products or cost centres, keeps every report using the same definitions. If the data going in cannot be trusted, neither can the reports that come out.

How a data warehouse is used for reporting and BI

A data warehouse feeds reporting and Business Intelligence:

  • Management reports and dashboards, such as sales by region by month or staff costs by department.
  • Trend and variance analysis: actual against budget, this month against last, this year against last.
  • Self-service analysis, where analysts connect Excel or Power BI to the warehouse and build their own reports.
  • One version of the truth, so that finance, sales and operations quote the same figures in the same meeting.

Most of this data is retrieved with SQL, the standard language for querying databases.

Does every organisation need a data warehouse?

Not necessarily. A small organisation with one or two systems can often report directly from them, or combine data in Excel or Power BI, which can import, transform and load data from spreadsheets, text files and databases. A warehouse becomes worthwhile when data sits in many systems, when reports from different departments disagree, when history is lost as systems change, or when reporting starts to slow down the systems people work in.

Skills for working with a data warehouse

Those who build and load a warehouse need solid relational database experience: tables and relationships, normalised design, SQL queries and some programming. Analysts who use it need to write SQL queries and to analyse and present the results in Excel or Power BI.

BOTI’s data courses

The courses in this list are not accredited. They are delivered as professional skills programmes, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. For a short start, the Power BI Foundations: Build Your First Live Report masterclass is a live 3-hour online session.

Speak to a BOTI consultant

Phone 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or fill in the form and we will get back to you. You can also browse all BOTI courses.

Frequently asked questions

What is a data warehouse?

A data warehouse is the central platform that supports a Business Intelligence (BI) solution. Data is extracted from source systems, transformed and loaded into it (ETL), cleansed and validated so it can be trusted, and then used by BI reports and analysis. Unlike an ordinary operational database, it combines data from many systems and keeps history over time.

What is ETL in a data warehouse?

ETL stands for extract, transform and load: the process that moves data from source systems into the data warehouse. Data is copied from each source, cleaned and reshaped to agreed definitions, and then written into the warehouse tables. A good ETL solution supports incremental extraction and loading, so each run handles only new or changed data.

What is the difference between a data warehouse and a data lake?

A data lake stores raw data in its original form, including files, logs and documents, and structures it only when someone uses it. A data warehouse holds data that has already been cleaned and structured to agreed definitions, so it is suited to reliable reporting. Many organisations use a lake for raw storage and a warehouse for trusted reports.

How is data kept clean and reliable in a data warehouse?

Through data cleansing and validation during the ETL process, which removes duplicates, fixes formats and flags missing or impossible values, and through master data management, which keeps one agreed list of customers, products and other key records. Together they make sure the reports built on the warehouse draw on consistent, validated data.

What experience do I need before learning data warehousing?

To build a data warehouse, you need relational database experience: creating tables and relationships, writing Transact-SQL queries, normalised database design, and basic programming constructs such as branching and looping. To use one for reporting, SQL querying and Excel or Power BI skills are enough to start. An understanding of business priorities such as profitability and financial accounting also helps. If you are new to SQL Server, start with a SQL querying course.

Data warehouse work starts with solid Transact-SQL querying and relational database skills. BOTI’s Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server: SQL Querying course builds that foundation for people new to SQL Server. It runs in-house at your premises, at our venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. Call 011 882 8853 or email [email protected] to arrange a date.

Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Databases made easy with the Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Be A Guru of Databases with a The Microsoft Sql Server Courses (or Sql Course ; Sql Training Courses Johannesburg, Cape Town- South Africa) provides delegates with the technical knowledge to write basic Transact-SQL queries for Microsoft SQL Server 2014. This course is the basis for all SQL Server-related disciplines; in particular, Database Development, Database Administration and Business Intelligence.
This module introduces the SQL Server platform and major tools. It discusses editions, versions, tools used to query, documentation sources, and the logical structure of databases.

 

Microsoft Sql Server Courses (or Sql Course ; Sql Training Courses Johannesburg, Cape Town- South Africa)
Conquer the Database

 

Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Outline: Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the Microsoft Sql Server Courses (or Sql Course ; Sql Training Courses Johannesburg, Cape Town- South Africa) include:
SELECT queries formulation
Filtering and sorting data
Utilizing data types in SQL Server
Use sub-queries, table expressions, set operators, window ranking, offset and aggregate functions
Pivoting and grouping set implementation
Stored procedures execution
T-SQL programming
Error handling
Multiple tables querying
Transact-SQL to modify data
Utilizing built-in functions
Transactions implementation
Aggregate and Group data
Module 10: Using Subqueries
This module will introduce the use of subqueries in various parts of a SELECT statement. It will include the use of scalar and multi-result subqueries, and the use of the IN and EXISTS operators.
Lessons
Writing Self-Contained Subqueries
Writing Correlated Subqueries
Using the EXISTS Predicate with Subqueries
Lab : Using Subqueries
Write queries which use self-contained subqueries
Write queries which use scalar and multi-result subqueries
Write queries which use correlated subqueries and EXISTS predicate
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe the uses of queries which are nested within other queries.
Write self-contained subqueries which return scalar or multi-valued results.
Write correlated subqueries which return scalar or multi-valued results.
Use the EXISTS predicate to efficiently check for the
existence of rows in a subquery.

Module 11: Using Table Expressions
This module introduces T-SQL expressions which return a valid relational table, typically for further use in the query. The module discusses views, derived tables, common table expressions and inline table-valued functions.
Lessons
Using Derived Tables
Using Common Table Expressions
Using Views
Using Inline Table-Valued Functions
Lab : Using Table Expressions
Write Queries Which Use Views
Write Queries Which Use Derived Tables
Write Queries Which Use Common Table Expressions
Write Queries Which Use Inline Table-Valued Functions
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Write queries which use derived tables.
Write queries which use common table expressions.
Create simple views and write queries against them.
Create simple inline table-valued functions and write queries against them.

Module 12: Using Set Operators
This module introduces Microsoft SharePoint Server as a platform for BI, and then focuses on building BI dashboards and scorecards with PerformancePoint Services.
Lessons
Writing Queries with the UNION Operator
Using EXCEPT and INTERSECT
Using APPLY
Lab : Using Set Operators
Write queries which use UNION set operators and UNION ALL multi-set operators
Write queries which use CROSS APPLY and OUTER APPLY operators
Write queries which use EXCEPT and INTERSECT operators
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Write queries which combine data using the UNION operator
Write queries which compare sets using the INTERSECT and EXCEPT operators
Write queries which manipulate rows in a table by using APPLY with the results of a derived table or function

Module 13: Using Window Ranking, Offset, and Aggregate Functions
This module introduces window functions including ranking, aggregate and offset functions. Much of this functionality is new to SQL Server 2012. It will cover the use of T-SQL functions such as ROW_NUMBER, RANK, DENSE_RANK, NTILE, LAG, LEAD, FIRST_VALUE and LAST_VALUE to perform calculations against a set, or window, of rows.
Lessons
Creating Windows with OVER
Exploring Window Functions
Lab : Using Window Ranking, Offset and Aggregate Functions
Write queries which use ranking functions
Write queries which use offset functions
Write queries which use window aggregate functions
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe the benefits to using window functions.
Restrict window functions to rows defined in an OVER clause, including partitions and frames.
Write queries which use window functions to operate on a window of rows and return ranking, aggregation and offset comparison results.

Module 14: Pivoting and Grouping Sets
This module discusses techniques for pivoting data in T-SQL as well to introduce the fundamentals of the GROUPING SETS clause. It will also cover the use of GROUP BY ROLLUP and GROUP BY CUBE syntax in SQL Server.
Lessons
Writing Queries with PIVOT and UNPIVOT
Working with Grouping Sets
Lab : Pivoting and Grouping Sets
Write queries which use the PIVOT operator
Write queries which use the UNPIVOT operator
Write queries which use the GROUPING SETS subclause
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Write queries which pivot and unpivot result sets.
Write queries which specify multiple groupings with grouping sets.

Module 15: Executing Stored Procedures
This module introduces the use of existing stored procedures in a T-SQL querying environment. It discusses the use of EXECUTE, how to pass input and output parameters to a procedure, and how to invoke system stored procedures.
Lessons
Querying Data with Stored Procedures
Passing Parameters to Stored Procedures
Creating Simple Stored Procedures
Working with Dynamic SQL
Lab : Executing Stored Procedures
Use the EXECUTE statement to invoke stored procedures
Pass parameters to stored procedures
Execute system stored procedures
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Return results by executing stored procedures.
Pass parameters to procedures.
Create simple stored procedures which encapsulate a SELECT statement.
Construct and execute dynamic SQL with EXEC and sp_executesql.

Module 16: Programming with T-SQL
This module provides a basic introduction to T-SQL programming concepts and objects. It discusses batches, variables, control of flow elements such as loops and conditionals, how to create and execute dynamic SQL statements, and how to use synonyms.
Lessons
T-SQL Programming Elements
Controlling Program Flow
Lab : Programming with T-SQL
Declaring Variables and Delimiting Batches
Using Control-of-Flow Elements
Generating Dynamic SQL
Using Synonyms
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe the language elements of T-SQL used for simple programming tasks.
Describe batches and how they are handled by SQL Server.
Declare and assign variables and synonyms.
Use IF and WHILE blocks to control program flow.

Module 17: Implementing Error Handling
This module introduces the use of error handlers in T-SQL code. It will introduce the difference between compile errors and run-time errors, and will cover how errors affect batches. The module will also cover how to control error handling using TRY/CATCH blocks, the use of the ERROR class of functions, and the use of the new THROW statement.
Lessons
Using TRY / CATCH Blocks
Working with Error Information
Lab : Implementing Error Handling
Redirecting Errors with TRY / CATCH
Using THROW to Pass an Error Message Back to a Client
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe SQL Server’s behavior when errors occur in T-SQL code.
Implement structured exception handling in T-SQL.
Return information about errors from system objects.
Raise user-defined errors and pass system errors in T-SQL code.

Module 18: Implementing Transactions
This module introduces the concepts of transaction management in SQL Server. It will provide a high-level overview of transaction properties, cover the basics of marking transactions with BEGIN, COMMIT and ROLLBACK.
Lessons
Transactions and the Database Engine
Controlling Transactions
Isolation Levels
Lab : Implementing Transactions
Controlling transactions with BEGIN, COMMIT, and ROLLBACK
Adding error handling to a CATCH block
After completing this module, you will be able to:
Describe transactions and the differences between batches and transactions.
Describe batches and how they are handled by SQL Server.
Create and manage transactions with transaction control language statements.
Use SET XACT_ABORT to define SQL Server’s handling of transactions outside TRY / CATCH blocks.
Describe the effects of isolation levels on transactions

Course duration and fees: Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

Our two day Microsoft Sql Server Courses (or Sql Course ; Sql Training Courses Johannesburg, Cape Town- South Africa) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course

The course (Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course or Microsoft Sql Server Courses (or Sql Course ; Sql Training Courses Johannesburg, Cape Town- South Africa) ) is designed for the following attendees:

Targeted to Database Developers, Database Administrators, and Business Intelligence professionals. SQL power users who aren’t necessarily database will benefit and who are focused or plan on taking the exam; i.e. business analysts, report writers and client application developers.
For the Querying MS SQL Server 2014 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Microsoft Windows operating system basic knowledge
Working knowledge of relational databases

 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course

Introduction: Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course

The objective of this training is to assist the learner to understand internet marketing and covers the following:
– Definitions and Terminology?
– How to utilize Google AdWords and be on the first page of Google search
– Using statistics to monitor performance (including Google Analytics)
– Email (bulk) and newsletters- essential for Customer Relationship Management (CRM)
– Planning company’s Marketing strategy
– Making Facebook work for your company
– Site engine optimization (SEO) for better ranking

Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course
Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course

Outline: Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Online Marketing Discussion –terms e.g SEO, Social Media, Google Adwords, Facebook, CRM
• SEO –Impact, Google ranking, Meta tags, views, Call to action, identifying quality link, Blogging, networking
• Analysis using Google Analytics, overview, Dashboard, tracking conversion
• Newsletters -Why required? Relevant content , frequency
• Planning one’s online marketing strategy- Hootsuite, Schedules
• Adwords and Google -Need for Google Adwords (affordability), Strategy

 

 

Course duration and fees: Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course

The course (Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Targeted to individuals who wish to learn internet marketing skills. In particular, it will be advantageous to marketing employees from small to medium to large companies. Entrepreneurs and Small-business owners will also benefit. Indeed all people engaged with marketing responsibilities will enhance their skills and knowledge of the concepts of internet marketing and how they relate to marketing/ increasing revenue within their organizations.

 

For the Internet Marketing Essentials Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

You should be able to comfortably navigate your way around a computer and the internet.

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI sales, marketing and customer care courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Autodesk Revit Architecture Essential Training Course

Autodesk Revit Architecture Essentials training teaches architects, technicians and drafters to model buildings in Revit using Building Information Modelling (BIM): walls, doors and windows, floors, roofs, stairs, and construction documents with schedules and tags. BOTI’s course runs over three days – see all BOTI graphic design and CAD courses.

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Introduction: Autodesk Revit Architecture Essential Training Course

The course teaches delegates how to utilize Revit Architecture for building information modeling and the techniques for parametric documentation and building design. The fundamental features of Revit Architecture are taught. The next phase involves schematic design and construction documentation, Finally the course deals with visualization. After completion of this course one should be capable of completing one’s first Revit Architecture project.

Outline: Autodesk Revit Architecture Essential Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:
Interface setup

Revit Architecture and constructing Information Modeling , definitions, commencing projects, command viewing

Editing and Tools for Basic Drawing

Levels and Grids – Datum elements –importing/ links to CAD files, grids for structures, columns addition

Modifying Walls and drawings – editing tools

Windows and Doors , Curtain Walls, Floors, Roofs

Vertical Circulation, stairs, ramps, railings

Construction documentation production and annotation

Schedules and Tags

Detailing Autodesk Revit Architecture, views, patterning , annotating , keynote legends, ”

 

 

Course duration

Three days, in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Autodesk Revit Architecture Essential Training Course

The course (Autodesk Revit Architecture Essential Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Suitable for New Autodesk Revit Architecture operators or alternatively Autodesk software operators who wish to gain knowledge about Autodesk Revit Architecture’s elements.

 

For the Autodesk Revit Architecture Essential Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Previous CAD knowledge and experience is not necessary, but prior to going on this course delegates should have practical knowledge of:
• Engineering principles or drafting or Architectural Design,
• Microsoft Windows® programs

 

 

Request a quote

Related Autodesk courses at BOTI

Autodesk Revit Structure Essentials (3 days), Autodesk Revit MEP Essentials (3 days) and AutoCAD Essentials (2D) (3 days).

Frequently asked questions

What does Revit Architecture Essentials training cover?

It covers the Revit interface and BIM concepts, levels and grids, walls, doors, windows, curtain walls, floors and roofs, stairs, ramps and railings, and construction documents with schedules, tags and detailing.

Do I need CAD experience?

No. CAD experience is not necessary, but you should understand engineering, drafting or architectural design principles and be comfortable with Windows programs.

How long is the course?

Autodesk Revit Architecture Essentials runs over three days.

Can I do Revit training online?

Yes. BOTI runs the course live online as well as in-house and at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

Book BOTI’s Autodesk Revit Architecture Essentials (3 days) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course

Introduction: Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course

Provides the skills and knowledge required to perform the bookkeeper to trial balance role utilizing Sage Pastel Xpress Version 14.

Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course
Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course

Outline: Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course

In-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Installation

• Demo Company working

• New Company creation

• Company setup

• Customers , Suppliers, Inventory and General Ledger
-Edit Menu

• General Ledger accounts and Processing

• The View Menu

 

 

Course duration and fees: Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course

Our three-day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course

The course (Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

0
 

For the Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Standard 8/Grade 10 Bookkeeping or Bookkeeping NQF Level 3 qualification.
Standard 8/Matric or Computer Literacy at NQF Level 3 or Computer Literacy.
Maths Literacy or Standard 8/Matric Maths.

 

 

Related Public Course Schedule and Costs

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 



 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

If you are looking for Pastel training in Johannesburg, Cape Town or Durban, this course runs at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, or online. Below you will find what it covers, how long it takes and what you should know before you start. If you need a different Sage product or want to strengthen your bookkeeping first, BOTI’s finance and bookkeeping courses include Sage Pastel Partner, Sage Pastel Payroll Administration and Basic Bookkeeping.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Frequently asked questions

Where can I do Pastel training in Johannesburg?

BOTI runs this Sage Pastel Xpress course at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, and in-house at your company’s premises, which suits a team that wants to train together. It can also be delivered online. To book a place, or to request a quote for a group, call 011 882 8853 or email [email protected].

Is there Pastel training in Cape Town or Durban?

Yes. For a group, BOTI delivers the course in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, including Cape Town and Durban. Individual delegates can join online or attend at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. The content is the same in every format: company setup, customers, suppliers, inventory and the general ledger in Sage Pastel Xpress.

What does the Sage Pastel Xpress course cover?

The course prepares you for the bookkeeper-to-trial-balance role in Sage Pastel Xpress. It covers installation, working in the demo company, creating and setting up a new company, customers, suppliers, inventory and the general ledger, general ledger accounts and processing, and the Edit and View menus. It is practical, so you apply each step as you learn it.

What do I need to know before a Pastel course?

It is advisable to have bookkeeping at Grade 10 (Standard 8) level or a Bookkeeping qualification at NQF Level 3, computer literacy at NQF Level 3 or equivalent, and Maths or Maths Literacy at Grade 10 or matric level. The course is aimed at the bookkeeper’s role, so it assumes you already understand basic bookkeeping.

How long is the Sage Pastel Xpress course?

The Sage 50cloud Pastel Xpress Training Course runs over three days. The time goes on hands-on practice: setting up a company in Pastel Xpress and processing customers, suppliers, inventory and the general ledger, so that you can take a set of books through to the trial balance.

To book, see the Sage 50cloud Pastel Xpress Training Course, a three-day course for bookkeepers moving to Pastel Xpress. It runs at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, or online. This course is not accredited; delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. Call 011 882 8853 or email [email protected].

AutoCAD Essentials (2D) Training Course

Looking for AutoCAD courses in Cape Town or elsewhere in South Africa? BOTI’s AutoCAD Essentials (2D) course is a three-day programme that teaches new users to draw, edit, annotate and print 2D drawings in AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT. Teams in Cape Town, Durban and other centres take it in-house at their own premises or live online, Johannesburg teams can also attend at BOTI’s Sunningdale venue, and you can compare it with our other Graphic Design and CAD training courses.

Related: Lean Manufacturing Training.

Related: How to Run a Lunch and Learn Training Session at Work.

Course Introduction

This course introduces the AutoCAD workspace and user interface, then moves quickly into hands-on work. You will use the basic drawing, viewing and editing features, and learn to organise drawing objects on layers, insert symbols, set up plot layouts, and add text, dimensions and hatching. By the end of the course you will be able to produce a tidy, correctly annotated 2D drawing that is ready to print.

Course Outline

Key outcomes of this course include:

  • AutoCAD introduction, the Cartesian workspace, commands, viewing and saving
  • Using layers to organise a drawing
  • Projects: complex objects, with mechanical, architectural and civil projects
  • Text, annotations, multiline text and formatting
  • Editing commands and basic drawing: erasing objects, polar tracking and drawing shapes
  • Projects: creating simple drawings
  • Precision drawing, running object snaps and snap tracking
  • Making drawing changes, mirroring objects and using grips
  • Projects: precise drawing, electronics, an architectural landscape project and a mechanical project
  • Hatching and editing hatches
  • Adding linear, radial and angular dimensions
  • Projects: annotating your drawing
  • Layout settings
  • Advanced object types: arcs, polylines, polygons and ellipses
  • Drawing information and measuring
  • Projects: drawing organisation and information
  • Editing objects beyond the basics
  • Inserting blocks
  • Printing
  • Projects: preparing to print

What you will be able to do after the course

  • Find your way around the AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT interface, and open, view and save drawings with confidence.
  • Draw accurately with coordinates, object snaps, polar tracking and snap tracking, rather than estimating by eye.
  • Keep drawings organised with layers and reusable blocks, so colleagues can read and edit your work.
  • Annotate drawings with text, dimensions and hatching that follow a consistent style.
  • Set up layouts and print drawings to the correct scale.

Autocad Courses Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban (South Africa)

Course duration

3 days. Practical drawing projects run through all three days, so delegates apply each new set of commands straight away, from simple shapes to annotated mechanical, architectural and civil drawings.

Who should attend

This course is designed for the following individuals:

  • New operators of AutoCAD LT or AutoCAD.
  • Draughting, engineering, architectural and technical staff who need to produce or edit 2D drawings.
  • Team members who already work with drawings and want to create and change them in AutoCAD themselves.

Recommended prior learning

For the AutoCAD Essentials course, it is advisable to have the following experience and knowledge:

  • Practical knowledge of designing, drafting or engineering principles.
  • Working knowledge of Microsoft Windows.

If drawing conventions are new to you, start with the Introduction to Technical Drawing Course. It covers the principles that AutoCAD then puts on screen.

AutoCAD training in Cape Town, Johannesburg and Durban

BOTI’s training venue is in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. For teams in Cape Town, Durban and other parts of South Africa, the AutoCAD Essentials course runs in-house at your premises. Your drafting staff can then learn on the kind of drawings they handle every day, without travel costs or time out of the region.

The course is also available as live online training with a facilitator. Delegates follow the same outline and projects, and can ask questions as they work. Before booking an online group, ask BOTI what software setup each delegate needs.

For in-house groups, BOTI can shape the practical projects around your sector, for example mechanical, architectural, civil or electronics drawings, because the outline already includes projects in each of these areas.

Where to go after AutoCAD Essentials

Once delegates are confident with 2D drafting, they can build on it with these courses:

If you are still deciding whether AutoCAD is the right tool for your team, read our guide What is AutoCAD.

Customised Courses: Book or Request a Quote

We also offer customised CAD training across South Africa, in-house at your premises or live online. Use the button below to book your AutoCAD training, or request a quote for your team.

Book This Course Or Request a Quote

Browse All Our Courses

Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Email Us

[email protected]

Frequently asked questions

Where can I attend an AutoCAD course in Cape Town?

BOTI’s training venue is in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. For teams in Cape Town, BOTI runs the AutoCAD Essentials (2D) course in-house at your premises or as live online training, so your staff do not need to travel.

How long is the AutoCAD Essentials training course?

AutoCAD Essentials (2D) runs over three days. The time is split between guided instruction and practical drawing projects covering layers, precision drawing, text, dimensions, hatching, blocks and printing.

Do I need experience before starting AutoCAD training?

The course is designed for new AutoCAD and AutoCAD LT users. It helps to have a practical understanding of design, drafting or engineering principles and to be comfortable using Microsoft Windows. If you are new to drawing conventions, consider an introduction to technical drawing first.

Is the AutoCAD Essentials course accredited?

No. AutoCAD Essentials (2D) is a non-accredited professional skills programme, and delegates who complete it receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Ready to get your team drawing accurately in AutoCAD? Book the AutoCAD Essentials (2D) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course

Introduction: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course

Microsoft Office Excel Intermediate 2010 shoud be completed once Microsoft Office Excel Basic 2010 course has been undertaken . In the later course you would have created formatted, edited, basic spreadsheets. Now you need to repetitive that are repetitive and view spreadsheets in a better way. Here, you will use Microsoft Office Excel to refine and improve your spreadsheets by using charts, formulas, graphics and templates.

VideoWatch on YouTube
Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course

 

Outline: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
1. Undertaking Calculations, groups naming, Data range naming, Formulas and Formula Auditing, Tracing Errors, Precedents and Dependent cells

2. Modifying appearance of Workbook Appearance, Numbers formatting. Transposing, modifying Cell Orientation and cell Merging, filters, subtotal and aggregate function, Data Validation

3. Summarizing Data and sorting data, Sort Data, subtotals, Creating an outline, functions for Lookup

4. Multiple Sources data combining, Templates, protection, Linking and Consolidating data, Changes tracking comments and password protection,

 

 

Course duration and fees: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course

The course (Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Anyone that desires to gain necessary skill to create templates, sort and filter data, import and export data, analyze data and work with Excel on the Web.
For the Ms Office Excel Intermediate 2010 Saturday Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Excel 2010: Basic or equivalent experience

Microsoft Office Excel: Beginners or equivalent working knowledge.

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course

Introduction: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course

 

 

Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course

 

Outline: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

VideoWatch on YouTube
Key outcomes of the course include:
Module 1: Introduction including: Spreadsheet terminology, navigation, templates

Module 2: Entering and Editing Data- text, values, formulas, saving
Module 3: Worksheet modification and editing: Moving and copying data, formula. References (absolute versus relative). Editing ranges, rows, and columns

Module 4: Functions – how to use them e.g. AutoSum

Module 5: Text, number and row formatting (including conditional)

Module 6: Basic Charts and how to format them

Module 7: Graphics, pictures, smartgraphics

Module 8: Printing worksheets

 

 

Course duration and fees: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course

The course (Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This is aimed at delegates who wish to acquire the knowledge necessary to, edit, create and print and format basic worksheets within Microsoft Office Excel.
For the Ms Office Excel Beginners 2010 Saturday Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Basic or equivalent experience in Windows 7.

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course

Introduction: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course

Microsoft Office Excel Advanced courses is followed by Microsoft Excel: Beginners and Microsoft Excel: Intermediate, this course will extend your knowledge into some of the more specialized and advanced capabilities of Excel by automating some common tasks, applying advanced analysis techniques to more complex data sets, collaborating on worksheets with others, and sharing Excel data with other applications.

VideoWatch on YouTube
Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course

 

Outline: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
1. Data Sets analysis – Scenario Summary, Scenario Manager, Goal Seek, Solver, descriptive statistics
2. Advanced Functions
If formulas, using other And, Or, Not, nested formulas, Rounding PMT Function, Showing / Hiding Formulas

3. Pivot Tables – Using Slicers to filter data, Rearranging Pivot Tables, Refreshing Data, Subtotals, and Creating Pivot Tables from external data import

4. Producing Graphics & Charts, Trendline, Sparklines, Pivot Charts, Smart Art Mathematical Equations

5. Repetitive Tasks automation by utilizing Macros

6. Interaction with other Microsoft Office Programs – Embedding/ linking other office files

 

Course duration and fees: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course

The course (Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Targeted to wishing to acquire the acumen required to produce macros, analyze and data within worksheets, collaborate with others user, intergrate data from multiple sources and data export and import.

 

For the Ms Office Excel Advanced 2010 Saturday Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

Microsoft Office Excel: Beginners and Microsoft Excel: Intermediate or equivalent working knowledge

<

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course

Improve Corporate Ethics with a Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course

Ethics Training South Africa or Ethics Courses in South Africa covers the following key areas:

  • Understand and identify legislation that impacts on your daily life
  • Realize the link between personal effectiveness and business ethics
  • Understand and apply the legislation in your company
  • Appreciate the position/ responsibilities of the Ethics Officer
  • Monitor the practice of ethics
  • Convert objectives relating to ethics into Key Performance Area
  • Understand the relationship between governance, compliance, behaviour and ethics
Ethics Training South Africa or Ethics Courses In South Africa
Improve Business Ethics

 

Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course

Outline: Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the Ethics Training South Africa or Ethics Courses In South Africa include:

• Personal effectiveness & ethics, develop your ethical core, link between ethics and emotional intelligence
• Relationship between compliance, governance and ethics , link between strategy and operations, King III , Ethics Officer, Safe Reporting
• Measuring the application of ethics in your business unit, Key Performance Areas for ethical behavior, quality standards, moral principles in the workplace, Code of Ethics
• Legislation that affects daily life, Common Law in business, legislation affecting your company

 

 

Course duration and fees: Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course

Our two day Ethics Training South Africa or Ethics Courses In South Africa is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course

The Ethics Training South Africa or Ethics Courses In South Africa (or Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Supervisors, Junior Management, Team managers, Facilitators of Skills Development, Human Capital Practitioners.

 

For the Business Ethics – A Practical Guide Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Matric with English.

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on link below for related public course/s:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI project management, agile and process improvement courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course

Introduction: AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course

. The Autocad Plant 3d Essential Training: Admin Classes (or Autocad Plant 3d Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Pretoria, Durban) dealing with AutoCAD® Plant 3D is software that is designed around by industry specifications, it allows one to utilize existing content and designs, and produce and share construction documents which may include orthographics, isometrics. You will gain knowledge to use AutoCAD® Plant 3D to produce and amend a 3D plant design. You will also obtain two dimensional views of the three dimensional design.

Autocad Plant 3d Essential Training: Admin Classes (or Autocad Plant 3d Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Pretoria, Durban)
Master Computer Plant Design

In the practice of design, the ideal work environment enables one to spend energy to ensure that the design meets or exceeds the requirements. Because a plant is operated and constructed in a real 3 dimensional world, the best way of producing the design is in 3 dimensions.

 

AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course

Outline: AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the Autocad Plant 3d Essential Training: Admin Classes (or Autocad Plant 3d Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Pretoria, Durban)  include:
• Introduction to AutoCAD Plant 3D and AutoCAD P&ID, Creating Project Folders and Drawings
• Steel Modelling and Editing
• Equipment Modeling and Editing
• Piping Basics
• Working with P&ID Data in Plant 3D
• Piping Editing and Advanced Topic

 

 

Course duration and fees: AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course

Our two day Autocad Plant 3d Essential Training: Admin Classes (or Autocad Plant 3d Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Pretoria, Durban) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course

The course (AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

  • Targeted at New users of the software.

For the AutoCAD Plant 3D Essentials Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

  • Proficiency in utilizing AutoCAD (preferably in the 3D modeling environment)
  • Instrument and process diagrams knowledge (although suggested – not required)
  • Process industry or piping industry basic knowledge (although suggested – not required)
  • Microsoft® Windows®

 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course (Autocad Plant 3d Essential Training: Admin Classes (or Autocad Plant 3d Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Pretoria, Durban) across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Autodesk Vault Training: What It Covers and BOTI’s Inventor and AutoCAD Courses

Autodesk Vault training teaches CAD users and CAD administrators to store, version and share design files in one controlled place instead of on scattered network drives. BOTI does not currently run a dedicated Autodesk Vault course. We train the design skills Vault is built around, especially Autodesk Inventor and AutoCAD, through our Graphic Design and CAD training courses.

Course Introduction: Autodesk Vault Essentials Training

Autodesk Vault is Autodesk’s product data management software. It gives CAD administrators and end users one secure, organised store for all product information. Teams can find files quickly, work on the same project without overwriting each other’s work, and re-use proven designs.

An Autodesk Vault essentials course is usually the foundation module of that data management system. It is aimed at the people who create the files and the people who look after them.

Customised training for your team. BOTI tailors this course to your organisation and runs it in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Request a quote or call 011 882 8853.

Course Outline: Autodesk Vault Essentials Training

Autodesk Vault training generally covers these key outcomes:

  • Introduction to Autodesk Vault: what a vault is and why design teams use one
  • Basic Vault tasks: adding files, checking files out to edit them and checking them back in
  • Working with Vault from Autodesk Inventor, AutoCAD, AutoCAD Electrical, AutoCAD Mechanical and AutoCAD Civil 3D
  • Organising, managing and populating a vault: folder structures, file properties and searching

The core idea is simple. Every drawing, model and supporting document has one official copy, and every change leaves a version history. That matters most with Inventor assemblies, where one model can reference hundreds of part files. A part renamed or moved outside a controlled system can break the assembly.

Why design teams look for Autodesk Vault training

Most teams search for Vault training after they hit one of these problems:

  • Two people edit the same drawing and one set of changes is lost.
  • Nobody is sure which revision went to the client or the workshop.
  • Inventor assemblies open with missing references after files were copied or renamed.
  • New staff take weeks to find their way around the project folders.
  • Designs are redrawn from scratch because nobody can find the earlier version.

Software alone does not fix these problems. The team also needs consistent habits for naming files, structuring projects and handing work over. Those habits start with sound CAD skills and clear drawing office procedures, and BOTI does train both.

Course duration and fees: Autodesk Vault Essentials Training

BOTI does not run a Vault course, so there is no Vault schedule or fee on this page. The closest BOTI course is the three-day Autodesk Inventor Essentials Course, which builds the 3D modelling, assembly and drawing skills that Vault manages. The course is practical: delegates apply what they learn to the kind of design work they do in their own business. For a group quote, contact BOTI with your team size and preferred dates.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Autodesk Vault Essentials Training

Vault training suits individuals who take responsibility for managing project data, from Microsoft Office documents to CAD drawings. A delegate gets the most from it with a basic practical understanding of:

  • Autodesk Inventor
  • AutoCAD
  • Microsoft Office
  • AutoCAD Mechanical
  • AutoCAD Electrical
  • Microsoft Windows

If your team is not yet confident in these programs, build those skills first. Training in Vault workflows is far more useful once delegates understand how their own design files are structured.

BOTI courses that prepare your team for Autodesk Vault

These BOTI courses cover the design and data skills that Vault users rely on:

Getting your design data ready before Vault training

Whichever data management tool you use, a few steps make Vault training and roll-out smoother:

  1. Agree on one file naming convention and one project folder structure for the whole team.
  2. Decide who approves and releases drawings, and how revisions are recorded.
  3. Clean up duplicate and obsolete files before anything is loaded into a vault.
  4. Make sure every user can work confidently in the CAD program they use daily.
  5. Write down how work is handed over between designers, checkers and the workshop or site.

If you would like help working out which CAD skills your team needs first, ask BOTI to help you plan a training path.

Please click on the links below for our related public courses:


 
 
 
 













Frequently asked questions

Does BOTI offer Autodesk Vault training?

BOTI does not currently run a dedicated Autodesk Vault course. BOTI trains the Autodesk Inventor and AutoCAD skills that Vault users depend on, as well as drawing office management and records management.

What is Autodesk Vault used for?

Autodesk Vault is product data management software. It keeps one controlled copy of each design file, records versions, and lets team members check files out and back in so that work is not overwritten.

Should I take an Autodesk Inventor course before Vault training?

Yes, if you are new to Inventor. Vault manages Inventor parts, assemblies and drawings, so delegates who already understand how those files link together get far more out of Vault training.

Can BOTI’s Autodesk Inventor and AutoCAD training run in-house or online?

Yes. BOTI runs training in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Do BOTI’s Autodesk courses lead to a certificate?

BOTI’s Autodesk courses are not accredited. Delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customised courses for your team. Click a button below to request a proposal or book your course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

If your team needs the design skills behind Autodesk Vault, start with the Autodesk Inventor Essentials Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Don’t delay. Skill up at BOTi Today.

BOTi – Get On Course

Introduction to Basic Computing Training Course

Don’t be scared of a computer with our Introduction to Basic Computing Training Course

Course Introduction

Learn to use a computer with ease. This course is designed  to teach you  how to use a computer at a basic level. These days, especially as we enter the era of the 4th Industrial Revolution, computers are an integral and necessary part of our lives.  Even if you consider yourself to be a complete novice, with no understanding whatsoever of how computers work,  this course will introduce you to the basics so that you won’t ever shy away from a computer again.

 

Course Outline

Key outcomes of this course include:

Related: PC Training Courses: Computer Literacy and Typing.

This basic computer course for beginners covers the computer basics people need at work: using the mouse, opening programs, managing files and folders, searching for information, using the internet and keeping a computer secure. The course outline below shows exactly what the basic computer skills course includes. Once you are comfortable with the basics, BOTI’s Microsoft Office and computer skills courses take you on to Word, Excel, Outlook and PowerPoint at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels.

  • Knowing your computer and the mouse
  • How to open and close programs
  • How to search for files on a computer
  • How to prevent viruses.
  • Computer system essentials; Computer system elements; Exactly what makes computer systems work
  • Handling computer system contents; Keeping files on your computer system; folders; dealing with files
  • Searching for material and utilizing Help
  • Searching for information on your computer system
  • Windows Help and Support
  • Personalizing Windows; System settings
  • Utilizing the Internet; Searching the Web; Personalizing Internet Explorer; Social networking
  • Security and upkeep; Basic security; Regular maintenance
     

Customised training for your team. BOTI tailors this course to your organisation and runs it in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Request a quote or call 011 882 8853.

Course duration

2 days

Basic Computer Skills Course

 width=

Who should attend? 

This course is suitable for those with no prior knowledge of computers.
Accredited Computer Courses

Customized Courses – Book or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book Course, Anytime, Anywhere

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Frequently asked questions

What does a basic computer course include?

This course covers knowing your computer and the mouse, opening and closing programs, managing files and folders, searching for files and information, using Windows Help and Support, personalising Windows and its settings, using the internet and searching the web, social networking, and basic security and regular maintenance, including how to prevent viruses.

Is this basic computer course suitable for complete beginners?

Yes. It is designed for people with no prior knowledge of computers. It starts with the computer itself and the mouse, then builds up step by step to programs, files and folders, the internet and basic security, so that by the end you can use a computer with ease at a basic level.

How long is the basic computer skills course?

The course runs over two days. BOTI delivers it in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online, so a team can be trained together at work and individuals can join where it suits them. To book a date or request a quote, call 011 882 8853 or email [email protected].

Do you get a certificate for a basic computer course?

Yes. Delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. This course is not accredited: it is delivered as a professional skills programme that teaches practical, everyday computer skills, from using the mouse and managing files to searching the web and keeping your computer secure.

To book this training, see Introduction to Computers and Microsoft Office Basics, a two-day course for people with no computer experience that also takes your first steps in Microsoft Office. It runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online. This course is not accredited; delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course

Introduction: Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course

This course will teach delegates how to make use of the new tools and feature available on Windows 8 operating system. Delegates will be equipped with enough knowledge to personalize their personal computers. This course is suitable for all levels of technical abilities.

Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course
Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course

Outline: Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Learning the new features on Windows 8
• Learning the difference between Windows 8 and other Windows operating systems.
• How to log in and out of Windows
• How to customize the Taskbar

 

 

Course duration and fees: Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course

The course (Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who would like to know about Windows 8 interface
 

For the Getting Started With Windows 8 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Knowledge of Windows operating system
 

 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course

This course enhances the knowledge gained in Sales Skills: Basic. At this level, delegates will be taught ways of building clientele and make sure their needs are met. Delegates will also be introduced to negotiation skills, market research, competitor analysis and building a consulting strategy.

Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course
Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course

Outline: Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• How to achieve customer commitment.
• How to create a winning, client consultation strategy
• Learning how to close sales and do a follow up
• How to conduct a Market Research

 

 

Course duration and fees: Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course

The course (Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates from a sales background who are interested in learning how to conduct successful sales.
 

For the Sales Skills: Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Basic sales skills
 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI sales, marketing and customer care courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course

Introduction: Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course

This course is designed for delegates who are from a telephone-based sales background; the course will cover vital subjects that will improve business sales and revenue. Delegates will be trained on proper voice control, preparation of scripts, how to obtain feedback, and soft selling. In addition, delegates will be taught how to deal with rejections, difficult objections as well as appropriate ways of closing a deal.

Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course
Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course

Outline: Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

 

 

Course duration and fees: Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course

The course (Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who need to make use of the phone at any time during a sale process.
 

For the Professional Selling Over the Phone Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Marketing Courses Training Course

Introduction: Marketing Courses Training Course

This course is aimed at assisting delegates to achieve maximum profits, create more wealth and be sustainable. This course is also important for businesses that are in the process of seeking financial help. Delegates will be taught how to put together a marketing plan and a business that will maximize their chances of getting financial backing from institutions.

Marketing Courses Training Course
Marketing Courses Training Course

Outline: Marketing Courses Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Knowledge equivalent to Marketing Fundamentals course or a good understanding of marketing principles.
 

 

Course duration and fees: Marketing Courses Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Marketing Courses Training Course

The course (Marketing Courses Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Business owners, marketing executives and general managers
• Delegates who wish to buy and develop a business
• Delegates who wish to sell their businesses

 

For the Marketing Courses Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
0
 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI sales, marketing and customer care courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course

Introduction: Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course

This course will teach delegates the importance of learning how to control feelings and emotions in order to lead a more positive life and attract positivity in their lives. Upon completion of the course delegates will be more flexible and generally feel more enthusiastic and willing to perform in group activities.

 

Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course

Outline: Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• learning methods of control
• learning how to make better choices
• learning methods to help you work smarter

 

Course duration and fees: Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course

Our one day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course

The course (Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who wish to improve their daily interactions.

No prior knowledge is required for the Emotional Intelligence Works Training Course.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course

Introduction: Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course

Labour Relations & Law Fundamentals course will give delegates an overview of the South African labour law. Upon completion delegates should be familiar with legislative practices and understand legal frameworks.

Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course
Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course

Outline: Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

 

 

Course duration and fees: Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course

The course (Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates interested in understanding the South African Labour Relations.
 

For the Labour Relations & Law Fundamental Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None
 

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on link below for related public course/s:

Human Resources and Labour Legislation

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI human resources, labour and employment equity courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Practical Leadership Training Course

Introduction: Practical Leadership Training Course

Practical Leadership course was designed to equip newly appointed managers with practical skills that can be applied in the workplace for effective leadership.

 

Practical Leadership Training Course

Outline: Practical Leadership Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• The move from being an individual contributor to a manager.
• How to develop an effective team
• Workplace communication
• Putting a strategy into place for business results

 

 

Course duration and fees: Practical Leadership Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Practical Leadership Training Course

The course (Practical Leadership Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Experience of the workplace practicing as an individual contributor.
For the Practical Leadership Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge: None

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

New Management & Refined Supervisory Skills Training Course

Supervisory skills training helps new and experienced supervisors lead their teams, plan the work, solve problems and manage performance. BOTI’s two-day Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders course covers the supervisor’s role, attitude and image, people skills and team building, and getting the work done – see all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Introduction: New Management & Refined Supervisory Skills Training Course

New Management & Refined Supervisory will help interested delegates become better supervisors to their subordinates. Delegates will discover that their attitude can either enhance or break their team spirit. Even the more experienced supervisors can take this course to refresh their skills.

Outline: New Management & Refined Supervisory Skills Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:
• A Role Defined
• The Attitude and Image
• Human skills and team building
• Getting the Work Done

 

 

Course duration

The course runs over two days, in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: New Management & Refined Supervisory Skills Training Course

The course (New Management & Refined Supervisory Skills Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Supervisors and managers who wish to improve their professional skills
 

 

 

What a supervisor does

A supervisor turns the organisation’s plans into daily work. The role combines planning and allocating tasks, setting standards and checking quality, communicating between management and the team, coaching and correcting staff, handling conflict and keeping records. New supervisors often find the hardest change is moving from doing the work themselves to getting it done through others.

Skills every new supervisor needs

  • Planning, prioritising and delegating work.
  • Clear instructions and regular feedback.
  • Managing performance and dealing with poor performance early.
  • Handling conflict and building team spirit.
  • Solving problems and making decisions within their authority.

For managers who lead other managers, see Leadership and People Management (2 days).

An accredited route for office supervisors

For a full qualification, BOTI offers the QCTO Occupational Certificate: Office Supervisor (SAQA ID 118740, NQF Level 5, 240 credits). New learners must enrol by 31 December 2026[1].

Request a quote

Frequently asked questions

What does supervisory skills training cover?

Supervisory skills training covers the supervisor’s role and responsibilities, planning and delegating work, communicating with the team, managing performance, handling conflict and building team spirit.

Who should attend a supervisory skills course?

The course suits newly promoted supervisors and team leaders, and experienced supervisors who want to refresh their skills.

How long is BOTI’s supervisory training?

BOTI’s Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders course runs over two days. For an accredited route, the QCTO Occupational Certificate: Office Supervisor is a full qualification.

Is there an accredited supervisory qualification?

Yes. BOTI offers the QCTO Occupational Certificate: Office Supervisor at NQF Level 5. New learners must enrol by 31 December 2026.

Book BOTI’s Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders (2 days) course. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Sources

  1. Occupational Certificate: Office Supervisor (SAQA ID 118740) – South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), 2026.

Motivate Your Team for Success: Employee Motivation Training

Success training for a team starts with motivation. People do their best work when they understand the goal, feel that their effort is noticed and can see room to grow. BOTI’s one-day Employee Motivation Course shows managers how to build those conditions at work. It is one of our leadership and management training courses.

See all BOTI workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

Introduction: Motivate Your Team for Success Training Course

Motivate Your Team for Success helps delegates recognise and apply strategies that improve morale among staff. Delegates learn practical methods they can use at work to help employees stay self-motivated, so performance does not depend on the manager pushing all the time.

Motivate Your Team for Success Training Course
Motivate Your Team for Success Training Course

Outline: Motivate Your Team for Success Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:

  • Understanding motivation
  • Motivating employees
  • Encouraging self-motivation in employees

What motivation means in the workplace

Motivation is the reason a person puts effort into a task and keeps going when the work gets difficult. At work it comes from two directions.

  • From outside: pay, recognition, deadlines and the consequences of poor work.
  • From inside: interest in the work, pride in doing it well, and a sense that it matters.

Managers have limited control over the first. They have a great deal of influence over the second.

A team that is not motivated is usually easy to spot. Work is done to the minimum standard, deadlines slip, people stop offering ideas and good staff start looking elsewhere. Low motivation is rarely laziness. More often people are unclear about what is expected, feel their effort goes unnoticed, or no longer see a future for themselves in the team.

Practical ways managers can motivate a team

These approaches work in most South African workplaces, from offices and call centres to plants and municipal departments:

  • Make goals clear and visible. People cannot aim at a target they cannot see. Agree on a few specific goals, explain why they matter and check progress regularly. BOTI’s Goal Setting and Getting Things Done course covers this in more depth.
  • Recognise effort and results promptly. A specific thank-you soon after good work often means more than a general compliment months later. Name what the person did and why it helped.
  • Give useful feedback, both positive and corrective. Regular, honest conversations stop small problems from growing and show people that their work is being noticed. The Performance Management Course builds this skill.
  • Allow some control over how work is done. Where the outcome is clear, letting people choose their own method builds ownership and commitment.
  • Be fair and consistent. Perceived favouritism undermines motivation faster than almost anything else. Apply the same standards to everyone.
  • Show a path to growth. Coaching, new responsibilities and training give people a reason to stay and improve. See the Coaching and Mentoring Course.

Encouraging self-motivation in employees

The aim is not for a manager to motivate people every day. It is to create conditions in which people motivate themselves. Managers can help by:

  • linking each person’s role to the team’s results, so they can see why their work counts;
  • helping people set personal development goals as well as work targets;
  • removing obstacles, such as unclear processes, missing tools or slow approvals, that drain energy;
  • asking for ideas and acting on the good ones; and
  • trusting capable people with stretch tasks.

Common mistakes that lower team morale

  • Recognising only the loudest people or the final result, and overlooking steady contributors.
  • Changing priorities without explaining why.
  • Giving feedback only when something goes wrong.
  • Treating every team member the same, when different people value different things.
  • Promising rewards or changes that never arrive.

How to tell whether motivation is improving

You do not need a complex system to see change. Watch for:

  • more people meeting deadlines without reminders;
  • more ideas raised in meetings;
  • fewer avoidable absences; and
  • better quality work.

Short one-on-one conversations, where you ask what helps and what gets in the way, will tell you more than an annual survey alone. Strong team spirit also helps. The Build Winning Teams to Achieve Company Objectives course looks at this side of team success.

Course duration and format: Motivate Your Team for Success Training Course

This is a one-day course. It is practical, so delegates can apply what they learn to their own teams straight away. Contact BOTI for a quote for your group.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Motivate Your Team for Success Training Course

The course is designed for delegates in leadership positions who are responsible for improving motivation and job performance among employees. This includes managers, supervisors and team leaders.

No prior knowledge is needed. Delegates will get most from the day if they come with real examples from their own teams. New supervisors may also find the Supervisory Skills for Team Leaders course useful.

Frequently asked questions

What is success training for a team?

Success training for a team helps managers create the conditions in which people perform well. It covers clear goals, recognition, feedback and growth. BOTI’s Employee Motivation Course focuses on understanding motivation, motivating employees and encouraging self-motivation.

How long is BOTI’s team motivation course?

The Employee Motivation Course runs for one day.

Who should attend motivation training?

Managers, supervisors and team leaders who are responsible for improving motivation and job performance among employees should attend. No prior knowledge is needed.

Can the training run at our offices or online?

Yes. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Is the Employee Motivation Course accredited?

No. It is a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book or Request a Quote

As well as the related public courses, BOTI can run this course for your team. Use the button below to book, or request a quote.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

To help your managers build a motivated, self-driven team, book the Employee Motivation Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Please Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Or Email Us

[email protected]

Conducting a Meeting Training Course

Introduction: Conducting a Meeting Training Course

Conducting a Meeting course provides delegates with conducive methods of planning and leading successful meetings. Delegates learn how to draw an agenda and then facilitate a meeting following the activities listed in the agenda. Additionally, delegates will also be trained on leadership skills, decision making and creative thinking, to help them establish a neutral atmosphere amongst participants in meetings, as well as how to deal with arising conflict and misunderstandings .

Conducting a Meeting Training Course
Conducting a Meeting Training Course

Outline: Conducting a Meeting Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Basics of conducting a meeting
• Understanding the role of a leader
• How to manage a meeting
• How to communicate as the leaders

 

 

Course duration and fees: Conducting a Meeting Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Conducting a Meeting Training Course

The course (Conducting a Meeting Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Team leaders, managers and Supervisors who wish to increase productivity in the workplace

 

For the Conducting a Meeting Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None
 

 

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on link below for related public course/s:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Negotiating Skills Training Course

Are you a Good Negotiator? Become a Great Negotiator with the  BOTI’s Negotiating Skills Course, Negotiation Skills Training Johannesburg, Negotiation Skills Training Gauteng

Negotiating skills course aims to familiarize delegates to the basics of negotiations. Delegates will gain knowledge of how to plan and arrange logistics of a negotiation. The course will also cover communication skills and train delegates on guidelines to be utilized when questioning and responding during a negotiation process. Delegates will be empowered to be able to deal with unethical negotiation tactics, taking charge in a negotiation as well as applying various effective tactics to their negotiations. BOTI’s Negotiating Skills Course (or Negotiation Skills Training Johannesburg, Negotiation Skills Training Gauteng) will teach you the necessary skills.

 

 

Outline: Negotiating Skills Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the Negotiating Skills Course (or Negotiation Skills Training Johannesburg, Negotiation Skills Training Gauteng) include:

• Establishing and presenting your terms of agreement
• How to conduct research to estimate the other party’s needs
• Agreement preparation
• Learning about the negotiation process
• Learning how to apply Advanced negotiation tactics

 

 

Course duration and fees: Negotiating Skills Training Course

Our two day Negotiating Skills Course (or Negotiation Skills Training Johannesburg, Negotiation Skills Training Gauteng) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Negotiating Skills Training Course

The course (Negotiating Skills Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates in superior positions, who wish to learn how to negotiate effectively for their organizations.
For the Negotiating Skills Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on link below for related public course/s:

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

Negotiating Skills Course, Negotiation Skills Training Johannesburg, Negotiation Skills Training Gauteng
Master Negotiation Skills

In addition to Negotiating Skills Course (or Negotiation Skills Training Johannesburg, Negotiation Skills Training Gauteng), we also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses.

Related: What Are The 4 Most Important Elements Of Negotiation?.

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Secretarial Courses

BOTI’s secretarial courses train receptionists, secretaries, personal assistants and administrators to handle calls, set up meetings, communicate professionally and support their managers. You can attend in person or live online. The core course runs over two days, and you can compare it with related options in our administration and office support courses.

Secretarial Courses: The Professional Receptionist / PA

This secretarial course helps delegates in administrative roles do their work well and stand out. Delegates practise effective communication and learn how to set up and run business meetings. They also see why professional conduct matters inside their organisation.

The training is practical. Delegates work through phone calls, meeting arrangements and everyday office situations like the ones they handle at work, so they can apply what they learn on their first day back.

Secretarial courses The Professional Receptionist / PA

Outline: Secretarial Courses: The Professional Receptionist / PA

Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Key outcomes of the course include:

  • Assisting a customer over the phone
  • How to handle incoming and outgoing calls
  • How to set up and conduct business meetings
  • Communicating professionally with managers, colleagues and visitors
  • Introduction to business ethics
  • How to dress appropriately for the office

What a secretary or PA gains from the training

A secretary or personal assistant is often the first contact a caller or visitor has with the organisation. How the phone is answered, how a message is taken and how a query is passed on all shape that first impression. The course covers how to greet callers, find out what they need, transfer or hold calls politely and record messages clearly, so nothing is lost between the caller and the person they need.

Meetings take up a large part of a secretary’s week. Delegates learn to plan a meeting from the start: confirming attendees, booking the venue or online link, preparing and sending the agenda, and following up afterwards. This reduces double bookings and last-minute changes, and it gives managers more time for their own work.

The business ethics and professional conduct sessions cover confidentiality, discretion with sensitive information, and how to behave and present yourself in a professional office. These are the habits that build trust between a PA and the manager they support.

Online secretarial courses: how live online training works

If your team is spread across offices, or you are booking for yourself, you can attend the secretary course online. The online class is live and led by a facilitator, not a recorded video. Delegates follow the same content as the classroom group, ask questions in real time and practise call and meeting scenarios with the facilitator and other delegates.

To join online, you need a computer or laptop, a reliable internet connection, and a headset or microphone so you can take part in the role plays. Teams that prefer to train together can book the course in-house at their own premises instead.

Choosing the right secretarial course

Secretarial training covers several roles, so pick the course that matches the work your delegates do most:

If you need a formal qualification rather than a short course, BOTI offers two QCTO occupational certificates. The Occupational Certificate: Office Administrator (SAQA ID 102161) and the Occupational Certificate: Management Assistant (SAQA ID 101876) are both at NQF Level 5[1][2]. Each ends in an External Integrated Summative Assessment (EISA), and the QCTO issues the certificate. The last date for enrolment on both is 30 December 2026[1][2]. To see which one suits your role, read our guide on management assistant vs office administrator.

Course duration and fees: Secretarial Courses: The Professional Receptionist / PA

The course runs over two days. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn in practical exercises and take those skills back into the office.

Please consult the schedule for course costs, or request a quote for an in-house or online group.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Secretarial Courses: The Professional Receptionist / PA

The course (Secretarial Courses: The Professional Receptionist / PA) is designed for the following attendees:

  • Delegates in administrative posts, such as receptionists, secretaries, personal assistants and administrators

For the Secretarial Courses: The Professional Receptionist / PA, the following prior experience or knowledge is advisable:

  • None

Please see the related public courses below:

Frequently asked questions

What do secretarial courses cover?

BOTI’s secretarial course covers handling incoming and outgoing calls, assisting customers over the phone, setting up and running business meetings, professional communication, an introduction to business ethics and dressing appropriately for the office. The aim is practical skills that a secretary, receptionist or PA uses every day.

Can I do a secretary course online?

Yes. BOTI runs the course live online with a facilitator, as well as at your premises or at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. Online delegates follow the same content and practise the same call and meeting scenarios in real time.

How long is the secretarial training and who should attend?

The course runs over two days. It is designed for delegates in administrative posts, such as receptionists, secretaries, personal assistants and administrators, and no prior experience or knowledge is required.

Is the secretarial course accredited?

No. The two-day course is a non-accredited skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. If you need a qualification, BOTI offers the QCTO Occupational Certificates: Office Administrator (SAQA ID 102161) and Management Assistant (SAQA ID 101876). Both end in an External Integrated Summative Assessment, and the QCTO issues the certificate. The last date for enrolment on both is 30 December 2026.

Does BOTI offer company secretary short courses?

No. BOTI does not run training for the statutory company secretary role. The closest BOTI options are the Corporate Governance Training Course and Chairing a Meeting with Confidence and Keeping Good Minutes.

To book secretarial training for one person or a whole team, see Executive Assistant, Personal Assistant and Administrator Training. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book Now or Obtain a Quote

We can also tailor the course and run it in-house at your premises. Use the links below to book the course, request a proposal or browse all our courses:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Sources

  1. Occupational Certificate: Office Administrator (SAQA ID 102161) – South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), 2026.
  2. Occupational Certificate: Management Assistant (SAQA ID 101876) – South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), 2026.

Excellent Customer Service – A Practical Approach Training Course

A practical approach to customer service means learning skills you can use on your next call or at your next counter conversation: how to greet a customer, listen, ask the right questions, respond clearly and turn a complaint into a fair resolution. BOTI’s two-day course is built around these everyday skills. It sits within our sales, marketing and customer care training courses.

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Introduction: Excellent Customer Service – A Practical Approach Training Course

The Excellent Customer Service course is for delegates who work with customers and want a better understanding of how customers behave and what they expect. Through discussion and practical exercises, delegates cover three areas: why an organisation needs a service culture, the core skills of customer service, and clear communication with customers.

VideoWatch on YouTube
Excellent Customer Service - A Practical Approach Training Course

Outline: Excellent Customer Service – A Practical Approach Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:

  • Basics of customer service
  • Acquiring skills for customer service
  • How to greet customers
  • How to listen, question and respond

What a practical approach to customer service looks like

Many customer service problems are not caused by bad intentions. They are caused by small habits: a rushed greeting, an interruption, a promise nobody checks, or a reply that answers a different question from the one the customer asked. A practical approach deals with these habits directly. Delegates practise each skill, see how it changes the conversation, and leave with techniques they can apply on the job.

Greeting customers

The first few seconds set the tone for the whole interaction. A good greeting is prompt, uses the customer’s name where you know it, and tells the customer who they are dealing with. On the telephone this means answering with the organisation’s name and your own name. Face to face it means eye contact and full attention, not finishing a task on the screen first. Teams that greet consistently find that customers relax sooner and give clearer information.

Listening, questioning and responding

Listening well is the skill most often overlooked in customer service. In practice it means:

  • letting the customer finish before you reply;
  • summarising what you heard (“So the order arrived, but two items were missing?”) so the customer can confirm or correct you;
  • using open questions (what, how, when) to understand the problem, and closed questions (yes or no) to confirm details;
  • responding with what you can do, a realistic time frame and the next step, rather than only what you cannot do.

These habits shorten calls, reduce repeat contacts and leave customers feeling heard, even when the answer is not the one they hoped for.

Handling complaints

A complaint is information about where a process or a promise has failed. Handled well, it can keep a customer who was about to leave. A simple sequence works in most situations: acknowledge the problem, apologise for the experience without blaming colleagues, establish the facts, agree on a solution and a time frame, then follow up to confirm the matter is closed. Recording complaints also shows managers where the same problem keeps recurring.

Building a service culture

Good service cannot rest on one or two enthusiastic staff members. A service culture means everyone, including people in back-office roles, understands who their customers are, internal or external, and what good service looks like for them. Clear service standards, managers who model the behaviour and regular feedback from customers all help to keep the standard consistent.

Course duration and fees: Excellent Customer Service – A Practical Approach Training Course

This is a two-day course, designed so that delegates apply what they learn in practical exercises and take those skills straight back to the workplace.

Please consult the schedule for course costs, or request a quote from BOTI.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Excellent Customer Service – A Practical Approach Training Course

The course is designed for:

  • Delegates currently working in customer service who want to improve their skills, including front-line, counter, reception and call centre staff, and team members who deal with internal customers.

Recommended prior experience or knowledge:

  • None

Related customer service training at BOTI

Depending on your team’s needs, these BOTI courses complement this one:

For more ideas you can use with your team, read our guide to customer service skills.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the public courses, we run this course in-house at your premises, at our venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Click the link below to request a proposal or book the course:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Frequently asked questions

What does customer service: a practical approach mean?

It means training that focuses on skills staff use every day, such as greeting customers, listening, asking questions, responding clearly and handling complaints. Delegates practise these skills during the course and apply them at work straight away.

How long is the customer service course?

BOTI’s Customer Service Excellence and Complaint Handling Course runs over two days.

Do delegates need prior experience to attend the customer care course?

No prior experience or knowledge is required. The course suits people who already work with customers and want to improve their skills, as well as staff who are new to a customer-facing role.

Can the customer service training be run online or at our offices?

Yes. BOTI runs the course in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

To build these skills in your team, book the Customer Service Excellence and Complaint Handling Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Events Management for Beginners Training

In any event you will succeed!

Course Introduction

This course will help bring out your creativity and organizational skills to plan the best events ever.  You will uncover strategies that can be used to make planning an event less stressful.   You will learn to develop and organize your ideas for an event with easy-to-follow tools and checklists to help keep track of the details of the event (this is key)!

Course Outline

Key outcomes of this course include:

  • Produce an Overall Plan – work like a project manager – lead, establish committees, establish purpose, brainstorm theme ideas. A key component of events managment is good planning upfront.
  • Allocate responsibilities and organize assignments – define major tasks, utilize forms, match tasks with people skills, work together with different personalities
  • Marketing – logo, target audiences, websites, media coverage and relationships including  press releases where required.
  • Dealing with the unexpected
  • Vendors and sponsors collaboration – Learn the lingo, negotiate with suppliers, contracting, sponsors- benefits and prospects
  •  Reviewing your efforts

Customised training for your team. BOTI tailors this course to your organisation and runs it in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Request a quote or call 011 882 8853.

Related: Machine Operator Training Courses in South Africa: Online Process-Safety Training (with Records).

Related: Online Training for Staff in Uganda: Live Online Courses from BOTI.

benefit you.

Here are some guiding tips:

By definition, events management is the initiation, coordination, preparation, budgeting and management of all individuals, groups, logistics and functions that come together to develop an occasion or celebration. Event management is the application of project management to the creation and development of large scale events such as conferences, ceremonies, weddings, formal parties, concerts, or conventions.

Arranging an occasion or event  is a complex and responsibility-laden procedure; the task needs a high level of administration, focus on information and time management.

  • Save important time.
  • Gain access to expert understanding, abilities and proficiency.
  • Prevent hidden expenses.
  • Stay Stress Free. Also see our stress management courses.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge

The Events Management Courses are designed for the following attendees:

  • Delegates interested in Events management and planning.

 

  • For the Event Management & Planning Beginners Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
    • None

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

If you are comparing event planning courses in South Africa, this page explains what BOTI’s beginner events training covers, from the overall event plan and task allocation to marketing, vendors and sponsors and handling the unexpected, and who it suits. If you arrange events as part of an office or PA role, see also BOTI’s administration and office support courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Frequently asked questions

What do event planning courses in South Africa cover?

A beginner events course covers producing an overall plan (taking the lead, setting up committees, establishing the purpose and brainstorming themes), allocating responsibilities and matching tasks to people’s skills, marketing the event through a logo, websites and media coverage, working with vendors and sponsors, dealing with the unexpected, and reviewing your efforts afterwards. The aim is to make planning less stressful, with tools and checklists that keep track of the details.

What is events planning and management?

Events management is the initiation, coordination, preparation, budgeting and management of all the people, groups, logistics and functions that come together to create an occasion or celebration. It applies project management to events such as conferences, ceremonies, weddings, formal parties, concerts and conventions, and it calls for strong administration, attention to detail and good time management.

Do I need experience to do an events planning course?

No. BOTI’s beginner events training is designed for anyone interested in events management and planning, and no prior experience or knowledge is required. It is especially useful if you arrange events as part of your job and want a structured, less stressful way to plan them, keep track of the details and avoid hidden costs.

Is the events management course accredited?

No. BOTI’s events management training is a non-accredited short course, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. It is practical training in planning, organising and running events. Courses run in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online; call 011 882 8853 or email [email protected] for dates or a quote.

To build these skills with your team or on your own, book BOTI’s Events Management Expertise: Meetings, Functions and Travel, a two-day course on planning meetings, functions and travel arrangements. It runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or online, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Building and Working in Teams Training Course

Introduction: Building and Working in Teams Training Course

This course is planned for delegates who work in a team. It addresses different issues that arise in a team setting, making sure to provide current methods that can be applied in order to improve team functionality, communication, commonality and closeness. Delegates will learn crucial skills to make meetings smoother, create a solid team, and conduct post project follow-ups.

Building and Working in Teams Training Course
Building and Working in Teams Training Course

Outline: Building and Working in Teams Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Team structure
• How to organize your Team
• Understating the concept of Working Together
• How to monitor Progress

 

 

Course duration and fees: Building and Working in Teams Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Building and Working in Teams Training Course

The course (Building and Working in Teams Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who are responsible for getting people to work together as a team to a reach a common goal.
 

For the Building and Working in Teams Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None
 

 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Conflict Management Training Course

Introduction: Conflict Management Training Course

This course introduces strategies that can be applied in the workplace to help resolve disputes between co workers. Partaking in this course can help delegates manage conflict better in order to see cohesion amongst workers, this improving productivity and morale.

Conflict Management Training Course
Conflict Management Training Course

Outline: Conflict Management Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Introduction to conflict management
• Conflict and disagreement management strategies

 

 

Course duration and fees: Conflict Management Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Conflict Management Training Course

The course (Conflict Management Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates interested in improving conflict management skills in a workplace.

 

For the Conflict Management Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Lifestyle and Career Discovery: Finding Your Strengths at Work

Lifestyle discovery means taking an honest look at your strengths, talents, values and daily habits so that you can make better choices about your work and the rest of your life. BOTI no longer runs a stand-alone Lifestyle & Career Discovery course. Its workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses cover the same ground: strengths, goals, habits and confidence at work.

Introduction: Lifestyle & Career Discovery Training Course

A lifestyle and career discovery workshop is a self-development session built around guided questions about your life and career. Delegates answer these questions honestly, and the answers show where their real strengths and potential lie. The aim is practical. Each person leaves with a clearer view of what they do well, what energises them and what holds them back, along with strategies they can apply at work and at home.

Most people never sit down to ask these questions. They take on roles because a vacancy opened up, or they keep doing work that drains them because it is familiar. A structured discovery process gives individuals and their managers a shared language for talent, motivation and growth.

Lifestyle & Career Discovery Training Course. Understanding strengths and talents training, Profiling of the Individual based on their talents training, self-development training and reach your utmost potential training
Lifestyle & Career Discovery Training Course

Outline: Lifestyle & Career Discovery Training Course

A lifestyle and career discovery process usually covers four areas:

  • Understanding strengths and talents
  • Understanding why focusing only on fixing weaknesses holds people back
  • Profiling the individual based on their talents
  • Covering the myths that prevent development

Understanding strengths and talents

A talent is a natural pattern of thinking, feeling or behaving, such as noticing detail, building rapport quickly or staying calm under pressure. A strength is a talent that has been developed through practice and knowledge until it produces consistent results. Discovery work helps people name their talents in plain words and link them to tasks they already do well.

Why fixing weaknesses is not enough

Weaknesses still need attention when they block performance. A manager who cannot give feedback, for example, has to learn how. However, people tend to grow fastest in areas where they already have some natural ability. A sound development plan manages weaknesses to an acceptable level and invests most of the effort in strengths.

Profiling the individual

Profiling pulls the answers together into a simple picture of the person: their main talents, what motivates them, the work conditions that suit them and the roles where they are likely to contribute most. For a team leader, putting these profiles side by side helps when allocating work and planning development.

Myths that prevent development

Common myths include “it is too late to change direction”, “my personality is fixed”, “successful people are good at everything” and “development only happens on formal courses”. Challenging these beliefs is often the first step towards real change.

How to run your own lifestyle and career discovery

You can start the process on your own or with your manager. The following steps keep it practical:

  1. List your peak moments. Write down three or four times at work or in your personal life when you felt fully engaged and did excellent work. Note what you were doing and why it went well.
  2. Look for patterns. Compare the moments. Repeated themes, such as solving problems, helping people or organising details, point to your talents.
  3. Ask for feedback. Ask two or three colleagues, friends or family members what they rely on you for. Others often see strengths that we take for granted.
  4. Check your values. Decide what matters most to you, for example security, learning, family time, service or recognition. Career choices that clash with core values rarely last.
  5. Review your lifestyle. Look at sleep, health, finances, relationships and how you spend your time. Career growth is hard when the rest of life is out of balance.
  6. Set a small number of goals. Choose one or two goals for the next 90 days that use your strengths, and agree how you will measure progress.
  7. Build habits, not just plans. Turn each goal into a weekly habit you can keep, and review it regularly.

BOTI courses that cover lifestyle and career discovery today

The following BOTI courses build the skills a discovery workshop aims for:

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Lifestyle & Career Discovery Training Course

This type of development suits:

  • Employees who want to find strategies they can apply to reach their full potential at work and in their personal lives
  • People at a career crossroads, returning to work or moving into a new role
  • Team leaders and managers who want to understand and use the talents in their teams

No prior experience or knowledge is needed.

Book or Request a Quote

BOTI runs these courses for groups at your offices, at its venue, or online. Use the button to view the personal effectiveness courses and request a quote:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

BOTI also offers the Professional Presentations Course.

Speak to a BOTI Consultant

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Or Email Us

[email protected]

Frequently asked questions

What is lifestyle discovery?

Lifestyle discovery is an honest review of your strengths, talents, values and daily habits, used to make better decisions about your career and personal life. It usually combines guided questions, feedback from others and a short set of goals.

Does BOTI run a Lifestyle and Career Discovery course?

BOTI no longer runs a stand-alone Lifestyle and Career Discovery course. The closest BOTI options are Personal Mastery: Goals, Habits and a Growth Mindset, Goal Setting and Getting Things Done, the Personal Branding Course and the Assertiveness and Self-Confidence Course.

Should I focus on my strengths or my weaknesses?

Manage weaknesses that block your performance, but put most of your development effort into your strengths. People usually grow fastest in areas where they already have natural ability.

Can this training be run for a whole team?

Yes. BOTI runs its personal effectiveness courses for groups in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online, so a team can work through goals and strengths together.

If you want to turn self-discovery into clear goals and lasting habits, start with Personal Mastery: Goals, Habits and a Growth Mindset. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Time Management Training Course

BOTI runs short time management training for employees: Essential Time Management Skills takes 1 or 2 days, and a 3-hour online masterclass is available for teams that cannot spare a full day. These courses sit in BOTI’s workplace essentials and personal effectiveness courses. They run in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Time Management Training Course: Achieve Goals and Work Smarter

Good time management helps you achieve bigger goals, reduces procrastination and increases productivity. It also reduces the feeling of being overwhelmed. You work on what matters first and finish it with less rework.

Who this time management training is for

The course is for employees at any level whose days fill up with email, meetings and interruptions before the important work gets done. It suits:

  • administrators, assistants and office staff who handle requests from several people;
  • team leaders and supervisors who balance their own tasks with managing others;
  • specialists and professionals who need protected time for focused work;
  • new managers learning to plan, prioritise and delegate for the first time.

HR and L&D managers often book it for a whole team. Everyone then uses the same planning language, such as the urgent/important matrix and time batching, which makes it easier to agree on priorities.

What employees will be able to do

  • Plan the day and week around clear, SMART goals instead of the loudest request.
  • Use the 80/20 rule and the urgent/important matrix to decide what to do now, schedule, delegate or drop.
  • Recognise why they procrastinate and use practical methods to start difficult tasks.
  • Reduce distractions, handle email in set blocks and use calendars to protect focused time.
  • Delegate with clear instructions while keeping control of the outcome.
  • Run shorter meetings with a purpose, an agenda and agreed actions.

Outline: Time Management Training Course

The workshop gives delegates a practical skill set for managing their time at work. It covers personal motivation, delegation, simple organisation tools and ways to handle crises and unexpected work. Each module ends with a practical illustration and review questions, so delegates leave with an action plan they can apply the next working day.

The aim is to help employees feel less overwhelmed by their task list. They learn to take control of their schedule and spend more of the day on the work that moves their goals forward.

The outline of the 1-day course covers these modules:

Module One: Getting Started

  • Housekeeping Items
  • The Parking Lot
  • Workshop Objectives
  • Pre-Assignment
  • Pre-Test
  • Pre-Test Answers
  • Action Plans and Evaluation Forms
  • Action Plan Form
  • Evaluation Form

Module Two: Discovering Your Productivity Rhythm

  • Know Your Energy
  • Work-Life Balance
  • Taking Regular Breaks
  • The Multitasking Myth
  • Time Batching
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Two: Review Questions

Module Three: Managing Time with Goals

  • SMART Goals
  • Visualising Your Goals
  • The 4 P’s
  • Creating Your Productivity Journal
  • Maximising the Power of Your Productivity Journal
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Three: Review Questions

Module Four: Prioritising Your Time

  • The 80/20 Rule
  • The Urgent/Important Matrix
  • Being Assertive
  • Chunk, Block and Tackle
  • Ready, Fire, Aim
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Four: Review Questions

Module Five: Tackling Procrastination

  • Why We Procrastinate
  • Overcoming Procrastination
  • Eat That Frog
  • S.T.I.N.G
  • Dealing With Workplace Distractions
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Five: Review Questions

Module Six: Organising Your Workspace

  • De-Clutter
  • Managing Workflow
  • Organising Office Supplies
  • Dealing With Email
  • Using Calendars
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Six: Review Questions
Module Seven: Delegating Made Easy

  • When to Delegate
  • To Whom Should You Delegate?
  • How Should You Delegate?
  • Keeping Control
  • The Importance of Full Acceptance
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Seven: Review Questions

Module Eight: Setting a Ritual

  • What is a Ritual?
  • Morning Rituals
  • Nightly Rituals
  • Example Rituals
  • Using Rituals to Maximise Time
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Eight: Review Questions

Module Nine: Meeting Management

  • Deciding if a Meeting is Necessary
  • Using the PAT Approach
  • Building the Agenda
  • Keeping Things on Track
  • Making Sure the Meeting Was Worthwhile
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Nine: Review Questions

Module Ten: Dealing with Time Barriers

  • Unexpectedly Long Tasks
  • When Others are Inefficient
  • Life Events
  • Fear of Failure
  • The Power of Positive Thinking
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Ten: Review Questions

Module Eleven: The Benefits of Good Time Management

  • Improved Quality of Work
  • Greater Confidence
  • Reduced Stress
  • Increased Career Prospects
  • Team Collaboration
  • Practical Illustration
  • Module Eleven: Review Questions

Module Twelve: Wrapping Up

  • Words from the Wise
  • Review of Parking Lot
  • Lessons Learned
  • Completion of Action Plans and Evaluations

Choosing a format: 1 day, 2 days or a 3-hour online session

Most people searching for a short or part-time time management course want training that does not take employees away from work for long. BOTI offers three lengths:

If delegation or meetings take up the most time in your team, you can add a focused follow-on course. Options include Delegation Skills Training, Chairing a Meeting with Confidence and Keeping Good Minutes and the Personal Productivity Course.

BOTI also lists a separate unit-standard short course, Time Management: Manage Time and Work Processes (Unit Standard 14342). Unit-standard courses are legacy SETA programmes with their own enrolment rules. Ask BOTI to confirm the current status of this course before you book it.

Testimonials From Time Management Course

Comments from delegates from Big South African University (June 2023):

  • “As a group, we were learning and interacting in every task given”
  • “It will help with my time management”
  • “It was well presented”
  • “Fun way to learn”
  • “Learnt on how to use more effectively my time / be more efficient”
  • “The whole training went well and beneficial”

Comments from delegates from Big South African Accounting Firm (February 2021):

  • “I have learned techniques that will be beneficial when it comes to using my time efficiently”
  • “Moreover, I learnt about planning wisely and the SMART approach. To be able to prioritise urgent
    and important things”

Comments from delegates from South African Aviation Company (August 2019):

  • “Great Workshop, Great Insight, Great Facilitator”
  • How did you benefit: “Skills to better manage my time and delegate”

Frequently asked questions

How long is a short time management course?

BOTI’s Essential Time Management Skills course runs over 1 day or 2 days. For a shorter option, BOTI also runs Time Management and Focus in a Hybrid Workplace, a 3-hour live online masterclass.

Is there a part-time time management course for working employees?

BOTI’s time management training is short rather than spread over months. Employees attend a 1-day or 2-day course or a 3-hour online masterclass, so they spend little time away from their work. For in-house groups, talk to BOTI about dates that suit your team.

Can time management training for employees be run at our offices?

Yes. BOTI runs the course in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. In-house training lets your team work through its own meetings, email load and deadlines during the exercises.

What does a time management course cover?

The course covers your productivity rhythm, SMART goals, prioritising with the 80/20 rule and the urgent/important matrix, overcoming procrastination, organising your workspace and email, delegation, daily rituals, meeting management and dealing with time barriers. Delegates finish with a personal action plan.

Is BOTI’s time management course accredited?

No. Essential Time Management Skills is a professional skills programme without accreditation, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance when they complete it.

Book time management training for your team

To give your employees practical tools to plan, prioritise and finish their work, book Essential Time Management Skills. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote for your group.

This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Please Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Send Us Your Enquiry

Or Email Us

[email protected]

Stress Management Training Course

A managing stress course gives employees and managers practical ways to recognise pressure early, control their reaction to it and stay productive at work. BOTI’s Stress Management Training is a one-day short course that runs in-house, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. You can see it alongside related wellness courses in BOTI’s health, safety and wellness training courses.

See all BOTI leadership and management courses.

Click here to learn more

Introduction: Stress Management Training Course

VideoWatch on YouTube

Stress at work is not only a personal problem. When pressure builds without being managed, it shows up as missed deadlines, short tempers in meetings, more sick days and weaker decisions. A stress management short course helps people understand what is happening when they feel overloaded and gives them simple tools they can use the same day.

Outline: Stress Management Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:

  • Breaking down stress: what stress is, how the body and mind respond to pressure, and how to tell the difference between short-term pressure and ongoing strain.
  • Managing your own stress: identifying your personal triggers and warning signs, and building a plan for how you will respond to them.
  • Learning how to reduce stress through meditation and Biofeedback: practical relaxation, breathing and awareness techniques that delegates practise during the session.
  • Enhance your emotional health: ways to look after your wellbeing so that you recover from demanding periods instead of carrying the strain forward.

Course duration: Stress Management Training Course

The course runs for one day. It is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced. Delegates work through real workplace situations rather than theory alone, and leave with techniques they can use straight away.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Stress Management Training Course

The course (Stress Management Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

  • Delegates interested in learning about how to manage their stress.
  • Team leaders, supervisors and managers who want to recognise stress in their teams and respond to it constructively.
  • Employees in high-pressure roles, such as customer-facing, deadline-driven or shift-based work.

For the Stress Management Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

  • None

What a good stress management course should help you do

Whether you choose a classroom or an online stress management course, look for training that leaves delegates able to:

  • Spot the early signs of stress in themselves, such as poor sleep, irritability, difficulty concentrating or putting off tasks.
  • Separate what they can control from what they cannot, and focus their energy on the first.
  • Use quick techniques, such as controlled breathing or a short pause before responding, in the middle of a busy day.
  • Plan their workload so that pressure is spread out rather than stacked into a crisis.
  • Have a calm, honest conversation with a manager or colleague when the workload is not sustainable.

For managers, the value goes further. A manager who understands stress can adjust how work is allocated, notice when a team member is struggling, and create a climate where people raise problems early instead of hiding them.

In-house, at a venue or live online

BOTI runs this course in three ways:

  • In-house at your premises: suitable when a whole team or department attends together. The facilitator can use examples from your own workplace.
  • At BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg: a quiet space away from daily interruptions, which helps delegates focus on the exercises.
  • Live online: a facilitator-led session for teams spread across sites or working remotely. Delegates take part in real time and practise the techniques during the session.

To discuss the format that suits your team, you can request a quote.

Related courses and reading

Stress rarely sits on its own. Depending on what your team needs, these BOTI courses work well alongside or after stress management:

For further reading, see BOTI’s articles on stress management at work and controlling workplace stress levels.

Please click on the link below for our related public course/s.


 




Book or Request a Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer this course in-house at your premises, at our Johannesburg venue or live online. Click on the link to request a proposal or book your course:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Phone BOTI to Speak to a Consultant

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Fill in the Form

Email BOTI

[email protected]

Frequently asked questions

How long is BOTI’s stress management course?

BOTI’s Stress Management Training runs for one day. It can be delivered in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Is there an online stress management course?

Yes. BOTI runs the course live online with a facilitator, so delegates can join from the office or from home and still practise the techniques in real time.

Who should attend a managing stress course?

Anyone who wants practical ways to handle pressure at work, from new employees to team leaders and managers. No prior experience or knowledge is needed.

Is the stress management short course accredited?

No. It is a non-accredited short course that focuses on practical workplace skills, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

To give your team practical tools for handling pressure, book BOTI’s one-day Stress Management Training. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Train the Trainer Training Course

A train the trainer course in South Africa teaches people who already know their subject how to teach it to adult colleagues. It covers how to plan a session, choose activities, deliver with confidence and handle difficult delegates. BOTI’s one-day Train the Trainer Essentials Course covers these core skills. The wider range of train the trainer and ETDP courses includes longer facilitator, assessor and learning-design programmes.

Learn how to train to help others gain from your knowledge and expertise

Course Introduction

Train the Trainer is a practical course that shows delegates how to pass knowledge on to adults effectively. Delegates learn tested methods for planning and running a training session and apply them to their own topics during the day. The course prepares internal trainers to deliver organisational training clearly and consistently, so that the training supports the organisation’s objectives.

Course Outline

Key outcomes of the Train the Trainer course include:

  • Connecting training and learning
  • Defining the job
  • How to present a training session
  • Preparing yourself as a trainer
  • Understanding the difference between training and facilitation
  • Gathering materials
  • Making a lesson plan
  • Choosing activities
  • Preparing for the programme
  • Getting off on the right foot
  • Delivery tips and tricks
  • Working with challenging delegates
  • Tackling tough topics

Benefits of attending the Train the Trainer Course

Why is Train the Trainer Training needed?

Many organisations ask experienced staff to run internal workshops, inductions and system training. It makes sense to use people who already understand the organisation, its culture and its employees.

Knowing a subject well is not the same as being able to teach it. A skilled technician or manager can still lose a room by talking too long, skipping steps that seem obvious to them, or not checking whether people have understood. Train the Trainer closes that gap. It gives subject experts a simple structure for planning, delivering and checking a session, so that what they know reaches the people they train.

Methods of Training Your Staff

Organisations develop their people in several ways. These include sending staff on external courses, running workshops, job shadowing, coaching by line managers and peer learning. Internal trainers make several of these methods work better, because someone in the business is responsible for passing skills on in a planned way.

The train the trainer model also has a multiplier effect. Once a small group of internal trainers is prepared, they can train their own teams. More people can then be reached in less time, and sessions can be scheduled around shifts and rosters. Other benefits include:

End up being an employer of choice

  • Better employee retention, because staff see that the organisation invests in their development
  • Targeted training built around your own systems, procedures and examples
  • Less workplace downtime, because sessions fit around existing rosters
  • Skills transfer from experienced staff to newer employees

An internal trainer can run sessions at the workplace when the team needs them, so business disruption is kept low. Internal training also avoids travel and accommodation costs for staff.

Over time, a well-prepared group of internal trainers helps the organisation keep knowledge in the business and improve performance where it matters most.

What a good workplace trainer does differently

Adults learn best when training is relevant, practical and respectful of what they already know. In the course, delegates practise habits that make the biggest difference in a training room:

  • Start with the outcome. Decide what learners must be able to do by the end of the session, then plan backwards from there.
  • Find out what learners already know. A short question round or quick activity at the start shows where to spend time.
  • Break content into small steps. Explain, demonstrate, let learners try it, then give feedback before moving on.
  • Use activities, not only slides. Case studies, role plays, group tasks and hands-on practice keep people involved and help them remember.
  • Check understanding often. Ask open questions and watch learners apply the skill instead of asking “Is that clear?”
  • Manage the room. Set ground rules, keep time and deal calmly with side conversations, dominant voices and resistant delegates.
  • Follow up. Agree with line managers how the new skill will be used and checked back at work.

Course Duration

1 day

The one-day Train the Trainer Essentials Course is practical, and delegates leave with a lesson plan approach they can use straight away at work. To discuss dates or group size, request a quote or contact BOTI.

Choosing the right train the trainer course

The one-day Essentials course suits staff who run occasional internal sessions and need a solid, practical foundation. If your trainers need more depth, BOTI has longer options:

If your organisation needs a QCTO-accredited route for staff who facilitate workplace learning, ask BOTI about the Occupational Skills Programme: Work Based Learning and Development Practitioner (SP-220322). For more background on facilitator training, read our guide to facilitator and train the trainer courses.

Who should attend

This course is designed for the following attendees:

  • Delegates who wish to practise as facilitators in a training environment
  • Subject experts, supervisors and team leaders who train colleagues on systems, procedures or products
  • HR and L&D staff who run inductions and internal workshops

Recommended Prior Learning

None

Where the training runs

BOTI runs this course in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, including Johannesburg, Pretoria, Durban and Cape Town. It also runs at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. In-house sessions let your trainers practise with your own content, so they leave with a session they can deliver to their teams.

Frequently asked questions

What is a train the trainer course?

A train the trainer course teaches people who know their subject how to teach it to other adults. It covers planning a session, writing a lesson plan, choosing activities, delivering with confidence and handling challenging delegates.

How long is BOTI’s train the trainer course in South Africa?

The Train the Trainer Essentials Course runs for 1 day. For more depth and practice, BOTI also offers a 3-day Train the Trainer (Facilitator Training) Course.

Can the train the trainer course be run in Cape Town or online?

Yes. BOTI runs the course in-house at your premises anywhere in South Africa, including Cape Town, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Is the train the trainer course accredited?

No. The Train the Trainer Essentials Course is a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. If you need a QCTO-accredited route for workplace learning roles, ask BOTI about the Work Based Learning and Development Practitioner skills programme (SP-220322).

Book or request a quote

To prepare your subject experts to train their colleagues, book the Train the Trainer Essentials Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Click on the button to book your course or ask for a proposal:

Book Course, Anytime, Anywhere

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

Phone us to speak to a BOTI consultant

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Or email us

[email protected]

Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course

Introduction: Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course

This is a bundle course that incorporates both HTML and CSS beginners and advanced. Delegates will be started with web page creation basics and then move on to advanced web page creation techniques.

Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course
Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course

Outline: Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• How to create a basic Web Page
• How to structure Content
• How to apply styles using CSS
• How to navigate a Website

 

 

Course duration and fees: Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course

The course (Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates interested in knowing web design for business or personal purposes.
 

For the Web Design: HTML & CSS Bundle Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Ability to operate on Mac or Windows
• Understanding of word processing
• Ability to use the internet

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course

In HTML & CSS Advanced course delegates are introduced to advanced web page creation using advanced tools. Over the duration of the course, delegates will acquire knowledge on web page layout, how to manage CSS, etc.

Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course
Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course

Outline: Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• How to create web page layouts
• How to manage CSS
• How to test a Website
• How to create advanced navigation on a webpage

 

 

Course duration and fees: Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course

The course (Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates interested in using HTML and CSS to create advanced web pages.
 

For the Web Design: HTML & CSS Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Beginners courses in HTML and CSS
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

CompTIA N+ (Networking) Training Course

 

Introduction: CompTIA N+ (Networking) Training Course

CompTIA N+ (Networking) course is intended to offer network technicians and support staff with basic skills to run and maintain a corporate network.

 

 

Outline: CompTIA N+ (Networking) Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Working on Network concepts
• Understating Wireless networking
• Understanding Security practices
• How to control access on Network

 

 

Course duration and fees: CompTIA N+ (Networking) Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: CompTIA N+ (Networking) Training Course

The course (CompTIA N+ (Networking) Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates from the IT support industry.
For the CompTIA N+ (Networking) Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Delegates who have completed the CompTIA A+ Course.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course

This course will prepare delegates to be able to use the advanced features found on Sage Pastel Partner Version 14.

 

Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course. Advanced Functions training. Advanced Customer Functions training. Advanced Supplier Functions training. Advanced Functions in the Change Menu training.

Outline: Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Introduction to Advanced Functions
• Introduction to Advanced Customer Functions
• Introduction to Advanced Supplier Functions
• Introduction to Advanced Functions in the Change Menu

 

BOTI’s  Sage Pastel v14 Advance Training Course offers an Introduction to the following: Advanced Functions training, Advanced Customer Functions training, Advanced Supplier Functions training and Advanced Functions in the Change Menu training. Book today!

Course duration and fees: Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

BOTI’s  Sage Pastel v14 Advance Training Course offers an Introduction to the following: Advanced Functions training, Advanced Customer Functions training, Advanced Supplier Functions training and Advanced Functions in the Change Menu training. Book today!

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course

The course (Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates at supervisor level who wish to understand processes of Sage Pastel
For the Sage Pastel Partner V14 Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Grade 10 bookkeeping or NQF level 3 qualification
• Grade 10 Computer literacy
• Grade 10 mathematics or grade 12 Mathematical Literary

 

BOTI’s  Sage Pastel v14 Advance Training Course offers an Introduction to the following: Advanced Functions training, Advanced Customer Functions training, Advanced Supplier Functions training and Advanced Functions in the Change Menu training. Book today!

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI finance courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

BOTI’s  Sage Pastel v14 Advance Training Course offers an Introduction to the following: Advanced Functions training, Advanced Customer Functions training, Advanced Supplier Functions training and Advanced Functions in the Change Menu training. Book today

 

BOTI also offers Sage Pastel Xpress Version V14 Training Course : https://boti.co.za/sage-pastel-xpress-version-v14-training-course/

BOTI also offers Sage Pastel Partner Bundle Version 14 Training Course : https://boti.co.za/sage-pastel-partner-bundle-version-14-training-course/

Read more about Sage Pastel Partner Advantage :http://www.sage.com/za/products/accounting-software/sage-pastel-partner-advantage 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Bookkeeping Courses

BOTI’s bookkeeping courses teach beginners how to record sales, purchases, payments and receipts correctly. The course covers source documents, subsidiary journals, VAT, the income statement and bank reconciliations in a manual system. It is a practical starting point for anyone who needs accounting and bookkeeping skills at work in South Africa. You can browse all of BOTI’s finance and bookkeeping training courses, or read on to see what the bookkeeping course covers.

Introduction: Bookkeeping Courses

This training programme first teaches delegates the basic bookkeeping terms and concepts. It then shows them how bookkeeping documents are used in a manual accounting system.

Bookkeeping is the recording of financial transactions, and it is one part of accounting in a business. Examples of transactions are sales, purchases, payments and receipts. Any process that records financial transactions is a bookkeeping process.

A bookkeeper (or book-keeper) normally does this work. The bookkeeper “writes up” the organisation’s day-to-day financial transactions and usually keeps the “daybooks”, also called journals. An accountant then uses these accurate records to prepare reports, check results and advise management. This is why a solid grounding in bookkeeping comes before most accounting work.

Sage Pastel Intro to Bookkeeping Courses
Sage Pastel Intro to Bookkeeping Courses

Outline: Bookkeeping Courses

Key outcomes of the course include:

  • Understanding basic bookkeeping terms and concepts
  • Using source documents in a manual accounting system
  • Understanding how Value Added Tax works
  • Working with subsidiary journals
  • Understanding the income statement
  • Doing a bank reconciliation

Source documents: where every entry starts

Every bookkeeping entry should trace back to a document, such as an invoice, a credit note, a receipt, a deposit slip or a bank statement. Delegates learn to recognise each document, check that it is complete and decide which journal it belongs in. A record that cannot be matched to a source document is hard to defend at year end or in an audit.

Subsidiary journals

Businesses do not record every transaction directly in the general ledger. Similar transactions are first grouped in subsidiary journals, for example a cash receipts journal, a cash payments journal, and sales (debtors) and purchases (creditors) journals. Delegates practise entering transactions in the right journal and totalling the journals so they can be posted to the ledger.

How VAT works in the books

For a VAT-registered business, the bookkeeper must separate the VAT on sales from the VAT on purchases. The difference is what the business pays to SARS or claims back. The course explains how VAT appears on source documents and in the journals, so delegates can see where the figures on a VAT return come from. Teams that need more depth can follow on with BOTI’s VAT & Tax Basics for Finance Professionals course.

The income statement

The income statement summarises income and expenses for a period and shows whether the business made a profit or a loss. Delegates learn how the entries they make in the journals end up on this statement. They also learn why errors in day-to-day recording distort the result management sees.

Bank reconciliation

A bank reconciliation compares the business’s cash records with the bank statement and explains any differences. Common examples are outstanding deposits, unpresented payments, bank charges and errors. Delegates work through a reconciliation step by step, because a regular, accurate bank reconciliation is one of the most practical controls a small finance team can run.

Course duration and fees: Bookkeeping Courses

The Basic Bookkeeping Course runs over 2 days. It is designed so that delegates apply what they learn to practical examples they can use straight away at work.

For course costs, consult the schedule or request a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Bookkeeping Courses

The course is designed for:

  • Delegates who have limited exposure to bookkeeping

It is advisable that you have the following knowledge:

  • Mathematical literacy or Grade 10 Mathematics

Who should attend

The course suits a range of people who need to record or check financial transactions:

  • Administrators, office managers and personal assistants who handle invoices, petty cash or supplier payments.
  • Small business owners who want to understand their own books before they hand them to an accountant.
  • New finance clerks who need a structured grounding in manual bookkeeping.
  • Staff moving into a debtors, creditors or cashbook role.

Read more about choosing the right starting point in our guide to enrolling in a bookkeeper course.

From manual bookkeeping to accounting software

The course starts with a manual system on purpose. Once delegates understand how a transaction moves from a source document to a journal, the ledger and the statements, accounting software makes far more sense. They can also spot entries the software has posted incorrectly.

After the basics, delegates can move on to:

Managers who need to read the numbers rather than capture them may prefer Finance for Non-Financial Managers Training.

Bookkeeping training for teams in Cape Town and elsewhere in South Africa

BOTI’s own venue is in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. If your team is based in Cape Town or another centre, the bookkeeping course can run live online or in-house at your premises. Delegates then work through the same practical exercises without travelling.

Frequently asked questions

What do bookkeeping courses for beginners cover?

BOTI’s Basic Bookkeeping Course covers bookkeeping terms and concepts, source documents in a manual accounting system, how VAT works, subsidiary journals, the income statement and bank reconciliation.

Do I need accounting experience to do a bookkeeping short course?

No. The course is designed for delegates with limited exposure to bookkeeping. It is advisable to have mathematical literacy or Grade 10 Mathematics.

Do I get a bookkeeping certificate?

Yes. Delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance. The course is a professional skills programme and is not accredited.

Can teams in Cape Town do BOTI’s bookkeeping training?

Yes. The course can run live online or in-house at your premises in Cape Town or elsewhere in South Africa. BOTI’s own venue is in Sunningdale, Johannesburg.

What is the difference between bookkeeping and accounting?

Bookkeeping is the day-to-day recording of financial transactions such as sales, purchases, payments and receipts. Accounting uses those records to prepare reports, check results and advise management.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

BOTI runs this course for teams in-house, at its venue or live online. Use the button below to book or request a quote:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Or Fill in the Form

Or Email Us

[email protected]

If you or your team need a clear, practical grounding in recording transactions, VAT and bank reconciliations, book the Basic Bookkeeping Course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Introduction: CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

CorelDRAW Advanced course improves on the knowledge of CorelDraw and teaches delegates the more advanced features of Power trace and DRAW. Each topic is completed through the usage of easy-to-follow exercises.

VideoWatch on YouTube

CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course
CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Outline: CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Learning how to work on different file formats.
• Learning how to Draw
• Introduction to Graphics
• Creating and working with PDF documents

 

 

Course duration and fees: CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

The course (CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who would like to improve on their creative skills on Corel DRAW.
 

For the CorelDRAW for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Knowledge equivalent to CorelDRAW for Beginners course.
 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course

Introduction: AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course

Autodesk Inventor 2014 is a development of Autodesk Inventor, it features improved and updated design tools. This course provides delegates with comprehensive information on the specifics of these design tools as well as helpful parametric design techniques. Upon completion of the course, delegates will be more confident exploiting Autodesk Inventor features and also be able to solve design challenges better.

AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course
AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course

Outline: AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Learning Sketching Techniques
• Working with Sheet Metal
• Strategies on large Assembly
• Putting presentations together

 

 

Course duration and fees: AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course

The course (AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Users of Autodesk Inventor who are more experienced
 

For the AutoCAD Inventor Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Atleast one of the following;
• Minimum 1 Month practical experience using the software on a daily basis.
• Knowledge of assembly design and parametric part using Autodesk Inventor
• Knowledge of mechanical engineering principles or parametric solid modeling design and concepts
• Familiarity with Microsoft Windows Operating System

 

 

Related Public Course Schedule and Costs

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Revit Architecture Advanced Training: Skills, Courseware and Next Steps

If you are searching for AutoCAD Architecture or Revit books and courseware, the most useful material is a structured, instructor-led course that works through real building models step by step. BOTI runs Autodesk training for architects, drafters and CAD teams, and you can see every option in our Graphic Design and CAD training courses. BOTI does not currently run a separate advanced Revit Architecture course. Readers looking for one should start with Autodesk Revit Architecture Essentials, described below.

Introduction: AutoCAD Revit Architecture Advanced Training Course

Advanced Revit Architecture work goes beyond placing walls, doors and windows. It means controlling how those elements behave, building your own components, and producing drawings and schedules that update themselves as the design changes. This page explains what advanced Revit skills cover, how Revit differs from AutoCAD Architecture, and where BOTI’s training fits.

AutoCAD Revit Architecture Advanced Training Course
AutoCAD Revit Architecture Advanced Training Course

AutoCAD Architecture and Revit: what is the difference?

Both are Autodesk products, and people often mix up the names. AutoCAD Architecture is a version of AutoCAD with architectural tools added. You still work mainly in 2D drawings, with intelligent walls, doors and windows layered on top. If you are new to AutoCAD itself, our guide What is AutoCAD covers the basics.

Revit is a separate program built for Building Information Modelling (BIM). You build one 3D model of the building, and plans, sections, elevations and schedules are generated from that model. Change a wall in one view and every other view updates. This is why “AutoCAD Revit Architecture” is not quite the right name. The product is Autodesk Revit, and architecture is one of the disciplines it serves, alongside structure and building services (MEP).

Outline: AutoCAD Revit Architecture Advanced Training Course

Once users are comfortable with the essentials, advanced Revit Architecture skills usually cover:

  • File import and export: linking AutoCAD DWG files, linking other Revit models, and exporting to DWG, PDF and other formats for consultants and clients.
  • Creative design: massing and conceptual design, design options for comparing alternatives, and phasing for existing, demolished and new work.
  • Advanced components: creating and editing families, such as custom doors, windows, furniture and annotation symbols, with parameters that control size and type.
  • Advanced modification of spaces, elevations, windows, doors and walls: compound and stacked walls, curtain walls, rooms and areas, and detailed elevation and section views.
  • Schedules and documentation: door, window and room schedules, view templates, sheets and title blocks.
  • Working as a team: setting up shared models so that several people can work on one project without overwriting each other.

These skills are only useful on top of a firm grasp of the Revit basics. Most of the problems teams face, such as slow models or drawings that will not update correctly, start with gaps in the fundamentals.

Course duration: AutoCAD Revit Architecture Advanced Training Course

BOTI’s Revit training is the 3-day Autodesk Revit Architecture Essentials course. It is practical, and delegates work in the software throughout so that they can apply what they learn on their own projects. Teams in related disciplines can take the 3-day Autodesk Revit Structure Essentials or the 3-day Autodesk Revit MEP Essentials course.

Courseware and books: are they enough?

Books and self-study courseware are handy for reference, but most people find them slow to learn Revit from. Revit is a modelling tool, and the habits you form early, such as how you set up levels, grids and views, decide whether a project stays manageable. A trainer can watch how you work, correct those habits on the spot and answer questions about your own drawings.

When you request a quote, ask BOTI what course material is included and whether exercises can be based on the type of buildings your team designs.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: AutoCAD Revit Architecture Advanced Training Course

Advanced Revit topics suit:

  • CAD managers, architects, architectural technologists and drafters who already use Revit or AutoCAD Architecture
  • Teams moving from 2D AutoCAD drawings to a BIM workflow
  • Users who are comfortable with Microsoft Windows and general computer use

Advanced work needs a working knowledge of Revit first. Delegates new to Revit should start with Revit Architecture Essentials. Delegates new to CAD altogether may find the 3-day AutoCAD Essentials (2D) course a useful starting point, and experienced AutoCAD users can build further with the 3-day AutoCAD Advanced Course. Those who run a CAD team may also benefit from Managing a Drawing Office Training.

Frequently asked questions

Does BOTI run an advanced Revit Architecture course?

BOTI does not currently run a separate advanced Revit Architecture course. The closest option is the 3-day Autodesk Revit Architecture Essentials course. Contact BOTI to discuss your team’s experience level and what you need the training to cover.

What is the difference between AutoCAD Architecture and Revit?

AutoCAD Architecture is AutoCAD with architectural tools added, and work is mainly done in 2D drawings. Revit is separate Building Information Modelling software in which you build one 3D model, and plans, sections, elevations and schedules are generated from it and update together.

Are AutoCAD Architecture books and courseware enough to learn Revit?

Books and courseware are useful for reference, but most people learn Revit faster with a trainer who can correct how they set up and build models. Ask BOTI what course material is included when you request a quote.

Can Revit training run at our offices or online?

Yes. BOTI runs training in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Book or request a quote

To build Revit skills in your team, start with Autodesk Revit Architecture Essentials. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at the BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Fill in the Form

Email Us

[email protected]

AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course

Introduction: AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course

AutoCAD 2014 Advanced employs developed techniques to coach delegates to be proficient in using AutoCAD software. Delegates are taught how identify the most suitable tool for the task, the best way to utilize that tool, as well as how to produce new tools to. This is done by teaching you how to recognize the best tool a task, the best way to utilize that tool, and how to create new tools to achieve better results.

AutoCAD 2014 Advanced  Training Course
AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course

Outline: AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Exploring more Tools for Collaboration
• Working with 2D Automation and Cloud Collaboration
• Learning how to Manage Layers
• Learning how Setup the System
• User interface Customization

 

 

Course duration and fees: AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course

The course (AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who have experience in AutoCAD, with interest in learning more about it.
 

For the AutoCAD 2014 Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

• Knowledge of design, engineering principles or drafting
• Familiarity with AutoCAD or AutoCAD Essentials
• Should be able to operate on Microsoft® Windows® 8, Microsoft® Windows® 7, Microsoft® Windows® XP or Microsoft® Windows® Vista

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course

Introduction: AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course

The intention of AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials is to empower delegates to be able to produce basic 2D drawings using AutoCAD® software. Although at a basic level, delegates will discover that the AutoCAD software is one of the most complicated computer applications to come across. Consequently, learning to you it can be quite testing.

 AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials  Training Course
AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course

Outline: AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Commands for Editing and Drawing Basic
• Projects – Creating a Simple Drawing
• Using AutoCAD to create precise drawings
• Making corrections on your Drawing
• Extracting Information From Your Drawing

 

 

Course duration and fees: AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course

The course ( AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who are new to AutoCAD or AutoCAD LT.
 

For the AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT 2014 Essentials Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Delegates should be familiar with at least one of the following;
Microsoft® Windows® 7, Microsoft® Windows® XP, Microsoft® Windows® Vista, or Microsoft® Windows® 8

 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

MicroStation Advanced Training Course

Introduction: MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course

Microstation Advanced courseware is recommended for the knowledgeable MicroStation user who needs supplementary training. It will assist delegates to become more productive when using Microstation features.

MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course
MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course

Outline: MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Learning how to use Key-Ins
• Introduction to Advanced AccuDraw
• Files and Models Referencing
• Working with the Curve Tool

 

 

Course duration and fees: MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course

The course (MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Advanced MicroStation user who needing supplementary training to improve on productivity.
 

For the MicroStation Training Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Experience equivalent to MicroStation Fundamentals
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Introduction: Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

0

Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course
Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Outline: Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

 

 

Course duration and fees: Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

The cost of course is:
TBA

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course

The course (Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

0
 

For the Google SketchUp for Intermediate & Advanced Users Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
0
 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course

Introduction: Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course

Become a Professional Adobe Acrobatic with our Adobe Acrobat Beginners course (Adobe Acrobat Pro Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Courses; Adobe Acrobat Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Course) will enlighten delegates on essential concepts and terminology, and the basic features of Adobe Acrobat X Pro. Delegates will be taught PDF basics and investigate the Acrobat interface. Additionally, they will learn how to steer and manage PDF documents.
Delegates will be taught how to create a PDF document from within Acrobat, Web pages and other applications.
Delegates will also be taught how to amend and adjust PDF content, add bookmarks and links, and improve accessibility in a document while dealing with security.

 

Adobe Acrobat Pro Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Courses; Adobe Acrobat Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Course
Become a Professional Adobe Acrobatic!

 

Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course.PDF basics training, manage PDF documents training, create a PDF document training and amend and adjust PDF content training.

Outline: Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course (Adobe Acrobat Pro Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Courses; Adobe Acrobat Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Course) include:
• PDF Documents creation and modification
• Learning about Security and Document Navigation Tools
• Accessibility of PDF
• Techniques on Documents reviewing

BOTI offers: PDF basics training, manage PDF documents training, create a PDF document training and amend and adjust PDF content training.

Course duration and fees: Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course

Our two day  Adobe Acrobat Pro Training Courses (or Adobe Acrobat Courses; Adobe Acrobat Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Course) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

BOTI offers: PDF basics training, manage PDF documents training, create a PDF document training and amend and adjust PDF content training.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course

The course (Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

  • Delegates with limited knowledge of Adobe Acrobat X

For the Adobe Acrobat Beginners Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

  • Competent IT skills coupled with decent knowledge Windows Operating System.

BOTI offers: PDF basics training, manage PDF documents training, create a PDF document training and amend and adjust PDF content training.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above Adobe Acrobat Pro Training Courses (or Adobe Acrobat Courses; Adobe Acrobat Training Courses; Adobe Acrobat Course) across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

BOTI offers: PDF basics training, manage PDF documents training, create a PDF document training and amend and adjust PDF content training.

BOTI also offers: https://boti.co.za/adobe-design-beginners-training-course/ 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe Flash Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Adobe Flash Advanced course Training Course

Adobe Flash Advanced course will help delegates advance their skills further, learning complex design and coding techniques to produce striking Flash movies. Upon completion of training, delegates will be more confident using advanced design techniques for movies on a larger scale as well as other multifaceted projects.

Adobe Flash Advanced course  Training Course
Adobe Flash Advanced course Training Course

Outline: Adobe Flash Advanced course Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Using Vector Illustration
• Introduction to Advanced Animation Techniques, including Action Script Animation
• Using Interactive Techniques
• Video production
• How to Manage your Flash Project

 

 

Course duration and fees: Adobe Flash Advanced course Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe Flash Advanced course Training Course

The course (Adobe Flash Advanced course Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates interested in upgrading their Adobe Flash skills.
 

For the Adobe Flash Advanced course Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Knowledge equivalent to Adobe Flash for Beginners course.
 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course

Introduction: Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course

With Adobe Flash Beginners course delegates are encouraged to explore their individual creativity and contribute to the Web, using Flash. At this level delegates can create animation, games, presentations, and the like. You will be able to create vibrant content, adjust the program’s features to suit your development needs and discover how to create graphics, and optimize your files for download.

Adobe Flash Beginners  Training Course
Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course

Outline: Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Working with Basic Objects
• Timeline usage
• How to Format Objects
• Making use of interactive buttons and Timeline Animation
• Learning how to Publish your applications

 

 

Course duration and fees: Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course

The course (Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates with limited knowledge of Adobe Flash.
 

For the Adobe Flash Beginners Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Competent IT skills coupled with reasonable knowledge of the Windows Operating System.
 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course

In Adobe Illustrator Advanced delegates will be introduced to all the secrets that experienced illustrators use every day to create vector artwork quicker and more precisely. Delegates will discover all the current and exciting functions inside Illustrator as well as skills to assist them to explore functions such as patterns, 3D objects and clipping paths.

Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course
Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course

Outline: Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Learning about Manipulating paths
• Using graphic styles and Effects
• How to Convert raster images to vector art
• Printing illustrations

 

 

Course duration and fees: Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course

The course (Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates interested in gaining competitive illustrator skills to be utilized in the job market.
 

For the Adobe Illustrator Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Knowledge equivalent to Adobe Illustrator for Beginners course.
 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course

Adobe In Design Advanced course delegates will learn all the “hidden” tricks the professionals know, that can save you a lot of time in production. After the training, delegates will understand how to execute complex Paragraph Styles that include both Nested and Next styles. This series offers solutions to take your InDesign skills one step further.

Adobe In Design Advanced  Training Course
Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course

Outline: Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Learning how to produce efficient text editing and layout.
• Learning about Tables, Graphics and Typography
• Working with Long Documents

 

 

Course duration and fees: Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course

The course (Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates interested in improving their InDesign skills.

 

For the Adobe In Design Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Knowledge equivalent to Adobe InDesign for Beginners course.
 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe Training Courses for Beginners: InDesign and Photoshop

BOTI’s Adobe training for beginners is a two-day, hands-on course. It teaches Adobe Photoshop on day one and Adobe InDesign on day two, so new users finish with a print-ready flyer they designed themselves. You can compare it with BOTI’s other Adobe, design and drawing options in the graphic design and CAD training courses.

Introduction: Adobe InDesign Beginners Training Course

Adobe InDesign is the page-layout program people use to produce brochures, flyers, newsletters, reports, posters and other documents that combine text and images. Beginners often find it hard to learn on their own because InDesign works with frames, styles and parent pages rather than the free typing they know from a word processor.

BOTI no longer runs a separate InDesign beginners course. InDesign for beginners is now taught on day two of Graphic Design Fundamentals Training, after a first day on design principles and Adobe Photoshop. This makes more sense for most beginners. A layout is only as good as the images and design choices that go into it, so delegates learn to prepare their photos and plan their page before they build it in InDesign.

Adobe In Design Beginners Training Course. Typesetting in Adobe training, Finalize Documents with Adobe training, Modify Items with Adobe training and master Pages and Guides in Abode training.

Adobe courses explained: which program does what

People searching for Adobe courses are often not sure which program they need. Each one has a clear job:

  • Adobe InDesign: page layout for multi-page and print documents, such as brochures, newsletters, reports, flyers and magazines.
  • Adobe Photoshop: editing photographs and other pixel-based images. You use it to select, retouch, adjust and resize pictures for print and web.
  • Adobe Illustrator: vector artwork that scales without losing quality, such as logos, icons, illustrations and simple infographics.
  • Adobe Acrobat Pro: creating, editing, combining, commenting on and securing PDF documents.

If your goal is to produce professional-looking marketing material or company documents, start with Photoshop and InDesign together. That is the combination Graphic Design Fundamentals Training covers.

Outline: Adobe InDesign Beginners Training Course

Key outcomes of the InDesign part of the course include:

  • Working with parent pages (previously called master pages) and guides
  • Typesetting with paragraph and character styles
  • Modifying items: text frames, image frames and colour swatches
  • Finalising documents for print and digital use

The full two-day programme runs as follows.

Day one: design principles and Adobe Photoshop

  • The design process, from the brief to finished artwork
  • Layout principles, colour and typography
  • Adobe Photoshop: selecting, retouching and adjusting images
  • Saving images correctly for print and for the web

Day two: Adobe InDesign

  • Text and image frames
  • Paragraph and character styles
  • Colour swatches
  • Parent pages
  • Tables
  • Production essentials for getting a file ready to print or share

By the end of day two, delegates have finished a flyer that brings together everything they practised.

Course duration and format

This is a two-day training course designed so that delegates apply what they learn practically, on their own computers, as they go. Each topic is demonstrated and then practised, so delegates leave able to work in Photoshop and InDesign rather than only knowing what the menus do.

The course can run in-house at your premises for a team, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online with a facilitator. Online delegates need the Adobe programs installed on their own computers.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe InDesign Beginners Training Course

The course is designed for delegates with little or no knowledge of Adobe InDesign or Photoshop. No design background is needed.

Delegates should have basic computer skills and be comfortable working in Windows: opening and saving files, finding folders and using a mouse and keyboard confidently.

Who should attend

This creative course suits people who need to produce good-looking material in-house without a full design department, for example:

  • Marketing and communications coordinators
  • Administrators and personal assistants who prepare newsletters, notices and event material
  • Small business owners who create their own flyers and adverts
  • Staff who prepare reports, proposals and presentations that need a more professional finish
  • Anyone starting out in graphic design who wants a structured introduction to Adobe tools

Which Adobe course should you choose?

If you want to learn InDesign and Photoshop, Graphic Design Fundamentals Training is the place to start. BOTI also runs these related courses:

Book or Request a Quote

We run this course for individuals and for teams across South Africa, in-house, at BOTI’s venue or live online. Use the button below to see the course page and book or request a quote:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

BOTI also offers: Adobe Acrobat Pro for Beginners

Frequently asked questions

What do Adobe training courses for beginners cover?

BOTI’s beginner Adobe training is Graphic Design Fundamentals Training, a two-day course. Day one covers the design process, layout, colour and typography, and Adobe Photoshop for selecting, retouching, adjusting and saving images. Day two covers Adobe InDesign: text and image frames, paragraph and character styles, colour swatches, parent pages, tables and production essentials. Delegates finish a flyer.

Where do beginners learn Adobe InDesign at BOTI?

Beginners learn InDesign on day two of Graphic Design Fundamentals Training. Day one prepares delegates with design principles and Photoshop, so they can bring well-prepared images into their InDesign layouts.

Can I do Adobe courses online?

Yes. The course can run live online with a facilitator, as well as in-house at your premises or at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg. Online delegates need the Adobe programs installed on their own computers.

Do I need design experience before an Adobe course for beginners?

No. The course is designed for people with little or no knowledge of InDesign or Photoshop. You should have basic computer skills and be comfortable working in Windows.

To learn Adobe InDesign and Photoshop from the ground up, book Graphic Design Fundamentals Training. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected], or request a quote for your team. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Phone Us to Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Fill in the Form

Or Email Us

[email protected]

Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course

Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced will assist in designing and developing a striking web site using advanced concepts in Dreamweaver. Additionally, you will get the chance to work with Adobe’s Spry Framework to create AJAX-enabled web pages with a professional finish.

Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced  Training Course
Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course

Outline: Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Learning how to Designing with CSS
• Learning about Site assets and Forms
• Rollovers, behaviours, and AP Divs
• Working with XML
• Collaboration and accessibility

 

 

Course duration and fees: Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course

The course (Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Delegates who intend to further improve their web design skills with Adobe Dreamweaver.
 

For the Adobe Dreamweaver Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Knowledge equivalent to Beginners course in Dreamweaver
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s


 




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course

Introduction: Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course

Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners course will advantage delegates who want to gain knowledge of how to use Dreamweaver to create and modify Web Sites. Delegates will learn how to plan, define, and publish a site

Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners  Training Course
Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course

Outline: Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Learning about Web pages and Sites
• Learning about Style and Structure
• Using Image formats, tables, links and attributes
• Learning about Publishing

 

 

Course duration and fees: Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course

The course (Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Delegates with limited knowledge and experience of Adobe Dreamweaver.
 

For the Adobe Dreamweaver Beginners Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Decent IT skills and Practical knowledge of Windows Operating System
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Adobe Photoshop Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Adobe Photoshop Advanced Training Course

With Adobe Certified Photoshop Expert, delegates will learn how to manage and organize images, process and create stunning compositions. Delegates will discover numerous tips, tricks and convenient techniques to help them better their creative workflow.

Adobe Photoshop Training Course
Adobe Photoshop Training Course

Outline: Adobe Photoshop Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Learning how to work with layout, vector graphics and colours
• Filter Usage
• Automating tasks
• Preparation of graphics for print and the web purposes.

 

 

Course duration and fees: AAdobe Photoshop Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: AAdobe Photoshop Advanced Training Course

The course (Adobe Photoshop Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Any individual interested in upgrading their design skills.
 

For the Adobe Photoshop Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Knowledge equivalent to Adobe Photoshop for Beginners course.
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course

Introduction: Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course

Graphic Design Fundamentals course investigates the primary principles and elements that are the basis of design. Delegates develop an understanding of the driving principles in regard to design. This is a foundation course and is ideal for those with minimal design experience.

Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course
Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course

Outline: Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Basic Graphic design skills like Layout and Fonts
• The process of Graphic design
• Understanding usage of Resolution, File Formats, Paper and Printing

 

 

Course duration and fees: Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course

The course (Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates who are interested in learning more about design principles and elements.
• Delegates who wish to supplement their design terminology and skill

 

For the Graphic Design Fundamentals Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course

Introduction: Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course

Concluding the three-course series, which includes courses 20410A and 20411A, is the Configure Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services Course 20412A. The courses collectively, cover implementation, administration, maintenance as well as provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. This particular course will cover services tasks and complex configuration methods for dealing with identity management, disaster recovery, rights management, as well as fault tolerance.

Configure Advanced Windows Server  Training Course
Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course

Outline: Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• File Services and Advanced Network implementation
• Disaster Recovery and Dynamic Access Control implementation
• Network Load Balancing implementation
• Failover Clustering with Hyper-V implementation

Module 8: Implementing Distributed Active Directory Domain Services Deployments
This module describes the components of a highly complex AD DS deployment, which includes implementing a distributed AD DS deployment and configuring AD DS forest trusts.

Lessons:
Overview of Distributed AD DS Deployments
Implementing a Distributed AD DS Environment
Configuring AD DS Trusts

Lab : Implementing Complex AD DS Deployments
Implementing Child Domains in AD DS
Implementing Forest Trusts

Module 9: Implementing Active Directory Domain Services Sites and Replication
This module describes how replication works in a Windows Server 2012 AD DS environment, including how to configure AD DS sites so that you can optimize AD DS network traffic and how to configure and monitor AD DS replication.

Lessons:
Overview of AD DS Replication
Configuring AD DS Sites
Configuring and Monitoring AD DS Replication

Lab : Implementing AD DS Sites and Replication
Modifying the Default Site
Creating Additional Sites and Subnets
Configuring AD DS Replication

Module 10: Implementing Active Directory Certificate Services
This module describes the Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) components and concepts. It covers implementing a certification authority infrastructure, planning and implementing a certificate template deployment using an AD CS certification authority, and planning and implementing certificate distribution and revocation.

Lessons:
PKI Overview
Deploying CAs
Deploying and Managing Certificate Templates
Implementing Certificate Distribution and Revocation
Managing Certificate Recovery

Lab : Implementing Active Directory Certificate Services
Deploying a Standalone Root CA
Deploying an Enterprise Subordinate CA
Configuring Certificate Templates
Configuring Certificate Enrollment
Configuring Certificate Revocation
Configuring Key Recovery

Module 11: Implementing Active Directory Rights Management Services
This module describes the AD RMS features and functionality. It explains how to use AD RMS to configure content protection, and deploy and manage an AD RMS infrastructure.

Lessons:
AD RMS Overview
Deploying and Managing an AD RMS Infrastructure
Configuring AD RMS Content Protection
Configuring External Access to AD RMS

Lab : Configuring AD RMS
Installing and Configuring AD RMS
Configuring AD RMS Templates
Implementing the AD RMS Trust Policies
Verifying the AD RMS Deployment

Module 12: Implementing Active Directory Federation Services
This module provides identity federation business scenarios, and it describes how to use AD FS to address such scenarios. It explains how to configure AD FS prerequisites, deploy AD FS services, enable single sign-on (SSO) for an organization, and enable SSO between federated business partners.

Lessons:
Overview of AD FS
Deploying AD FS
Implementing AD FS for a Single Organization
Deploying AD FS in a B2B Federation Scenario

Lab : Implementing AD FS
Configuring AD FS Prerequisites
Installing and Configuring AD FS
Configuring AD FS for a Single Organization
Configuring AD FS for Federated Business Partners
 

 

Course duration and fees: Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course

The course (Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Practicing professionals who are proficient in management, implementation and configuration of networking infrastructure and ADDS and in an enterprise environment.
 

For the Configure Advanced Windows Server Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Courses 20410A and 20411A or equivalent Knowledge and experience.
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course

Introduction: Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course

Administer Windows Server 2012 course 20411A allows delegates to utilize virtual machines for labs using pre-release software. The course is part two of a series of three courses which collectively, cover implementation, administration, maintenance as well as provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment.

 

Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course

Outline: Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Implementation of Infrastructure Network Access Protection Group Policy
• Service Accounts management, including Desktops with Group Policy
• Active Directory Domain services Maintenance.
• Troubleshooting and configuration of DNS and Remote Access.
• Network Policy Server Role and Remote Access installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting.

Module 9: Optimizing File Services
This module covers File Server Resource Manager (FSRM) and how to use it to implement Quotas, file screens and Storage Reports. It will also outline how to implement Classification Management and File Management Tasks as well as covering how to implement DFS, DFS Namespaces and configuring and troubleshooting DFS Replication.

Lessons:
Overview of FSRM
Using FSRM to Manage Quotas, File Screens, and Storage Reports
Implementing Classification Management and File Management Tasks
DFS Overview
Configuring DFS Namespaces
Configuring and Troubleshooting DFS Replication

Lab : Lab A: Configuring Quotas and File Screening by Using FSRM
Configuring FSRM Quotas
Configuring File Screening

Lab : Lab B: Configuring DFS Namespaces and Replication
Installing the DFS Namespaces Server Role
Configuring the DFS Role Service
Configuring DFS Namespace
Configuring DFS-R

Module 10: Configuring Encryption and Advanced Auditing
This module covers how to increase file system security by configuring file encryption with Encrypting File System (EFS) as well as how to enable and implement advanced auditing features.

Lessons:
Encrypting Network Files with EFS
Configuring Advanced Auditing

Lab : Lab A: Configuring Encryption and Advanced Auditing
Encrypting and Recovering Files
Configuring Advanced Auditing

Module 11: Deploying and Maintaining Server Images
This module covers the functionality of Windows Deployment Services (WDS), and explains how to use Windows Deployment Services tools to perform lite-touch deployments.

Lessons:
Overview of Windows Deployment Services
Implementing Deployment with WDS
Administering WDS

Lab : Deploying and Maintaining Server Images Using Windows Deployment Services
Installing and Configuring Windows Deployment Services
Creating Operating System Images with WDS
Configuring Custom Computer Naming
Deploying Images with WDS

Module 12: Deploying and Maintaining Server Images
This module covers the features and functionality of Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)as well as detailing how to provision updates with WSUS.

Lessons:
Overview of WSUS
Deploying Updates with WSUS

Lab : Implementing Update Management
Implementing the WSUS Server Role
Configuring Update Settings
Approving and Deploying an Update by Using WSUS

Module 13: Monitoring Windows Server 2012
This module covers monitoring tools available in Windows Server 2012. It will cover the use of Performance Monitor, as well as how to monitor and successfully utilize Event logs.

Lessons:
Monitoring Tools
Using Performance Monitor
Monitoring Event Logs

Lab : Monitoring Windows Server 2012
Establishing a Performance Baseline
Identifying the Source of a Performance Problem
Viewing and Configuring Centralized Event Logs
Computer based short courses for the new and every day PC user

Computer Courses
Business, management and essential life skill short courses

Soft Skill Courses
Affordable half day workshops and seminars

Workshops

 

 

Course duration and fees: Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course

The course (Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• This course is intended for Information Technology (IT) Professionals with practical experience operating in a Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2012 environment.
• Delegates with knowledge similar to that already covered in 20410A:
• Delegates with a minimum of 1 year practical experience working with Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.

 

For the Administer Windows Server 2012 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

• Basic networking understanding.
• Experience and understanding configuring administration tasks and security in an enterprise environment.
• Experience in configuring and supporting Microsoft Windows clients.

 

 

Course Schedule

Book Now!
 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

See all BOTI corporate training courses.

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course

Introduction: Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course

Install & Configure Windows Server 2012 course 20410A allows delegates to utilize virtual machines for labs using pre-release software. The course is part one of a series of three courses which collectively, cover implementation , administration, maintenance as well as provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment.

Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course
Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course

Outline: Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Installation and management of Windows Server 2012
• Managing Active Directory Domain Objects services.
• Administration of Automating Active Directory Domain Services
• IPv4, DHCP, DNS, and IPv6 implementation
Module 9: Implementing Local Storage
This module covers the storage configuration options for Windows Server 2012, including managing disks and volumes and implementing file systems. It also covers creating and managing storage pools.

Lessons:
Overview of Storage
Managing Disks and Volumes
Implementing Storage Spaces

Lab : Implementing Local Storage
Installing and Configuring a New Disk
Resizing Volumes
Configuring a Redundant Storage Space

Module 10: Implementing File and Print Services
This module covers securing files, folders and network file shares, in addition to using shadow copies to protect network file shares. It also covers configuring network printing and creating a printer pool.

Lessons:
Securing Files and Folders
Protecting Shared Files and Folders Using Shadow Copies
Configuring Network Printing

Lab : Implementing File and Print Services
Creating and Configuring a File Share
Configuring Shadow Copies
Creating and Configure a Printer Pool

Module 11: Implementing Group Policy
This module covers using Group Policy to centrally manage and apply configuration settings.

Lessons:
Overview of Group Policy
Group Policy Processing
Implementing a Central Store for Administrative Templates

Lab : Implementing Group Policy
Configuring a Central Store
Creating GPOs

Module 12: Securing Windows Servers Using Group Policy Objects
Increase security in a Windows Server 2012 infrastructure by using Group Policy Objects, AppLocker, and Windows Firewall.

Lessons:
Windows Security Overview
Configuring Security Settings
Restricting Software
Configuring Windows Firewall with Advanced Security

Lab : Lab A: Increasing Security for Server Resources
Using Group Policy to Secure Member Servers
Auditing File System Access
Auditing Domain Logons

Lab : Lab B: Configuring AppLocker and Windows Firewall
Configuring AppLocker Policies
Configuring Windows Firewall

Module 13: Implementing Server Virtualization with Hyper-V
This module describes Microsoft Virtualization technologies. It covers installing and configuring Hyper-V virtual machines, configuring virtual storage, and configuring virtual networks.

Lessons:
Overview of Virtualization Technologies
Implementing Hyper-V
Managing Virtual Machine Storage
Managing Virtual Networks

Lab : Implementing Server Virtualization with Hyper-V
Installing the Hyper-V Server Role
Configuring Virtual Networking
Creating and Configuring a Virtual Machine
Using Virtual Machine Snapshots

 

 

Course duration and fees: Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course

The course (Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates experienced in configuring or supporting Microsoft Windows.
• A thorough understanding of networking basics as well as experience configuring security and administration tasks in an enterprise environment.

 

For the Install & Configure Windows Server 2 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Basic networking understanding.
• Experience and understanding configuring administration tasks and security in an enterprise environment.
• Experience in configuring and supporting Microsoft Windows clients.

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course

Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners course teaches the foundation of Windows 7. Delegates will be introduced to the Start menu taskbar, file management and creation, libraries and folders as well as exploring content on their computers. In addition, delegates can expect to browse the Web with Internet Explorer 8, add sites to their Favourite lists, and add RSS feeds.

Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course
Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Exploring Windows 7 Environment
• Searching Folders and Windows
• Management of Files and Folders
• Environment Customization
• Internet Explorer 8

 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course

The course (Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Delegates with no experience of Windows who seek training in operating on Windows 7.
 

For the Microsoft Windows 7 Beginners Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• None
 

 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course

Introduction: Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course

In this Developing Windows Azure and Web Services course, delegates will be taught how to design and develop services that provide accessibility different data sources. Delegates will also learn how to develop and deploy services to servers and windows Azure.

Developing Windows Azure and Web Services  Training Course
Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course

Outline: Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Service Bus from Windows Azure
• WCF Services Security implementation
• ASP.NET Web API services security
• Data manipulation through Entity Framework
Module 9: Hosting services
This module explains how to host services on various Windows Azure environments, such as Web Roles, Worker Roles, and Web Sites

Lessons:
Hosting services on-premises
Hosting services in Windows Azure

Lab : Hosting Services:Host the WCF booking service in IIS
Host the ASP.NET Web API services in a Windows Azure Web role
Host the booking management service in a Windows Azure Web Site

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe the common on-premises hosting environments.
Host a service in Windows Azure hosting environments.

Module 10: Deploying Services
This module explains how to deploy services to both on-premises and cloud environments.

Lessons:
Web Deployment with Visual Studio
Creating and deploying Web Application packages
Command-line tools for web deployment packages
Deploying to Windows Azure
Continuous delivery with TFS and GIT
Best practices for production deployment

Lab : Deploying services: Deploying an updated service to Windows Azure
Updating a Windows Azure Web Site with Web Deploy
Exporting and importing an IIS deployment package

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Deploy services from Visual Studio.
Deploy services by using web deployment packages.
Deploy services using command-line tools.
Deploy services to Windows Azure environments.
Ensure that Windows Azure deployments are up-to-date with continuous delivery.

Module 11: Windows Azure Storage
This module explains how to store and access data stored in Windows Azure Storage. It also explains how to configure storage access rights for storage containers and content.

Lessons:
Introduction to Windows Azure storage
Windows Azure Blob Storage
Windows Azure Table Storage
Windows Azure Queue Storage
Restricting access to Windows Azure Storage

Lab : Windows Azure Storage
Storing content in Windows Azure storage
Accessing Windows Azure storage
Creating shared access signatures for blobs

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe the reasons for using Windows Azure storage.
Use blobs for storing resources.
Use tables for storing structured, non-relational data.
Use queues for sending and receiving messages asynchronously.
Configure access level and shared access signatures for Windows Azure Storage services.

Module 12: Monitoring and diagnostics
This module explains how to monitor and log services, both on-premises and in Windows Azure

Lessons:
Performing diagnostics using tracing
Configuring service diagnostics
Monitoring IIS
Monitoring services using Windows Azure diagnostics
Debugging using IntelliTrace
Collecting Windows Azure metrics

Lab : Monitoring and Diagnostics : Configuring WCF tracing and message logging
Configuring Windows Azure diagnostics

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Write diagnostics trace messages.
Configure and monitor service diagnostic information.
Monitor IIS-hosted services.
Monitor Windows Azure applications using Windows Azure diagnostics.
Debug services with IntelliTrace.
Collect Windows Azure metrics.

Module 13: Identity management and access control
This module describes claim-based identity concepts and standards, and how to implement federated authentication by using ACS to secure an ASP.NET Web API service. It also explains how to use ACS to secure Windows Azure Service Bus connections.

Lessons:
Claim-based identity concepts
Access Control Service
Configuring services to use federated identities
Handling federated identities in the client side

Lab : Identity management and access control
Configure Windows Azure ACS
Integrate ACS with the ASP.NET Web API
Examine the authentication procedure in the client application

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe claim-based identity concepts.
Describe the Access Control Service and its purpose.
Configure a service to require federated identities.
Configure a service client with federated identity

Module 14: Scaling Services
This module explains how to create scalable services and applications.

Lessons:
Introduction to scalability
Load balancing
Scaling on-premises services with distributed cache
Windows Azure caching
Caveats of scaling services
Scaling globally

Lab : Scalability
Use Windows Azure Caching
Support federated security in a scaled environment

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe the reasons and techniques for scaling services.
Describe how load balancing can be used with on-premises and Windows Azure environments.
Integrate a distributed cache mechanism into a service by using Windows Server AppFabric Cache.
Describe the distributed cache solutions offered by Windows Azure.
Understand the caveats of scaling out services and how to resolve them.
Scale Windows Azure solutions outside of the data center.
 

 

Course duration and fees: Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course

The course (Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

• Trainee and experienced .NET developers with atleast six months experience in programming.
• Delegates interested in developing services that can be used in various environments.

 

For the Developing Windows Azure and Web Services Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

Completed Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications course

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course

Introduction: Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course

This three-day Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training course prepares and builds an understanding of producing Windows Services Applications. This course offers similar content as found in the Microsoft Official Academic Course. Upon completion delegates should be able to Produce Windows Services Applications

Windows Development Fundamentals MTA  Training Course
Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course

Outline: Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Windows Applications deploying and packaging
• Windows Application Project production in Visual Studio
• Windows Applications introduction
• Data Integration
• User Input Validation
• Application Execution Control

 

 

Course duration and fees: Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course

The course (Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Delegates looking for a suitable entry point to a future career in technology through hands-on experience or training, although on-the-job training is not provided.
 

For the Windows Development Fundamentals MTA Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
0
 

 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Introduction: Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

In this advanced course of Developing Windows App Using C#, the delegates will discover the more advanced programming skills and techniques that can be employed to optimize their Windows Store app and distinguish their app from other apps in the Windows Store. These highly developed skills and techniques include a combination of both design and development skills. The delegates will also be trained on sustaining the apps that they have published to the Windows Store.

Upon completion of the course, delegates will be able to:

Add animations and transitions in a Windows Store app to improve the user experience, Brand the Windows Store app and improve the loading experience with a splash screen.

 Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course
Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Outline: Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Windows Store Apps Essentials,
• Animations and Transitions Implementation
• Advanced Contract Scenarios implementation.
• Gaining profit with your App
• Windows Store Apps Tracing and Profiling

 

 

Course duration and fees: Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

The course ( Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Professional developers with minimum 1 year experience producing applications for a production background and who are comfortable creating Windows 8 apps using XAML and C#

 

For the Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:

• Minimum 1 month of practice on Windows 8 apps
• Atleast 3-6 months experience working in Visual Studio 2012
• Atleast 6-12 months experience in HTML5 programming

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Introduction: Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

In this Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# course delegates will acquire important programming skills and techniques that are vital in developing Windows Store apps. This includes a combination of both development and design skills, as well as ensuring that delegates are comfortable making and using the most of the Expression Blend and Visual Studio tools.

Upon completion of the course, delegates will be able to:

Portray an understanding of the Windows 8 features and platform, learn the basics of a Windows app interface, master navigation scenarios in a Windows Store app and perform implementation and design contracts. Delegates will also be more confident in applying the AppBar features.

Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C#  Training Course
Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Outline: Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Data presentation
• Windows 8 Built-In Controls usage and Layout implementation
• Creation of User Interfaces using XAML
• File handling in Windows Store Apps

 

 

Course duration and fees: Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course

The course (Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Skilled developers with minimum of 1 year experience creating client applications and some experience in XAML and C# programming.
 

For the Essentials of Developing Windows App Using C# Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
• Minimum one year experience creating applications.
• Atleast 1-3 months experience utilizing Visual Studio 2010 or 2012.
• Atleast 1-3 months experience producing Windows applications for clients.

 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course

Introduction: Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course

Training in the essential skills of current programming with Visual Basic 2012, and start building your desktop Windows 8 apps. The course employs engaging exercises, explanations and examples to introduce must-know concepts and techniques, meaning you can easily follow the course work even if you have no previous experience with Visual Basics.

After the completion of the course:

You will know how to deliver your applications to the Window Store; you will know the fundamentals of programming with Visual Basics; Design and interact with user interfaces built with XAML; Build and debug complete applications; Discover how to bind controls to data, and Know the basics of Windows 8 application design

Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course
Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course

Outline: Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• familiarize Creating Your First Windows 8 Application
• How to use Controls
• Windows 8 Applications design s on Blend
• Program Flow and Layout
• Application Design Control

 

 

Course duration and fees: Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course

The course (Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Delegates interested in understanding Visual Basics.
 

For the Learn Microsoft Visual Basic 2012 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Delegates should have acquired knowledge of Windows Development Fundamentals or related experience
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course

Introduction: MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course

Training of Microsoft SQL Server starts with an outline of in-depth look at SQL Server, SQL query language, as well as database design basics. Furthermore, it will introduce fundamental concepts of the new version of SQL Server, with thorough explanation on implementation. It covers, using SQL Server Reporting and Integration Services, programming with XML, managing keys, creating and changing tables, working with stored procedures, writing scripts and more. Improved and updated new material will be featured, which includes, but is not limited to new examples using Microsoft’s Adventure Works sample database.

MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course
MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course

Outline: MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Batches and Scripts writing
• Basics of T-JOINS and RDMS
• SQL Server 2008 Introduction
• Index Structures and SQL Server Storage

 

 

Course duration and fees: MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course

The course (MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Experienced users of SQL with an interest in learning programming on SQL Server.
 

For the MCSD: Windows Store Apps C# Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Delegates should have completed a basic course on Microsoft SQL Server
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Over a course of 3 days, delegates will acquire knowledge and skills to manage a Microsoft SQL Server database. The focus of the course is on showing delegates how to use features and tools of SQL Server products, when maintaining a database.
Upon completion of the course, delegates will be able to: describe, explain and understand SQL Server structures, databases, and implementations; create server backups and restore SQL databases; work with configuration of data collection and DVMs; Employ SQL Server proxy accounts, credentials and agent security.

Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course
Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Outline: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Introduction of SQL Toolset and Server 2012
• File groups and files
• Database work
• Restoration of SQL Server 2012
• Installation and configuration of SQL Server 2012
• Import and Export of Data
11. Authorizing Users to Access Resources
This module covers permissions and the assignment of permissions.
Lessons:
Authorizing User Access to Objects
Authorizing Users to Execute Code
Configuring Permissions at the Schema Level

12. Auditing SQL Server Environments
This module covers SQL Server Audit.
Lessons:
Options for Auditing Data Access in SQL
Implementing SQL Server Audit
Managing SQL Server Audit

13. Automating SQL Server 2012 Management
This module covers SQL Server Agent, jobs and job history.
Lessons:
Automating SQL Server Management
Working with SQL Server Agent
Managing SQL Server Agent Jobs

14. Configuring Security for SQL Server Agent
This module covers SQL Server agent security, proxy accounts and credentials.
Lessons:
Understanding SQL Server Agent Security
Configuring Credentials
Configuring Proxy Accounts

15. Monitoring SQL Server 2012 with Alerts and Notifications
This module covers the configuration of database mail, alerts and notifications.
Lessons:
Configuration of Database Mail
Monitoring SQL Server Errors
Configuring Operators, Alerts and Notifications

16. Performing Ongoing Database Maintenance
This module covers database maintenance plans.
Lessons:
Ensuring Database Integrity
Maintaining Indexes
Automating Routine Database Maintenance

17. Tracing Access to SQL Server 2012
This module covers SQL Profiler and SQL Trace stored procedures.
Lessons:
Capturing Activity using SQL Server Profiler
Improving Performance with the Database Engine Tuning Advisor
Working with Tracing Options

18. Monitoring SQL Server 2012
This module introduces DMVs and the configuration of data collection.
Lessons:
Monitoring Activity
Capturing and Managing Performance Data
Analyzing Collected Performance Data

19. Managing Multiple Servers
This module covers Central Management Servers and Multi-Server queries, Virtualization of SQL Server and Data-Tier Applications.
Lessons:
Working with Multiple Servers
Virtualizing SQL Server
Deploying and Upgrading Data-Tier Applications

20. Troubleshooting Common SQL Server 2012 Administrative Issues
This module covers common issues that require troubleshooting and gives guidance on where to start looking for solutions.
Lessons:
SQL Server Troubleshooting Methodology
Resolving Service-related Issues
Resolving Concurrency Issues
Resolving Login and Connectivity Issues
 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course

The course (Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

The course is aimed at individuals who maintain and administer SQL Server databases, as well as individuals who develop applications that deliver content from SQL Server databases.
 

For the Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Experience with database design; Working knowledge of Transact-SQL and relational databases; basic knowledge of the MS operating system and functionality.
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course

Microsoft Office Powerpoint Beginners course is aimed at introducing delegates to the basics of creating and delivering presentations. The course will prepare delegates with skills to communicate well and capture the attention of different audiences. You can also gain professionalism and a unique presentation style that bring out an authoritative, yet fun personality.

Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course
Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Exploring possibilities on Power Point
• Learning how to work with slides
• Applying content on slide
• Slide formatting
• Adding basic visual enhancements

 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course

The course (Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Delegates with the desire to learn effective presentation skills using Microsoft Office Power Point features.
 

For the Microsoft Office PowerPoint Beginner Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Competent IT skills and ability to operate on Windows Operating System
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft Visio Advanced Training Course

If you are looking for a Visio course near you, BOTI runs Microsoft Visio training at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, live online, or in-house at your premises. The advanced material builds on beginner Visio skills and covers layers, templates, custom shapes and stencils, and business and project diagrams. It is part of BOTI’s Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Introduction: Microsoft Visio Advanced Training Course

The Microsoft Visio Advanced course builds on the skills gained in Microsoft Visio for beginners. It introduces delegates to layers, templates, custom shapes and stencils. Delegates also learn to create project management and business diagrams, and to use Visio alongside other Office programs.

Microsoft Visio Advanced Training Course
Microsoft Visio Advanced Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Visio Advanced Training Course

Key outcomes of the course include:

  • Creating technical layouts
  • Customising shapes, and building your own shapes and stencils
  • Working with layers and templates
  • Mapping websites and business processes
  • Creating project management and business diagrams
  • Integrating Visio with other Office programs

Who needs advanced Visio skills

Visio is a diagramming tool. Most people start by dragging shapes from a template onto a page and joining them with connectors. That is enough for a simple flowchart. It stops being enough when diagrams grow, when several people maintain them, or when they have to match company standards.

Advanced Visio skills help people who produce diagrams often or keep them up to date over time. Typical roles include:

  • Business and process analysts who document how work flows between teams
  • Project managers and project administrators who show plans, phases and responsibilities visually
  • IT and network staff who draw technical layouts and system diagrams
  • Facilities and office staff who prepare floor plans and seating layouts
  • Web and digital teams who map site structures before building or reorganising a website
  • Personal assistants and administrators who prepare organisation charts and presentation visuals

Working with layers

Layers let you group shapes in a drawing so that you can show, hide, lock or print them separately. On an office floor plan, for example, walls, furniture, network points and electrical points can sit on different layers. The same drawing then serves the facilities team, the IT team and management, and nobody moves a wall by accident while adjusting a desk. Delegates practise assigning shapes to layers and controlling what each audience sees.

Templates, custom shapes and stencils

When a team draws the same kinds of diagrams every month, consistency matters. Templates set the page size, styles and starting shapes for a diagram type. Stencils hold the shapes you use. Visio’s built-in stencils cover common needs, but many organisations need shapes of their own, such as specific equipment, branded symbols or standard process steps.

On the course, delegates learn to customise existing shapes and to create their own shapes and stencils. This saves redrawing the same items and keeps diagrams across a department looking the same.

Business, project and website diagrams

Advanced users move beyond basic flowcharts to diagrams that explain how a business or project works. The course covers project management and business diagrams, and mapping websites and business structures. A clear process map helps people agree on who does what before a change is made. A site map helps a web team plan navigation before pages are built. A project diagram makes phases and dependencies easier to discuss in a meeting than a long list of tasks.

If your team plans schedules in detail, the Microsoft Project Essentials to Advanced course is a useful companion. Analysts who map processes may also benefit from the Business Analysis Fundamentals Course.

Using Visio with other Office programs

Visio diagrams rarely stand alone. They end up in reports, proposals and presentations, and they often draw on information kept elsewhere. The course shows delegates how to integrate Visio with other Office programs so that diagrams move cleanly into Word documents and PowerPoint slides. Teams that keep the underlying data in spreadsheets may also find the Microsoft Excel Advanced course useful.

Course duration: Microsoft Visio Advanced Training Course

The Microsoft Visio training runs over two days. It is practical: delegates apply each feature to working diagrams so that they can use what they learn as soon as they are back at their desks. For course costs, consult the schedule or request a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Visio Advanced Training Course

This course is designed for delegates who want to build on their basic knowledge of Visio and learn to integrate Visio with other programs.

You should already have basic Visio skills. That means opening a template, placing and connecting shapes, adding text and saving a drawing. If you are new to Visio, read our guide to Microsoft Visio for beginners, or tell BOTI your current level so the training can start from the essentials. Delegates who also need general Office skills can look at Microsoft Office Essentials: Word, Excel and PowerPoint Beginners.

Frequently asked questions

Where can I do a Visio course near me?

BOTI runs its Microsoft Visio training at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, live online, or in-house at your premises, so your team can train where it works. Contact BOTI for dates or an in-house quote.

How long is the Microsoft Visio advanced course?

The Microsoft Visio Essentials to Advanced course runs over two days. It is hands-on, so delegates apply each feature to practical diagrams.

What should I know before attending advanced Visio training?

You should be comfortable with basic Visio: opening templates, placing and connecting shapes, adding text and saving drawings. If you are new to Visio, tell BOTI your current level so the training can start from the essentials.

Is the Visio course accredited?

No. The Visio course is a non-accredited professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Related public course dates

Please see the list below for related public courses:




Book now or request a quote

To build these skills in your team, book the Microsoft Visio Essentials to Advanced course. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

If you are looking for Microsoft Access classes that go beyond the basics, BOTI’s two-day Microsoft Access Advanced course teaches advanced queries, data import and export, database maintenance, and better forms and reports. It is part of BOTI’s range of Microsoft Office and computer skills training courses. You can take it in-house, at BOTI’s venue in Johannesburg or live online.

Introduction: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

This course builds on Microsoft Office Access basic and intermediate knowledge. It covers the more advanced features of Access: writing advanced queries, changing existing data in bulk, maintaining a database, and improving reports and forms so that other people can use the database with confidence.

The course suits people who already build or look after an Access database at work and now need it to do more. That might mean pulling answers out of thousands of records, bringing data in from other systems, or giving colleagues a simple front end that protects the data underneath.

Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course
Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Key outcomes of the course include:

  • Data export and import
  • Making your database more user-friendly
  • Managing a project database
  • Access customisation
  • Writing advanced queries and manipulating existing data
  • Maintaining a database and enhancing reports and forms

What advanced Microsoft Access skills look like at work

Most people learn Access by building a few tables and a simple form. The advanced level is about making the database reliable, fast and easy for others to use. In practice, it usually involves the skills below.

Advanced queries

Select queries answer simple questions. Advanced users also work with other types of query:

  • Parameter queries ask the user for a value, such as a date range or region.
  • Crosstab queries summarise data in a grid, much like a pivot table.
  • Action queries update, append, delete or create records in one step.

Action queries save hours of manual editing. They also need care, because they change data permanently.

Importing and exporting data

Data seldom starts or ends in Access. Typical tasks include importing spreadsheets and text files, linking to tables held elsewhere, and exporting results to Excel or other formats for reporting. Getting data types and field mapping right at this stage prevents errors later.

User-friendly forms and reports

A well-designed form guides the user, checks entries and hides the tables underneath. Subforms, combo boxes, command buttons and a navigation or start-up form make a database feel like a simple application. Reports can be grouped, totalled and formatted so that managers get the information without opening a table.

Maintenance and customisation

As a database grows, it needs regular care:

  • Compacting and repairing the file.
  • Checking relationships and referential integrity.
  • Backing up.
  • Splitting the database into a back end (data) and a front end (forms and reports) when several people share it.

Customising the interface and automating routine steps with macros helps the database fit the way your team works.

Because each organisation uses Access differently, ask BOTI to confirm the detailed outline and to tailor examples to your own data when the course runs in-house.

Course duration and format: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

This is a two-day course. Delegates apply what they learn in practical exercises, so they can improve the databases they use at work straight away.

Contact BOTI for a quote, or request a quote online.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

The Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course is designed for delegates whose jobs include general database maintenance and creating reports, queries and forms.

Before you attend, you should have training or experience equivalent to Microsoft Office Access basic and intermediate level.

Choosing the right Microsoft Access class level

Choosing the right level saves time and keeps a group working at the same pace.

  • New to Access? Start with Microsoft Access Beginners. It covers tables, simple queries, forms and reports.
  • Comfortable with the basics? Read our overview of Microsoft Access intermediate training to check that you are ready for advanced work.
  • Building or maintaining databases for others? The advanced course is the right fit.

If your work also involves spreadsheets or larger databases, these related BOTI courses may help:

See the related public courses below.




Frequently asked questions

What do Microsoft Access classes at advanced level cover?

BOTI’s Microsoft Access Advanced course covers advanced queries, manipulating existing data, data import and export, maintaining a database, making a database more user-friendly, managing a project database, Access customisation, and enhancing reports and forms.

Do I need to know the basics of Access before the advanced course?

Yes. You should have training or experience equivalent to Microsoft Office Access basic and intermediate level. If you are new to Access, start with the Microsoft Access Beginners course.

How long is the Microsoft Access advanced training?

The Microsoft Access Advanced course runs over two days, with practical exercises so that delegates can apply the skills to their own databases.

Is the Microsoft Office Access training accredited?

No. The Microsoft Access Advanced course is a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Can Microsoft Access training be run in-house for our team?

Yes. BOTI runs the course in-house at your premises, at its venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. In-house groups can ask BOTI to use examples based on their own work.

To book or get a quote, see the Microsoft Access Advanced course page. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book Now or Obtain a Quote

We also run customised courses for teams. Use the buttons below to book this course, get a proposal or browse all our courses.

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Enquiry Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

Extending on the knowledge gained in Microsoft Office Access basic and intermediate, this course introduces the more advanced features of Access such as, writing advanced queries, manipulating existing data, maintaining a database, as well as enhancing reports and forms.

Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course
Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
• Data Export and Import
• Learning how to make your Database more user friendly
• Managing a Project Database
• Access Customization

 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course

The course (Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Delegates whose job responsibilities include general database maintenance, creating reports, queries and forms.
 

For the Microsoft Access Advanced Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Training and knowledge equivalent to Microsoft Office Access basic and intermediate
 

 

Related Public Course Schedule and Costs

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft Access Intermediate Training: Queries, Forms and Reports

An intermediate Microsoft Access course takes you past entering data. You learn to link tables with relationships, keep data accurate, and build the queries, forms and reports that turn a database into a working business tool. BOTI does not run a separate course called Access Intermediate. The closest match, and the next step after Microsoft Access Beginners, is the two-day Microsoft Access Advanced course, part of BOTI’s Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Introduction: Microsoft Access Intermediate Training Course

At intermediate level, delegates who already know their way around a Microsoft Office Access database learn to work confidently with reports, forms, queries and relationships. They also learn to customise database components and to share data with other applications, such as importing from and exporting to Excel.


Microsoft Access Intermediate Training Course
Microsoft Access Intermediate Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Access Intermediate Training Course

Key outcomes of intermediate Access training include:

  • Maintaining data integrity
  • Creating and customising forms
  • Creating queries
  • Creating and customising reports

Table design and data integrity

A reliable database starts with well-designed tables. At this level you set the correct data type for each field and choose a primary key. You then use validation rules, input masks and required fields to stop bad data getting in. Relationships between tables, with referential integrity switched on, prevent orphan records. An example of an orphan record is an order linked to a customer who no longer exists.

Queries

Queries answer business questions from your data. Intermediate users build select queries with criteria across related tables, add calculated fields and use totals to group and summarise. Parameter queries prompt the user for a value, such as a date range or a region. Action queries update, append or delete records in bulk, and you learn when to use them with care.

Forms

Forms make data capture faster and safer for colleagues who should not work directly in tables. You learn to design forms in Layout and Design view and to add combo boxes and list boxes that limit choices. You also use subforms to show related records, for example a customer with all their orders.

Reports

Reports present data for managers and clients. You learn to group and sort records, add totals and subtotals, format reports for printing or PDF, and base a report on a query so that it always shows current figures.

Working with other applications

Access rarely works alone. Intermediate users import data from Excel and text files, link to external tables and export query results to Excel for further analysis. Many teams pair Access with Excel skills such as Excel Pivot Tables, Dashboards and Power Pivot.

Course duration

The training runs over two days and is practical throughout. Delegates apply each skill to realistic business data so that they can use it at work straight away. For a team booking, you can request a quote or contact BOTI.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Access Intermediate Training Course

This training is designed for delegates who want to operate Microsoft Office Access at an intermediate level.

It is advisable to have knowledge equivalent to BOTI’s Microsoft Access Beginners course. This means you can open a database, find your way around tables, enter and edit records, and run a simple query. If you are new to computers, start with Introduction to Computers and Microsoft Office Basics.

Who should attend

  • Administrators and coordinators who keep client, stock, asset or training records in Access
  • Staff who have inherited an Access database and need to maintain or extend it
  • Analysts who outgrow Excel lists and need related tables and repeatable reports
  • Team leaders who need reliable reports from data their team captures

Choosing the right Access level

If you have never built a database, start with Microsoft Access Beginners (1 day). If you can already create tables and simple queries and now need relationships, stronger queries, data-entry forms and grouped reports, Microsoft Access Advanced (2 days) is the closest match. If your organisation is moving its data to a server database, Getting Started with Microsoft SQL Server: SQL Querying builds on the query skills you use in Access. Ask BOTI to help you assess your team’s current level before you book.

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on a link below for related public courses:

Frequently asked questions

What does an intermediate Microsoft Access course cover?

Intermediate Access covers table relationships and data integrity, select, parameter and action queries, data-entry forms with combo boxes and subforms, grouped reports with totals, and importing and exporting data with Excel.

Does BOTI run a Microsoft Access Intermediate course?

BOTI does not run a separate course called Access Intermediate. The closest match is Microsoft Access Advanced, a two-day course that follows Microsoft Access Beginners.

Do I need to do an Access beginners course first?

It is advisable. You should be able to open a database, work in tables, enter and edit records and run a simple query. If you cannot yet do this, start with Microsoft Access Beginners.

Where can I write A+ certification in Gauteng?

BOTI does not run CompTIA A+ training or exam sessions. BOTI’s computer training focuses on workplace software skills such as Microsoft Access, Excel, Word and Outlook, from Introduction to Computers through to advanced levels.

Can Microsoft Access training run online or at our offices?

Yes. BOTI runs Access training in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

To build intermediate and higher Access skills, book Microsoft Access Advanced (2 days). Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book Now or Obtain a Quote

BOTI also runs this training in-house for teams. Use the button below to book the course or obtain a quote:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Consultants

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form

Please Email Us

[email protected]

Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course

The course covers core methods for clarifying business requirements and how these affect planning for a SharePoint and SharePoint Online deployment. In addition, it covers how to Design SharePoint Infrastructure; how to plan the service application infrastructure; and optimization principles.

Microsoft SharePoint 2010: 
Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course
Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course

Outline: Microsoft SharePoint 2010:
Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:

• Introduction to Logical Design
• Capacity and Performance Planning
• How to put design a security plan
• Planning for Managed Metadata
• Planning for Social Computing
14. Planning Business Continuity
This module describes the components of an effective business continuity plan. It also explains how to map functionality and components in SharePoint 2010 against business requirements for different business continuity metrics.

Overview of Business Continuity Management
Developing a Business Continuity Plan for SharePoint Server 2010
Creating a Backup and Restore Plan for SharePoint Server 2010

Lab: Planning Business Continuity
Creating a Backup and Restore Plan
Testing the Recovery Process

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe business continuity management.
Describe how to develop a business continuity plan for SharePoint Server 2010.
Describe how to create a backup and restore plan for SharePoint Server 2010.

15. Planning for Upgrade to SharePoint 2010
This module reviews the options for performing an upgrade to SharePoint 2010 from a range of previous versions. It also outlines the milestones that are necessary to develop a successful upgrade plan.

Identifying Upgrade Scenarios
Planning your Upgrade
Upgrade Considerations

Lab: Planning for Upgrading to SharePoint 2010
Creating an Upgrade and Migration Plan

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe the range of upgrade requirement options and the available upgrade methods.
Describe how to plan an upgrade to SharePoint 2010.
Explain the key upgrade considerations.

16. Planning for SharePoint Online
This module describes the key differences between an on-premise deployment of SharePoint 2010, and SharePoint Online. This section also outlines topics of administration as it relates to planning for SPO, as well as planning for hybrid deployments of both SharePoint 2010 and SharePoint Online.

SharePoint Online Planning
Planning for Administration of SharePoint Online
Hybrid Deployments

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe the key difference between SharePoint Online and an on-premise deployment of SharePoint 2010.
Describe the main administrative differences important to planning a deployment on SharePoint Online.
Explain hybrid deployments of both SharePoint Online and an on-premise deployment of SharePoint 2010.
 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft SharePoint 2010:
Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course

The course (Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This course is designed for IT Experts who use Microsoft SharePoint, in a medium to large environment, with team involvement. The ideal candidate for this course is someone who has limited experience in designing a SharePoint infrastructure, but may have implemented a SharePoint deployment.
 

For the Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Designing a SharePoint Infrastructure Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Delegates should have a minimum of 6 months experience with SharePoint 2010 (pre-released versions of the product included)
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course

Troubleshooting SharePoint teaches delegates how to install, configure, and administer Microsoft SharePoint , as well as manage and monitor sites and users . Also includes new features and functionality of SharePoint 2010 Sp1 and Offices 365’s SharePoint Online.

Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint  Training Course
Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course

Outline: Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Module 1: Introducting Microsoft SharePoint 2010
SharePoint 2010 and SharePoint Online overview. It will equip delegates with the skill to install the first server in a SharePoint 2010 farm and provide details on SharePoint 2010 Sp1 and SharePoint Online.

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Install, evaluate and prepare for SharePoint 2010
Module 2: SharePoint 2010 IntranetPoint Creation
This module shows delegates how to configure and administer the fundamental components of a SharePoint farm, i.e., user-facing features, configuration, underlying engine and logical structure.

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Configure the SharePoint Logical Structure; Perform Initial Farm Configuration; understand SharePoint Physical Architecture and Web Application

Module 3: Automating and Administering SharePoint
The course covers how to apply the full range of options for automating and administering SharePoint – Central Administration, PowerShell and STSADM. Delegates are introduced to the logs in this unit.

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Administer SharePoint from the Command Line; using Windows PowerShell, Automate SharePoint Operations; and conduct Central Administration configuration.
Module 4: Content Management Configuration
This module covers Configuring Content Management. It explains to delegates how to manage content (lists, libraries, items and documents).
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: manipulate Site Content Types and Site Columns; configure metadata service; improve on content storage and access.

Module 5: Authentication Configuration
This section provides the process of administering authentication to SharePoint Web applications; Understanding the role Classic SharePoint Authentication Providers and Federated Authentication process.
Upon completion of this module, delegate swill be able to: describe SharePoint Server 2010 federated authentication as well as Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010 authentication

Module 6. Securing Content
This module details the security management of SharePoint content within a Web application environment.

The course includes, SharePoint Roles and Role Assignments; Security Configuration; content auditing; web application policies etc.

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Apply SharePoint Roles and Roles Assignments; secure, audit and configure security for SharePoint content; ad administer SharePoint content

Module 7: SharePoint Customization Management
Delegates are equipped with the skills to manage customizations to the SharePoint environment. Including: configuring, administering and modifying sandbox solutions; deploy, administer and manage features and solutions.
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Configure sandboxed solutions; deploy and manage sandbox solutions; customize installations to suit company requirements.

Module 8: Securing and Configuring SharePoint Services
This module shows delegates how to manage the SharePoint services, as well as individual and service applications
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Secure Web applications; Configure and secure SharePoint services and service applications – including enterprise level.

Module 9: Social Networking and User Profiles
This module deals with management of social content, user profiles and My Sites. Including: configuring and administering user profiles, my sites, and social networking features; profile import from external data sources.
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Configure and implement user profiles ands social networking features under SharePoint.

Module 10: SharePoint Search Administration and Configuration
This section deals with the administration and configuration of the SharePoint search. Including file types, content source and search settings

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Refine and configure search features of SharePoint Server 2010.

Module 11: Productivity Service Application Implementation
This module enables delegates to configure specific service applications – including Excel, and implementing Visio, Access and Office Web Apps.
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Configure Excel services; Install Office Web Apps; describe performance point and business connectivity services; implement Access and Visio services.

12. Installing and Upgrading to SharePoint 2010
This module teaches students how to install and upgrade to SharePoint 2010 in a variety of senarios, and to keep SharePoint 2010 current.

Installing SharePoint Servers and Farms
Upgrading to SharePoint 2010
Evaluating Installations and Upgrades
Configuring SharePoint Operational Settings
Updating SharePoint

Lab: Lab A: Preparing SharePoint 2007 for Upgrade to SharePoint 2010
Exercise 1: Performing SQL Server Database Maintenance
Exercise 2: Moving a Site Collection Between Content Databases
Exercise 3: Preparing SQL Server Database for Upgrade
Exercise 4: Preparing SharePoint 2007 for Upgrade
Lab: Lab B: Upgrading SharePoint 2007 to SharePoint 2010
Exercise 1: Upgrading SharePoint 2007 to SharePoint 2010
Exercise 2: Upgrading Content Databases
Exercise 3: Implementing a Visual Upgrade

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Install SharePoint servers and farms
Upgrade SharePoint 2007 to SharePoint 2010
Plan SharePoint installations and upgrades
Configure operational settings in SharePoint 2010
Update SharePoint

13. Implementing Business Continuity
This module enables students to configure business continuity for SharePoint.

Protecting and Recovering Content
Working with Backup and Restore for Disaster Recovery
Implementing High Availability Solutions

Lab: Lab A: Implementing a Backup Strategy
Exercise 1: Backing up SharePoint Using Central Administration
Exercise 2: Investigating SharePoint Backup Logs and Files
Exercise 3: Automating SharePoint Backup Using Windows PowerShell

Lab: Lab B: Implementing a Restore Strategy
Exercise 1: Restoring a Web Application Using Central Administration
Exercise 2: Investigating SharePoint Restore Logs and Files
Exercise 3: Performing a Partial Restore

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe how to protect content and recover content
Perform backup and restore operations to militate against disasters
Implement high availability solutions with SharePoint Server

14. Monitoring and Optimizing SharePoint Performance
This module shows students how to monitor SharePoint performance, health, and usage, and to identify and remediate performance and health problems.

Monitoring Logs
Configuring SharePoint Health Analyzer
Configuring Usage Reports and Web Analytics
Monitoring and Optimizing SharePoint Performance

Lab: Lab A: Configuring SharePoint Monitoring
Exercise 1: Configuring SharePoint Diagnostic Logging

Lab: Lab B: Analyzing SharePoint Health
Exercise 1: Configuring Health Analyzer Rules
Exercise 2: Reviewing and Repairing Health Analyzer Problems

Lab: Lab C: Reporting SharePoint Usage
Exercise 1: Configuring SharePoint Usage Data Collection
Exercise 2: Creating Reports from the Logging Database

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Use monitoring logs to establish a baseline for performance monitoring
Configure SharePoint Health Analyzer
Configure both usage reports and Web analytics
Monitor your SharePoint servers’ performance and optimize them

15. SharePoint Online and Office 365
This module covers implementing and adminstering Office 365 and SharePoint Online.

Introducing Office 365 and SharePoint Online
Setting Up Office 365
Administering SharePoint Online

After completing this module, students will be able to:
Describe the components of Office 365 and compare the functionality of SharePoint Online to that of a SharePoint on-premise farm
Create and configure an Office 365 subscription
Secure SharePoint Online and integrate it with on-premise systems
 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course

The course (Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

The SharePoint 2010 course is intended for IT experts who are experienced Windows Server 2003 or 2008 administrators. Part-time Business Application Administrators (BAAs) who are engaged in administering Line of Business (LOB) applications in with internal business customers will also benefit from this course.
 

For the Microsoft SharePoint 2010: Configuring, Administering & Troubleshooting SharePoint Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
General conceptual understanding of Microsoft .NET Framework as it relates to SharePoint 2010, delegation of administration; Administering Active Directory by creating and managing user and group accounts; configuring Group Policy, Administering network infrastructure – DNS and TCP/IP connectivity; Administering Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or 2008 through creating logons, assigning roles and using Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio. At lease One year experience using Windows Power Shell, General security and authentication practices.
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course

The SharePoint End User Level 2 course has advanced topics of working with SharePoint sites, including: Server site definitions (Search Center, Business Intelligence, etc.); in- Workflows, Social Computing, Site customization, administration and collection administration.

Microsoft SharePoint 2010 - End User Level 2 Training Course
Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course

Outline: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Module 1: Introduction

Module 2: Definition of Server Sites
Each of the site definitions that come with SharePoint Server will be explored
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: effectively describe and use the SharePoint Server site definitions

Module 3: Workflows
Exploring implementing workflows with SharePoint Designer 2010. Including Looping, reusing and modifying workflows; importing and exporting workflow to and from Visio

Upon completing this module, delegates will be able to: Build, edit and implement logging into workflows

Module 4: My Site
Understanding Social Computing features in SharePoint 2010 and SharePoint Server feature called My Sites.
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: create and modify My Site; understand and apply My Site social networking features; protect against the Social Computing realm

Module 5: Site Administration
Basic site administration tasks – usually conducted by site “owners”.

Lessons: Basic Site Administration; Galleries; advanced site administration

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Administer SharePoint Sites and understand and complete site Administrator tasks.

Module 6: Site Customization
This module is focused on customization at an end user level and via the browser.
Lessons: Server Web Parts; Filter Web Parts; Foundation Web Parts; Master Page and CSS Customization; Page Layouts
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Be able to create, modify page layouts and pages (shared and personal view); have some basic web part on a team site and portal sites
Module 7: Site Collection Administration
This module explores site collection settings and role of the site collection administrator.

Includes Site Collection Administration (Recycle Bin; Audit Log Reports; FAST Search Links; Variations and Variation Labels; Document ID Settings; Content Type Publishing and Logs; Site Collection web analytics reports
Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: understand the role of a Site Collection Administrator; know where to find and configure site collection settings; be a competent qualified Site Collection Administrator

 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course

The course (Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

Owners or Site Collection Owners of SharePoint that are experienced in creating, managing and maintaining SharePoint sites . Also, everyday and business users wanting to learn more advanced tasks.
 

For the Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 2 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Several months working with SharePoint sites or previous SharePoint End User Level 1 course
 

 

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 1 Training Course

Become a Expert at Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 1 Training Course

At the end of the SharePoint End User Level 1 course (Sharepoint Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban; Sharepoint Courses; Sharepoint 2010 End User Training), delegates will have a basic understanding of working with libraries, lists and basic page customizations.

 (Sharepoint Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban; Sharepoint Courses; Sharepoint 2010 End User Training)
Become a SharePoint Wizz

 Microsoft SharePoint 2010 - End User Level 1 Training Course

Outline: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 1 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course (Sharepoint Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban; Sharepoint Courses; Sharepoint 2010 End User Training) include:
Module 1: Introduction to SharePoint 2010
The primary goal of SharePoint 2010 is to make it easy for users to find and share information. An alternative to the traditional file server is to use the superior SharePoint’s library system feature. The lists on SharePoint make it easy-to-design and easy-to-use when sharing formal database tables or spreadsheet files. One can use the SharePoint system to customize lists and libraries enhanced functionality and appearances – i.e., calendars and discussion boards. Through integration with Microsoft Office applications and browser interface, the collaboration can be facilitated easily.

Lessons:
Navigation and Team Site Layout
Various SharePoint Versions

Module 1: Lab – SharePoint 2010 Introduction
Exercise 1: Team Site Navigation
Including understanding the various SharePoint versions, site hierarchy; Team Site Layout navigation

Module 2: List Basics of SharePoint
The fundamental building block in SharePoint are lists… they allow users to store and view data. SharePoint has many predefined list templates available but list can be customized to suit preferences. Lists are a powerful tool in SharePoint and list columns can be validated and linked between other lists.

Lessons:
Creating Lists, List columns, List Templates and Column Validation
Lab: SharePoint List Basics
Working with Team Site Lists
Upon completion of this module, delegates will:
Understand what List Templates are how to work them –i.e., default lists, list templates, customer list, add columns to a list; control and validate input into list fields, linking data form other lists

Module 3: Library Basics
SharePoint lists share the same characteristics as Libraries i.e., views and validation and columns etc. SharePoint libraries are different in that each item in a library has an underlying document, so in addition to the library column stored data, the document stores its own data based on the document type.
Lessons:
Library Templates; Library Creation; Document management and Versioning

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to:
Work with the various libraries in a Team Site; use library templates to create new libraries; add columns, delete, edit and restore documents and enable versioning within libraries.
Module 4: Library Views and Lists
Views are a system used to display SharePoint list and library data in user friendly manner. Multiple views can be created and configured, and some have special views preconfigured..
Lessons: Custom Views; Default Views

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to:
Create and share personal views; use default views

Module 5: Working with Sites
A SharePoint site is the container for lists and libraries and for basic administration. The Site Template determines the look and feel of content in lists and libraries.
Lessons: Creating Sites and site navigation; site templates

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to:
Create a new site using Site Templates
Create a Blank site, a team site, a new site using templates, a blog site; and manage sites in the Top Link Bar

Module 6: Page Content
There are various ways to add content to the pages in a site, but the latest technique implemented by the Team Site template is through Wiki Style pages. Using Web Parts and Web Part pages are another method to add page content
Lessons: Web Part Pages; Wiki Library Pages

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to:
Create a Web Part page, a Wiki page library; add content and change the Team Site Home page layout.

Module 7: Forms Library
SharePoint Forms library is a special library designed to store Microsoft InfoPath form documents are stored in a special library called SharePoint Forms Library. The tools enable graphically created forms with a wide assortment of fields and controls.
Lessons: Creating a Forms Library; and InfoPath Forms

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to:
Design a basic form template using InfoPath Designer and publish it to a Form Library; assign form template fields as library columns etc.

Module 8: Content Types and Site Columns
Creating Site Columns and Content Types is one method of customizing SharePoint, so that it can be reused throughout the site or site collection. Site columns are the simplest element and similar to library and list columns except that you create them at site level. A combination of Site Columns, settings and information such as document templates and workflows, form what is known as Content Types. They can then be linked to libraries and lists once created.
Lessons: Creating Site Columns; Site Column and site content type Gallery

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to:
Create Content Types, site columns, document templates; assign content Types to libraries or lists

Module 9: Microsoft Office Integration
SharePoint has the ability to integrate with Microsoft Office applications. Some allow access to SharePoint content offline, while others integrate online through a browser. .
Lessons: Outlook and Access Integration; SharePoint Workspaces

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to:
Configure and use SharePoint Workspace; Copy a library in Outlook; Open and edit a list in Access; create lists from Excel spreadsheets

Module 10: Managing SharePoint Site Permissions
When a site is created Permissions on a SharePoint site are assigned. The permissions granted to the root of a site collection are inherited by child sites. Permissions inheritance can be turned off at a site, list, library, or even at the time level in a list or library at any given time.
Lessons: Permissions Inheritance and levels; Sharepoint Groups; assigning permissions

Upon completion of this module, delegates will be able to: Assign permission in SharePoint; Manage permission inheritance at the site and item level; create SharePoint groups

 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 1 Training Course

Our two day training course (Sharepoint Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban; Sharepoint Courses; Sharepoint 2010 End User Training) is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 1 Training Course

The course (Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 1 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This three-day instructor-led Share Point 2010 course is for anyone that needs to learn Microsoft Share Point 2010 and perform daily tasks on it.
For the Microsoft SharePoint 2010 – End User Level 1 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Basic knowledge of Web site navigation and Microsoft Office applications.

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses (Sharepoint Training South Africa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban; Sharepoint Courses; Sharepoint 2010 End User Training)

across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course

At the end of the Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate & Advanced Course, dlegates will be able to organize E-Mails into conversations; customize and assign categories to outlook E-Mails and appointments; import contacts into Outlook ; customize the your E-Mails , contacts and calendar; and share their calendar with others


Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate  Training Course
Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Module 1: Categorize your Inbox
Including conversation view; split conversation; managing conversations; Using search folders; customizing message view; marking messages as read or unread; printing and deleting messages.

Module 2: Calendar Management
Including Sharing calendar information within and out of your organization; setting your time availability; Defining your available time; Working with Multiple Calendars; internet calendar connection

Module 3: Contact List configuration
Including Creating Contact Groups; adding additional address books; importing and exporting contact details; electronic business card Personalization.

Module 4: Message Content Enhancement
Including automatically adding signatures to Messages; Message Text Formatting; Inserting Pictures, clipart, shapes; Modifying and Embedding Images; altering message settings and delivery options

Module 5: Email Settings Management
Including securing your Email; rule Creation to process messages; blocking messages; Junk Email Configuration; Digital Signatures; Protecting your Privacy through Blocking of External Contents

Module 6: Working Remotely
Including setting Cached Exchange Mode; working on outlook while offline; Public Folders; Offline address book Management; automatic message reply

Module 7: Outlook Customization
Including Personalizing Outlook, the Quick Access Toolbar, Office and Outlook Settings, the Status Bar and the ribbon ; Add-ins; Outlook form creation

Module 8: Journal and Notes Folders
Including Forwarding; creating, customizing and printing Notes; Assigning contacts to notes; viewing, recording and editing journal entries

Module 9: Email Archiving
Including Mailbox archive; Archiving messages to a local file Manually; archived message restoration.

Module 10: Templates and Mail Merges
Templates: Email template Creation; message based on a template
Mail Merge: Process of mail merge; Importing contacts; merge fields and sending merged messages

 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course

The course (Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This course is for Outlook users who have experience and need to customize their environment: i.e., calendar and E-Mail messages.
 

For the Microsoft Office Outlook Intermediate Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Beginners training or equivalent working knowledge in Microsoft Outlook
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Microsoft Office Word Advanced Training Course

An advanced Microsoft Word course teaches you to build and control long, structured business documents: tables of contents, cross-references, footnotes, indexes, master documents, mail merges, tracked changes and macros. BOTI’s one-day Microsoft Word Advanced course covers these skills through hands-on exercises. It is part of our range of Microsoft Office and computer skills courses, so delegates can move up step by step from beginner and intermediate level.

Advanced Word course: automate long documents, mail merges and forms

Automate tasks with Advanced MS Word – On the Microsoft Office Word Advanced Training Course, delegates learn to create and format advanced business documents. They also learn to manage, distribute and revise long documents and forms. The course is for people who already use Word every day and want the advanced Word skills that save hours on reports, policies, proposals and bulk correspondence.

Delegates learn to automate tasks and work more efficiently with cross-references and bookmarks, automatic tables of contents and footnotes or endnotes. They also learn to send personalised letters, labels and emails to many recipients at once with mail merge.

 width=
Use Advanced MS Word like your Personal Robot = Mail Merges, Referencing etc

 Microsoft Office Word Advanced Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Office Word Advanced Training Course

The advanced Word course is organised in five modules:

Module 1: Advanced Text Techniques
Adding cross-references and bookmarks; inserting fields; adding hyperlinks.

Module 2: Reference Tool Usage – Longer Documents
Tables of contents; footnotes and endnotes; tables of authorities and tables of figures; bibliographies and sources; creating indexes and master documents.

Module 3: Mail Merges
Understanding and merging main documents and data sources; using the Outlook contact list as a data source; creating and printing labels and envelopes; sending personalised emails to more than one recipient.

Module 4: Document Collaboration
Adding and reviewing comments; tracking and managing changes; password-protecting documents; merging and comparing document changes.

Module 5: Working Efficiently in Word
Customising the Quick Access Toolbar; enabling, running, copying and recording macros; working with styles and templates; setting default options.

What you will be able to do after the course

  • Build a long report or manual with a table of contents, list of figures and index that update themselves as the document changes.
  • Link sections with cross-references and bookmarks, so page and figure numbers stay correct after edits.
  • Run a mail merge from a spreadsheet or Outlook contacts to produce personalised letters, labels, envelopes or emails.
  • Review a document with colleagues using comments and tracked changes, then compare and merge versions.
  • Protect a document with a password and control who can change it.
  • Record simple macros and set up styles and templates so repetitive formatting takes seconds instead of minutes.

Why advanced Word skills save time at work

Most of the time lost in Word goes on manual formatting: typing numbers into headings, retyping page references and fixing layouts by hand. Advanced Word skills replace that work with features that Word maintains for you.

Styles come first. When headings use Word’s heading styles, the table of contents, the navigation pane and cross-references all build from them. A delegate who learns to apply and change styles properly can restructure a 60-page document without breaking its layout.

Fields keep information current. Cross-references, captions, dates and page numbers are fields. When the document changes, you update the fields rather than searching for every number by hand.

Mail merge removes copy-and-paste. Instead of editing the same letter fifty times, you link one main document to a data source and let Word produce each version. This suits HR letters, client notices, certificates, invitations and address labels.

Collaboration tools protect the final version. Tracked changes, comments and document comparison show exactly who changed what. This matters for contracts, policies and board documents that pass through several reviewers.

Course duration and fees: Microsoft Office Word Advanced Training Course

The Microsoft Word Advanced course runs over one day. It is practical: delegates work through exercises on realistic business documents so they can apply what they learn as soon as they return to their desks.

For course costs, consult the course page or request a quote for your team.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Office Word Advanced Training Course

The course is for delegates who want the knowledge and skills to secure documents, collaborate with others on the same documents and manage lengthy documents. Typical delegates include personal assistants, administrators, report writers, legal and compliance staff, and anyone who produces long or frequently updated documents.

We recommend that you have the following experience or knowledge before you attend:
Microsoft Word: Beginners and Intermediate, or equivalent knowledge.

If you are not yet confident with tables, section breaks and basic styles, start with Microsoft Word Intermediate. Delegates who want to cover every level in one programme can take Microsoft Word Beginners to Advanced over three days.

Building advanced Microsoft Office skills across your team

Many organisations searching for an advanced Microsoft Office course need advanced skills in more than one application. Advanced Word works well alongside these BOTI courses:

Tell BOTI what your team produces, such as reports, tenders, policies or client letters, and we will recommend the right combination of courses.

Upcoming Public Courses

Please click on a link below for related public courses:

Frequently asked questions

What does an advanced Microsoft Word course cover?

BOTI’s advanced Word course covers cross-references, bookmarks and fields; tables of contents, footnotes, endnotes, indexes, bibliographies and master documents; mail merge to letters, labels, envelopes and email; comments, tracked changes, document comparison and password protection; and macros, styles, templates and Quick Access Toolbar customisation.

How long is the advanced Word training at BOTI?

The Microsoft Word Advanced course runs over one day. Delegates who want to cover beginner, intermediate and advanced Word in one programme can take the three-day Microsoft Word Beginners to Advanced course.

Do I need to complete a Word intermediate course before the advanced Word course?

You should have Word beginner and intermediate skills, or equivalent experience, before you attend. If you are not yet comfortable with styles, tables and section breaks, start with Microsoft Word Intermediate.

Is the Microsoft Word Advanced course accredited?

No. It is a practical professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance when they complete it.

Can advanced MS Word training run in-house or online?

Yes. BOTI runs the course in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

To book a team or an individual, see the Microsoft Word Advanced course page. Call BOTI on 011 882 8853 or email [email protected]. Training runs in-house at your premises, at BOTI’s venue in Sunningdale, Johannesburg, or live online. This course is not accredited. It is delivered as a professional skills programme, and delegates receive a BOTI certificate of attendance.

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

Or browse all our courses, run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Phone us to speak to a BOTI consultant

Tel: 011 882 8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Fill in the form to send us your enquiry

Email us

[email protected]

Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course

Introduction: Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course

Microsoft Office Word (Beginners) will provide delegates with the basic concepts required to produce basic business documents. It will further assist in Word processing to create, save, and revise documents for future retrieval and printing.


Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course
Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course

Outline: Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Module 1: Explore Word 2010
Creating a new blank document
Creating, editing text and saving documents
Navigating in the user interface
Entering text
Saving into a new folder
Saving the document
Opening, Moving around in and closing Documents
Viewing documents in different ways:
Switching between different views
Compatibility with older versions
Displaying non-printing characters
Zooming in and out of the document
Switching between different word documents
Displaying rulers in document window
Arranging windows of open documents
Using the help feature

Module 2: Proofread and Editing Text
Selecting text; Making text changes; Cut, Copy and Paste; Drag and drop; Undo and redo; Deleting text; Office clipboard; Using find and replace; Thesaurus; Spelling and grammar check and auto check; Mini-translator; Fine-tuning text ; Viewing document statistics; Inserting one document into another ; Create a new building block

Module 3: Changing the Text
Paragraph and character styles; Quickly formatting text; Changing font, font size and font colour; Saving a new theme; Manually changing the look of paragraphs; Setting up Tabs; paragraph and line spacing ; borders and shading; format painter ; fin and replace; Customizing bullets and numbering

Module 4: Organizing Information in Columns and Tables
Including presenting information in columns; Justify paragraphs; Inserting a table; Merge cells; Converting text to table; Inserting and deleting columns and rows

Module 5: Add Simple Graphic Elements
Including Inserting and modifying pictures; Artistic effects; Headers and Footers; Inserting Building Blocks

Module 6: Preview, Print and Distribute Documents
Including Previewing and adjusting page layout; Setting up margins; Page and section breaks; Printing documents; preparing documents for electronic distribution

 

 

Course duration and fees: Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

 

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course

The course (Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

This course is designed for individuals who want to obtain basic knowledge of working on MS Word.
 

For the Microsoft Office Word Beginners Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Proper IT skills and good working knowledge of the Windows Operating System
 

 

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

In addition to the related public courses, we offer the above course across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get an instant proposal or book your course NOW:

Book or Obtain Instant Quote

See all BOTI Microsoft Office and computer skills courses.

Or browse all our courses – run at your offices, online or at a BOTI venue:

Browse All Our Courses

 

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

MS Projects 2010 Training Course

Introduction: MS Projects 2010 Training Course

This course will provide delegates to with an understanding of project management concepts, and how to create and modify project plans.

 

 MS Projects 2010 Training Course

Outline: MS Projects 2010 Training Course

Johannesburg (Sandton), Cape Town, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Pretoria – South Africa

Key outcomes of the course include:
Module 1 : Project Management Fundamentals
Important elements of project management; the project management process

Module 2: Project Characteristics
The project manager and project team; and the project environment

Module 3: Initiating Projects and scope planning
Project initiation and Scope planning

Module 4: Scope definition, verification, and change control
Defining and verifying the Scope; scope change control

Module 5: Time Management
Defining and sequencing activities; monitoring Activity duration

Module 6: Schedule development and control
Schedule development and control

Module 7: Identifying Resources and approximating cost
Resource identification and Cost approximation

Module 8: Cost control and Budgeting
Cost budgeting and controlling costs

Day 2: Microsoft Project Management Phase 1
Planning Phase 1

Module 1: Introduction
Project management concepts; project files and windows; and the Help Window

Module 2: Managing Tasks
Creating and modifying a task list; and creating the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)

Module 3: Scheduling Tasks
Task options, relationships and links

Module 4: Managing Resources
Using the base calendar to manage resources and project costs

Module 5: Tables and Views
Working with tables and views

Module 6: Sorting, Grouping and Filtering
Groups; Filters; Sorting tasks and resources

Module 7: Task Plan finalization
Refining and finalizing schedules; and handling resource inconsistencies

DAY 3: Phase B: EXECUTING & MANAGING

Module 8: Template use and Data Importing
Working with templates and creating projects from other programs

Module 9: Project Management
Setting baselines; monitoring progress; and updating a active projects

Module 10: Scrutinizing and adjusting the core plan
Evaluate the plan; identify conflicts and delays; construct team planner view

Module 11: Understanding and extracting Reports
The base calendar; calendars and resources; project cost extrapolations

Module 12: Project Customization
Customizing fields and views; macros; and formatting Gantt Charts

Module 13: Multiple Project Management
Sharing and Consolidating projects; and resource sharing between projects

Module 14: Project Information dissemination
Creating Hyperlinks; Collaboration; and Exporting to Office applications

 

Course duration and fees: MS Projects 2010 Training Course

Our two day training course is designed so that the knowledge acquired is applied practically, so that the business environment can be enhanced.

Please consult schedule for course costs or contact BOTI for a quote.

Recommended Prior Experience and Knowledge: MS Projects 2010 Training Course

The course (MS Projects 2010 Training Course) is designed for the following attendees:

0
For the MS Projects 2010 Training Course it is advisable that you have the following experience/knowledge:
Proper IT skills and good practical knowledge of the Windows Operating System

Please click on link below for our related public course/s




 

Book Now or Obtain Instant Quote

We also offer customized courses across the country: Anytime, Anywhere. Click on the link to get get instant proposal or book you course:

Book This Course Or Obtain Quote – Now

Browse All Our Courses

Please Phone Us Now To Speak to One of Our Friendly Consultants

Tel:011-882-8853

OR

FOR CELL PHONES CLICK TO CALL

Please Fill in the Form – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

Please Email Us Now  – We Will Get Back to You Within 15 minutes

 [email protected]

Contact us now – we reply within 15 minutes during office hours

Monday to Friday, 08:00–17:00. After hours, we reply on the next working day – or call 011 882 8853.

    ★★★★★ 4.8 on Google from 790+ reviews

    Free and no obligation.

    4.8/5from 790+ Google reviews 750+organisations trained Level 1B-BBEE contributor SETA & QCTOaccredited programmes

    Training for your team, at your venue, ours or online

    Tell us the course and the number of delegates. A BOTI consultant emails you a written quote, usually within 15 minutes (Mon–Fri, 08:00–17:00). Or call us to speak to someone now.

    Get a quote Call 011 882 8853

    Business Optimization Training Institute (Pty) Ltd · 97 Greenlands Crescent, Sunningdale, 2192, Johannesburg · Reg 2017/286086/07 · VAT 4770208033 · Level 1 B-BBEE Contributor · 011 882 8853 · Facebook · LinkedIn
    © 2026 Business Optimization Training Institute. All rights reserved. · Privacy Policy
    Don’t Wait to Start Training — Contact us Today